|
7
|
1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4:
|
|
|
2 *
|
|
|
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar
|
|
|
4 *
|
|
|
5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
|
|
|
6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
|
|
|
7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
|
|
|
8 */
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
10 /*
|
|
|
11 * edit.c: functions for Insert mode
|
|
|
12 */
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
14 #include "vim.h"
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
16 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
17 /*
|
|
|
18 * definitions used for CTRL-X submode
|
|
|
19 */
|
|
|
20 #define CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT 0x100
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
22 #define CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET 1
|
|
|
23 #define CTRL_X_SCROLL 2
|
|
|
24 #define CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE 3
|
|
|
25 #define CTRL_X_FILES 4
|
|
|
26 #define CTRL_X_TAGS (5 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
27 #define CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS (6 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
28 #define CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES (7 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
29 #define CTRL_X_FINISHED 8
|
|
|
30 #define CTRL_X_DICTIONARY (9 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
31 #define CTRL_X_THESAURUS (10 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
32 #define CTRL_X_CMDLINE 11
|
|
12
|
33 #define CTRL_X_FUNCTION 12
|
|
523
|
34 #define CTRL_X_OMNI 13
|
|
477
|
35 #define CTRL_X_SPELL 14
|
|
|
36 #define CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG 15 /* only used in "ctrl_x_msgs" */
|
|
7
|
37
|
|
|
38 #define CTRL_X_MSG(i) ctrl_x_msgs[(i) & ~CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT]
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
40 static char *ctrl_x_msgs[] =
|
|
|
41 {
|
|
|
42 N_(" Keyword completion (^N^P)"), /* ctrl_x_mode == 0, ^P/^N compl. */
|
|
819
|
43 N_(" ^X mode (^]^D^E^F^I^K^L^N^O^Ps^U^V^Y)"),
|
|
449
|
44 NULL,
|
|
7
|
45 N_(" Whole line completion (^L^N^P)"),
|
|
|
46 N_(" File name completion (^F^N^P)"),
|
|
|
47 N_(" Tag completion (^]^N^P)"),
|
|
|
48 N_(" Path pattern completion (^N^P)"),
|
|
|
49 N_(" Definition completion (^D^N^P)"),
|
|
|
50 NULL,
|
|
|
51 N_(" Dictionary completion (^K^N^P)"),
|
|
|
52 N_(" Thesaurus completion (^T^N^P)"),
|
|
12
|
53 N_(" Command-line completion (^V^N^P)"),
|
|
|
54 N_(" User defined completion (^U^N^P)"),
|
|
523
|
55 N_(" Omni completion (^O^N^P)"),
|
|
819
|
56 N_(" Spelling suggestion (s^N^P)"),
|
|
449
|
57 N_(" Keyword Local completion (^N^P)"),
|
|
7
|
58 };
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
60 static char_u e_hitend[] = N_("Hit end of paragraph");
|
|
|
61
|
|
|
62 /*
|
|
|
63 * Structure used to store one match for insert completion.
|
|
|
64 */
|
|
681
|
65 typedef struct compl_S compl_T;
|
|
|
66 struct compl_S
|
|
7
|
67 {
|
|
464
|
68 compl_T *cp_next;
|
|
|
69 compl_T *cp_prev;
|
|
|
70 char_u *cp_str; /* matched text */
|
|
681
|
71 char cp_icase; /* TRUE or FALSE: ignore case */
|
|
786
|
72 char_u *(cp_text[CPT_COUNT]); /* text for the menu */
|
|
659
|
73 char_u *cp_fname; /* file containing the match, allocated when
|
|
|
74 * cp_flags has FREE_FNAME */
|
|
464
|
75 int cp_flags; /* ORIGINAL_TEXT, CONT_S_IPOS or FREE_FNAME */
|
|
|
76 int cp_number; /* sequence number */
|
|
7
|
77 };
|
|
|
78
|
|
464
|
79 #define ORIGINAL_TEXT (1) /* the original text when the expansion begun */
|
|
7
|
80 #define FREE_FNAME (2)
|
|
|
81
|
|
|
82 /*
|
|
|
83 * All the current matches are stored in a list.
|
|
449
|
84 * "compl_first_match" points to the start of the list.
|
|
|
85 * "compl_curr_match" points to the currently selected entry.
|
|
|
86 * "compl_shown_match" is different from compl_curr_match during
|
|
|
87 * ins_compl_get_exp().
|
|
7
|
88 */
|
|
464
|
89 static compl_T *compl_first_match = NULL;
|
|
|
90 static compl_T *compl_curr_match = NULL;
|
|
|
91 static compl_T *compl_shown_match = NULL;
|
|
449
|
92
|
|
825
|
93 /* After using a cursor key <Enter> selects a match in the popup menu,
|
|
|
94 * otherwise it inserts a line break. */
|
|
|
95 static int compl_enter_selects = FALSE;
|
|
|
96
|
|
657
|
97 /* When "compl_leader" is not NULL only matches that start with this string
|
|
|
98 * are used. */
|
|
|
99 static char_u *compl_leader = NULL;
|
|
|
100
|
|
665
|
101 static int compl_get_longest = FALSE; /* put longest common string
|
|
|
102 in compl_leader */
|
|
|
103
|
|
657
|
104 static int compl_used_match; /* Selected one of the matches. When
|
|
|
105 FALSE the match was edited or using
|
|
|
106 the longest common string. */
|
|
|
107
|
|
874
|
108 static int compl_was_interrupted = FALSE; /* didn't finish finding
|
|
|
109 completions. */
|
|
|
110
|
|
|
111 static int compl_restarting = FALSE; /* don't insert match */
|
|
|
112
|
|
449
|
113 /* When the first completion is done "compl_started" is set. When it's
|
|
|
114 * FALSE the word to be completed must be located. */
|
|
644
|
115 static int compl_started = FALSE;
|
|
449
|
116
|
|
464
|
117 static int compl_matches = 0;
|
|
|
118 static char_u *compl_pattern = NULL;
|
|
|
119 static int compl_direction = FORWARD;
|
|
|
120 static int compl_shows_dir = FORWARD;
|
|
716
|
121 static int compl_pending = 0; /* > 1 for postponed CTRL-N */
|
|
464
|
122 static pos_T compl_startpos;
|
|
|
123 static colnr_T compl_col = 0; /* column where the text starts
|
|
|
124 * that is being completed */
|
|
|
125 static char_u *compl_orig_text = NULL; /* text as it was before
|
|
|
126 * completion started */
|
|
|
127 static int compl_cont_mode = 0;
|
|
|
128 static expand_T compl_xp;
|
|
449
|
129
|
|
|
130 static void ins_ctrl_x __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
131 static int has_compl_option __ARGS((int dict_opt));
|
|
1430
|
132 static int ins_compl_accept_char __ARGS((int c));
|
|
944
|
133 static int ins_compl_add __ARGS((char_u *str, int len, int icase, char_u *fname, char_u **cptext, int cdir, int flags, int adup));
|
|
681
|
134 static int ins_compl_equal __ARGS((compl_T *match, char_u *str, int len));
|
|
665
|
135 static void ins_compl_longest_match __ARGS((compl_T *match));
|
|
681
|
136 static void ins_compl_add_matches __ARGS((int num_matches, char_u **matches, int icase));
|
|
7
|
137 static int ins_compl_make_cyclic __ARGS((void));
|
|
540
|
138 static void ins_compl_upd_pum __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
139 static void ins_compl_del_pum __ARGS((void));
|
|
648
|
140 static int pum_wanted __ARGS((void));
|
|
707
|
141 static int pum_enough_matches __ARGS((void));
|
|
659
|
142 static void ins_compl_dictionaries __ARGS((char_u *dict, char_u *pat, int flags, int thesaurus));
|
|
703
|
143 static void ins_compl_files __ARGS((int count, char_u **files, int thesaurus, int flags, regmatch_T *regmatch, char_u *buf, int *dir));
|
|
667
|
144 static char_u *find_line_end __ARGS((char_u *ptr));
|
|
7
|
145 static void ins_compl_free __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
146 static void ins_compl_clear __ARGS((void));
|
|
657
|
147 static int ins_compl_bs __ARGS((void));
|
|
874
|
148 static void ins_compl_new_leader __ARGS((void));
|
|
657
|
149 static void ins_compl_addleader __ARGS((int c));
|
|
874
|
150 static void ins_compl_restart __ARGS((void));
|
|
694
|
151 static void ins_compl_set_original_text __ARGS((char_u *str));
|
|
659
|
152 static void ins_compl_addfrommatch __ARGS((void));
|
|
540
|
153 static int ins_compl_prep __ARGS((int c));
|
|
7
|
154 static buf_T *ins_compl_next_buf __ARGS((buf_T *buf, int flag));
|
|
724
|
155 #if defined(FEAT_COMPL_FUNC) || defined(FEAT_EVAL)
|
|
|
156 static void ins_compl_add_list __ARGS((list_T *list));
|
|
|
157 #endif
|
|
659
|
158 static int ins_compl_get_exp __ARGS((pos_T *ini));
|
|
7
|
159 static void ins_compl_delete __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
160 static void ins_compl_insert __ARGS((void));
|
|
665
|
161 static int ins_compl_next __ARGS((int allow_get_expansion, int count, int insert_match));
|
|
610
|
162 static int ins_compl_key2dir __ARGS((int c));
|
|
644
|
163 static int ins_compl_pum_key __ARGS((int c));
|
|
610
|
164 static int ins_compl_key2count __ARGS((int c));
|
|
681
|
165 static int ins_compl_use_match __ARGS((int c));
|
|
7
|
166 static int ins_complete __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
167 static int quote_meta __ARGS((char_u *dest, char_u *str, int len));
|
|
|
168 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */
|
|
|
169
|
|
|
170 #define BACKSPACE_CHAR 1
|
|
|
171 #define BACKSPACE_WORD 2
|
|
|
172 #define BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE 3
|
|
|
173 #define BACKSPACE_LINE 4
|
|
|
174
|
|
661
|
175 static void ins_redraw __ARGS((int ready));
|
|
7
|
176 static void ins_ctrl_v __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
177 static void undisplay_dollar __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
178 static void insert_special __ARGS((int, int, int));
|
|
667
|
179 static void internal_format __ARGS((int textwidth, int second_indent, int flags, int format_only));
|
|
7
|
180 static void check_auto_format __ARGS((int));
|
|
|
181 static void redo_literal __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
182 static void start_arrow __ARGS((pos_T *end_insert_pos));
|
|
744
|
183 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
|
|
221
|
184 static void check_spell_redraw __ARGS((void));
|
|
484
|
185 static void spell_back_to_badword __ARGS((void));
|
|
497
|
186 static int spell_bad_len = 0; /* length of located bad word */
|
|
221
|
187 #endif
|
|
7
|
188 static void stop_insert __ARGS((pos_T *end_insert_pos, int esc));
|
|
|
189 static int echeck_abbr __ARGS((int));
|
|
840
|
190 #if 0
|
|
7
|
191 static void replace_push_off __ARGS((int c));
|
|
840
|
192 #endif
|
|
7
|
193 static int replace_pop __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
194 static void replace_join __ARGS((int off));
|
|
|
195 static void replace_pop_ins __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
196 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
197 static void mb_replace_pop_ins __ARGS((int cc));
|
|
|
198 #endif
|
|
|
199 static void replace_flush __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
200 static void replace_do_bs __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
201 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
202 static int cindent_on __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
203 #endif
|
|
|
204 static void ins_reg __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
205 static void ins_ctrl_g __ARGS((void));
|
|
449
|
206 static void ins_ctrl_hat __ARGS((void));
|
|
477
|
207 static int ins_esc __ARGS((long *count, int cmdchar, int nomove));
|
|
7
|
208 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
209 static void ins_ctrl_ __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
210 #endif
|
|
|
211 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
212 static int ins_start_select __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
213 #endif
|
|
449
|
214 static void ins_insert __ARGS((int replaceState));
|
|
|
215 static void ins_ctrl_o __ARGS((void));
|
|
7
|
216 static void ins_shift __ARGS((int c, int lastc));
|
|
|
217 static void ins_del __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
218 static int ins_bs __ARGS((int c, int mode, int *inserted_space_p));
|
|
|
219 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
220 static void ins_mouse __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
221 static void ins_mousescroll __ARGS((int up));
|
|
|
222 #endif
|
|
692
|
223 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
224 static void ins_tabline __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
225 #endif
|
|
7
|
226 static void ins_left __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
227 static void ins_home __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
228 static void ins_end __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
229 static void ins_s_left __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
230 static void ins_right __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
231 static void ins_s_right __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
232 static void ins_up __ARGS((int startcol));
|
|
|
233 static void ins_pageup __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
234 static void ins_down __ARGS((int startcol));
|
|
|
235 static void ins_pagedown __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
236 #ifdef FEAT_DND
|
|
|
237 static void ins_drop __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
238 #endif
|
|
|
239 static int ins_tab __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
240 static int ins_eol __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
241 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
242 static int ins_digraph __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
243 #endif
|
|
|
244 static int ins_copychar __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
|
|
449
|
245 static int ins_ctrl_ey __ARGS((int tc));
|
|
7
|
246 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
247 static void ins_try_si __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
248 #endif
|
|
|
249 static colnr_T get_nolist_virtcol __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
250
|
|
|
251 static colnr_T Insstart_textlen; /* length of line when insert started */
|
|
|
252 static colnr_T Insstart_blank_vcol; /* vcol for first inserted blank */
|
|
|
253
|
|
|
254 static char_u *last_insert = NULL; /* the text of the previous insert,
|
|
|
255 K_SPECIAL and CSI are escaped */
|
|
|
256 static int last_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of previous insert */
|
|
|
257 static int new_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of current insert */
|
|
603
|
258 static int did_restart_edit; /* "restart_edit" when calling edit() */
|
|
7
|
259
|
|
|
260 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
261 static int can_cindent; /* may do cindenting on this line */
|
|
|
262 #endif
|
|
|
263
|
|
|
264 static int old_indent = 0; /* for ^^D command in insert mode */
|
|
|
265
|
|
|
266 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
298
|
267 static int revins_on; /* reverse insert mode on */
|
|
|
268 static int revins_chars; /* how much to skip after edit */
|
|
|
269 static int revins_legal; /* was the last char 'legal'? */
|
|
|
270 static int revins_scol; /* start column of revins session */
|
|
7
|
271 #endif
|
|
|
272
|
|
|
273 static int ins_need_undo; /* call u_save() before inserting a
|
|
|
274 char. Set when edit() is called.
|
|
|
275 after that arrow_used is used. */
|
|
|
276
|
|
|
277 static int did_add_space = FALSE; /* auto_format() added an extra space
|
|
|
278 under the cursor */
|
|
|
279
|
|
|
280 /*
|
|
|
281 * edit(): Start inserting text.
|
|
|
282 *
|
|
|
283 * "cmdchar" can be:
|
|
|
284 * 'i' normal insert command
|
|
|
285 * 'a' normal append command
|
|
|
286 * 'R' replace command
|
|
|
287 * 'r' "r<CR>" command: insert one <CR>. Note: count can be > 1, for redo,
|
|
|
288 * but still only one <CR> is inserted. The <Esc> is not used for redo.
|
|
|
289 * 'g' "gI" command.
|
|
|
290 * 'V' "gR" command for Virtual Replace mode.
|
|
|
291 * 'v' "gr" command for single character Virtual Replace mode.
|
|
|
292 *
|
|
|
293 * This function is not called recursively. For CTRL-O commands, it returns
|
|
|
294 * and lets the caller handle the Normal-mode command.
|
|
|
295 *
|
|
|
296 * Return TRUE if a CTRL-O command caused the return (insert mode pending).
|
|
|
297 */
|
|
|
298 int
|
|
|
299 edit(cmdchar, startln, count)
|
|
|
300 int cmdchar;
|
|
|
301 int startln; /* if set, insert at start of line */
|
|
|
302 long count;
|
|
|
303 {
|
|
|
304 int c = 0;
|
|
|
305 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
306 int lastc;
|
|
|
307 colnr_T mincol;
|
|
|
308 static linenr_T o_lnum = 0;
|
|
|
309 int i;
|
|
|
310 int did_backspace = TRUE; /* previous char was backspace */
|
|
|
311 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
312 int line_is_white = FALSE; /* line is empty before insert */
|
|
|
313 #endif
|
|
|
314 linenr_T old_topline = 0; /* topline before insertion */
|
|
|
315 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
316 int old_topfill = -1;
|
|
|
317 #endif
|
|
|
318 int inserted_space = FALSE; /* just inserted a space */
|
|
|
319 int replaceState = REPLACE;
|
|
477
|
320 int nomove = FALSE; /* don't move cursor on return */
|
|
7
|
321
|
|
603
|
322 /* Remember whether editing was restarted after CTRL-O. */
|
|
|
323 did_restart_edit = restart_edit;
|
|
|
324
|
|
7
|
325 /* sleep before redrawing, needed for "CTRL-O :" that results in an
|
|
|
326 * error message */
|
|
|
327 check_for_delay(TRUE);
|
|
|
328
|
|
|
329 #ifdef HAVE_SANDBOX
|
|
|
330 /* Don't allow inserting in the sandbox. */
|
|
|
331 if (sandbox != 0)
|
|
|
332 {
|
|
|
333 EMSG(_(e_sandbox));
|
|
|
334 return FALSE;
|
|
|
335 }
|
|
|
336 #endif
|
|
632
|
337 /* Don't allow changes in the buffer while editing the cmdline. The
|
|
|
338 * caller of getcmdline() may get confused. */
|
|
634
|
339 if (textlock != 0)
|
|
632
|
340 {
|
|
|
341 EMSG(_(e_secure));
|
|
|
342 return FALSE;
|
|
|
343 }
|
|
7
|
344
|
|
|
345 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
844
|
346 /* Don't allow recursive insert mode when busy with completion. */
|
|
|
347 if (compl_started || pum_visible())
|
|
|
348 {
|
|
|
349 EMSG(_(e_secure));
|
|
|
350 return FALSE;
|
|
|
351 }
|
|
7
|
352 ins_compl_clear(); /* clear stuff for CTRL-X mode */
|
|
|
353 #endif
|
|
|
354
|
|
11
|
355 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
|
356 /*
|
|
|
357 * Trigger InsertEnter autocommands. Do not do this for "r<CR>" or "grx".
|
|
|
358 */
|
|
|
359 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v')
|
|
|
360 {
|
|
532
|
361 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
11
|
362 if (cmdchar == 'R')
|
|
|
363 ptr = (char_u *)"r";
|
|
|
364 else if (cmdchar == 'V')
|
|
|
365 ptr = (char_u *)"v";
|
|
|
366 else
|
|
|
367 ptr = (char_u *)"i";
|
|
|
368 set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE, ptr, 1);
|
|
532
|
369 # endif
|
|
11
|
370 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTENTER, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
|
371 }
|
|
|
372 #endif
|
|
|
373
|
|
7
|
374 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
375 /*
|
|
|
376 * When doing a paste with the middle mouse button, Insstart is set to
|
|
|
377 * where the paste started.
|
|
|
378 */
|
|
|
379 if (where_paste_started.lnum != 0)
|
|
|
380 Insstart = where_paste_started;
|
|
|
381 else
|
|
|
382 #endif
|
|
|
383 {
|
|
|
384 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
385 if (startln)
|
|
|
386 Insstart.col = 0;
|
|
|
387 }
|
|
|
388 Insstart_textlen = linetabsize(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
389 Insstart_blank_vcol = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
390 if (!did_ai)
|
|
|
391 ai_col = 0;
|
|
|
392
|
|
|
393 if (cmdchar != NUL && restart_edit == 0)
|
|
|
394 {
|
|
|
395 ResetRedobuff();
|
|
|
396 AppendNumberToRedobuff(count);
|
|
|
397 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
398 if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v')
|
|
|
399 {
|
|
|
400 /* "gR" or "gr" command */
|
|
|
401 AppendCharToRedobuff('g');
|
|
|
402 AppendCharToRedobuff((cmdchar == 'v') ? 'r' : 'R');
|
|
|
403 }
|
|
|
404 else
|
|
|
405 #endif
|
|
|
406 {
|
|
|
407 AppendCharToRedobuff(cmdchar);
|
|
|
408 if (cmdchar == 'g') /* "gI" command */
|
|
|
409 AppendCharToRedobuff('I');
|
|
|
410 else if (cmdchar == 'r') /* "r<CR>" command */
|
|
|
411 count = 1; /* insert only one <CR> */
|
|
|
412 }
|
|
|
413 }
|
|
|
414
|
|
|
415 if (cmdchar == 'R')
|
|
|
416 {
|
|
|
417 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
418 if (p_fkmap && p_ri)
|
|
|
419 {
|
|
|
420 beep_flush();
|
|
|
421 EMSG(farsi_text_3); /* encoded in Farsi */
|
|
|
422 State = INSERT;
|
|
|
423 }
|
|
|
424 else
|
|
|
425 #endif
|
|
|
426 State = REPLACE;
|
|
|
427 }
|
|
|
428 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
429 else if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v')
|
|
|
430 {
|
|
|
431 State = VREPLACE;
|
|
|
432 replaceState = VREPLACE;
|
|
|
433 orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
434 vr_lines_changed = 1;
|
|
|
435 }
|
|
|
436 #endif
|
|
|
437 else
|
|
|
438 State = INSERT;
|
|
|
439
|
|
|
440 stop_insert_mode = FALSE;
|
|
|
441
|
|
|
442 /*
|
|
|
443 * Need to recompute the cursor position, it might move when the cursor is
|
|
|
444 * on a TAB or special character.
|
|
|
445 */
|
|
|
446 curs_columns(TRUE);
|
|
|
447
|
|
|
448 /*
|
|
|
449 * Enable langmap or IME, indicated by 'iminsert'.
|
|
|
450 * Note that IME may enabled/disabled without us noticing here, thus the
|
|
|
451 * 'iminsert' value may not reflect what is actually used. It is updated
|
|
|
452 * when hitting <Esc>.
|
|
|
453 */
|
|
|
454 if (curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_LMAP)
|
|
|
455 State |= LANGMAP;
|
|
|
456 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
|
457 im_set_active(curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_IM);
|
|
|
458 #endif
|
|
|
459
|
|
|
460 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
461 setmouse();
|
|
|
462 #endif
|
|
|
463 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
464 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
465 #endif
|
|
|
466 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
467 /* there is no reverse replace mode */
|
|
|
468 revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri);
|
|
|
469 if (revins_on)
|
|
|
470 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
471 revins_chars = 0;
|
|
|
472 revins_legal = 0;
|
|
|
473 revins_scol = -1;
|
|
|
474 #endif
|
|
|
475
|
|
|
476 /*
|
|
|
477 * Handle restarting Insert mode.
|
|
|
478 * Don't do this for "CTRL-O ." (repeat an insert): we get here with
|
|
|
479 * restart_edit non-zero, and something in the stuff buffer.
|
|
|
480 */
|
|
|
481 if (restart_edit != 0 && stuff_empty())
|
|
|
482 {
|
|
|
483 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
484 /*
|
|
|
485 * After a paste we consider text typed to be part of the insert for
|
|
|
486 * the pasted text. You can backspace over the pasted text too.
|
|
|
487 */
|
|
|
488 if (where_paste_started.lnum)
|
|
|
489 arrow_used = FALSE;
|
|
|
490 else
|
|
|
491 #endif
|
|
|
492 arrow_used = TRUE;
|
|
|
493 restart_edit = 0;
|
|
|
494
|
|
|
495 /*
|
|
|
496 * If the cursor was after the end-of-line before the CTRL-O and it is
|
|
|
497 * now at the end-of-line, put it after the end-of-line (this is not
|
|
|
498 * correct in very rare cases).
|
|
|
499 * Also do this if curswant is greater than the current virtual
|
|
|
500 * column. Eg after "^O$" or "^O80|".
|
|
|
501 */
|
|
|
502 validate_virtcol();
|
|
|
503 update_curswant();
|
|
230
|
504 if (((ins_at_eol && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == o_lnum)
|
|
7
|
505 || curwin->w_curswant > curwin->w_virtcol)
|
|
|
506 && *(ptr = ml_get_curline() + curwin->w_cursor.col) != NUL)
|
|
|
507 {
|
|
|
508 if (ptr[1] == NUL)
|
|
|
509 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
510 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
511 else if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
512 {
|
|
474
|
513 i = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
|
|
7
|
514 if (ptr[i] == NUL)
|
|
|
515 curwin->w_cursor.col += i;
|
|
|
516 }
|
|
|
517 #endif
|
|
|
518 }
|
|
230
|
519 ins_at_eol = FALSE;
|
|
7
|
520 }
|
|
|
521 else
|
|
|
522 arrow_used = FALSE;
|
|
|
523
|
|
|
524 /* we are in insert mode now, don't need to start it anymore */
|
|
|
525 need_start_insertmode = FALSE;
|
|
|
526
|
|
|
527 /* Need to save the line for undo before inserting the first char. */
|
|
|
528 ins_need_undo = TRUE;
|
|
|
529
|
|
|
530 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
531 where_paste_started.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
532 #endif
|
|
|
533 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
534 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
535 #endif
|
|
|
536 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
537 /* The cursor line is not in a closed fold, unless 'insertmode' is set or
|
|
|
538 * restarting. */
|
|
|
539 if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0)
|
|
|
540 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
541 #endif
|
|
|
542
|
|
|
543 /*
|
|
|
544 * If 'showmode' is set, show the current (insert/replace/..) mode.
|
|
|
545 * A warning message for changing a readonly file is given here, before
|
|
|
546 * actually changing anything. It's put after the mode, if any.
|
|
|
547 */
|
|
|
548 i = 0;
|
|
644
|
549 if (p_smd && msg_silent == 0)
|
|
7
|
550 i = showmode();
|
|
|
551
|
|
|
552 if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0)
|
|
1473
|
553 change_warning(i == 0 ? 0 : i + 1);
|
|
7
|
554
|
|
|
555 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE
|
|
|
556 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */
|
|
|
557 #endif
|
|
|
558 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
559 do_digraph(-1); /* clear digraphs */
|
|
|
560 #endif
|
|
|
561
|
|
603
|
562 /*
|
|
|
563 * Get the current length of the redo buffer, those characters have to be
|
|
|
564 * skipped if we want to get to the inserted characters.
|
|
|
565 */
|
|
7
|
566 ptr = get_inserted();
|
|
|
567 if (ptr == NULL)
|
|
|
568 new_insert_skip = 0;
|
|
|
569 else
|
|
|
570 {
|
|
|
571 new_insert_skip = (int)STRLEN(ptr);
|
|
|
572 vim_free(ptr);
|
|
|
573 }
|
|
|
574
|
|
|
575 old_indent = 0;
|
|
|
576
|
|
|
577 /*
|
|
|
578 * Main loop in Insert mode: repeat until Insert mode is left.
|
|
|
579 */
|
|
|
580 for (;;)
|
|
|
581 {
|
|
|
582 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
583 if (!revins_legal)
|
|
|
584 revins_scol = -1; /* reset on illegal motions */
|
|
|
585 else
|
|
|
586 revins_legal = 0;
|
|
|
587 #endif
|
|
|
588 if (arrow_used) /* don't repeat insert when arrow key used */
|
|
|
589 count = 0;
|
|
|
590
|
|
|
591 if (stop_insert_mode)
|
|
|
592 {
|
|
|
593 /* ":stopinsert" used or 'insertmode' reset */
|
|
|
594 count = 0;
|
|
|
595 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
596 }
|
|
|
597
|
|
|
598 /* set curwin->w_curswant for next K_DOWN or K_UP */
|
|
|
599 if (!arrow_used)
|
|
|
600 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
601
|
|
|
602 /* If there is no typeahead may check for timestamps (e.g., for when a
|
|
|
603 * menu invoked a shell command). */
|
|
|
604 if (stuff_empty())
|
|
|
605 {
|
|
|
606 did_check_timestamps = FALSE;
|
|
|
607 if (need_check_timestamps)
|
|
|
608 check_timestamps(FALSE);
|
|
|
609 }
|
|
|
610
|
|
|
611 /*
|
|
|
612 * When emsg() was called msg_scroll will have been set.
|
|
|
613 */
|
|
|
614 msg_scroll = FALSE;
|
|
|
615
|
|
|
616 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
617 /* When 'mousefocus' is set a mouse movement may have taken us to
|
|
|
618 * another window. "need_mouse_correct" may then be set because of an
|
|
|
619 * autocommand. */
|
|
|
620 if (need_mouse_correct)
|
|
|
621 gui_mouse_correct();
|
|
|
622 #endif
|
|
|
623
|
|
|
624 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
625 /* Open fold at the cursor line, according to 'foldopen'. */
|
|
|
626 if (fdo_flags & FDO_INSERT)
|
|
|
627 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
628 /* Close folds where the cursor isn't, according to 'foldclose' */
|
|
|
629 if (!char_avail())
|
|
|
630 foldCheckClose();
|
|
|
631 #endif
|
|
|
632
|
|
|
633 /*
|
|
|
634 * If we inserted a character at the last position of the last line in
|
|
|
635 * the window, scroll the window one line up. This avoids an extra
|
|
|
636 * redraw.
|
|
|
637 * This is detected when the cursor column is smaller after inserting
|
|
|
638 * something.
|
|
|
639 * Don't do this when the topline changed already, it has
|
|
|
640 * already been adjusted (by insertchar() calling open_line())).
|
|
|
641 */
|
|
|
642 if (curbuf->b_mod_set
|
|
|
643 && curwin->w_p_wrap
|
|
|
644 && !did_backspace
|
|
|
645 && curwin->w_topline == old_topline
|
|
|
646 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
647 && curwin->w_topfill == old_topfill
|
|
|
648 #endif
|
|
|
649 )
|
|
|
650 {
|
|
|
651 mincol = curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
652 validate_cursor_col();
|
|
|
653
|
|
|
654 if ((int)curwin->w_wcol < (int)mincol - curbuf->b_p_ts
|
|
|
655 && curwin->w_wrow == W_WINROW(curwin)
|
|
|
656 + curwin->w_height - 1 - p_so
|
|
|
657 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != curwin->w_topline
|
|
|
658 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
659 || curwin->w_topfill > 0
|
|
|
660 #endif
|
|
|
661 ))
|
|
|
662 {
|
|
|
663 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
664 if (curwin->w_topfill > 0)
|
|
|
665 --curwin->w_topfill;
|
|
|
666 else
|
|
|
667 #endif
|
|
|
668 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
669 if (hasFolding(curwin->w_topline, NULL, &old_topline))
|
|
|
670 set_topline(curwin, old_topline + 1);
|
|
|
671 else
|
|
|
672 #endif
|
|
|
673 set_topline(curwin, curwin->w_topline + 1);
|
|
|
674 }
|
|
|
675 }
|
|
|
676
|
|
|
677 /* May need to adjust w_topline to show the cursor. */
|
|
|
678 update_topline();
|
|
|
679
|
|
|
680 did_backspace = FALSE;
|
|
|
681
|
|
|
682 validate_cursor(); /* may set must_redraw */
|
|
|
683
|
|
|
684 /*
|
|
|
685 * Redraw the display when no characters are waiting.
|
|
|
686 * Also shows mode, ruler and positions cursor.
|
|
|
687 */
|
|
661
|
688 ins_redraw(TRUE);
|
|
7
|
689
|
|
|
690 #ifdef FEAT_SCROLLBIND
|
|
|
691 if (curwin->w_p_scb)
|
|
|
692 do_check_scrollbind(TRUE);
|
|
|
693 #endif
|
|
|
694
|
|
|
695 update_curswant();
|
|
|
696 old_topline = curwin->w_topline;
|
|
|
697 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
698 old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill;
|
|
|
699 #endif
|
|
|
700
|
|
|
701 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
702 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */
|
|
|
703 #endif
|
|
|
704
|
|
|
705 /*
|
|
1526
|
706 * Get a character for Insert mode. Ignore K_IGNORE.
|
|
7
|
707 */
|
|
|
708 lastc = c; /* remember previous char for CTRL-D */
|
|
1526
|
709 do
|
|
|
710 {
|
|
|
711 c = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
712 } while (c == K_IGNORE);
|
|
7
|
713
|
|
978
|
714 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
|
715 /* Don't want K_CURSORHOLD for the second key, e.g., after CTRL-V. */
|
|
|
716 did_cursorhold = TRUE;
|
|
|
717 #endif
|
|
|
718
|
|
7
|
719 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
720 if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
721 c = hkmap(c); /* Hebrew mode mapping */
|
|
|
722 #endif
|
|
|
723 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
724 if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
725 c = fkmap(c); /* Farsi mode mapping */
|
|
|
726 #endif
|
|
|
727
|
|
|
728 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
659
|
729 /*
|
|
|
730 * Special handling of keys while the popup menu is visible or wanted
|
|
897
|
731 * and the cursor is still in the completed word. Only when there is
|
|
|
732 * a match, skip this when no matches were found.
|
|
659
|
733 */
|
|
897
|
734 if (compl_started
|
|
|
735 && pum_wanted()
|
|
|
736 && curwin->w_cursor.col >= compl_col
|
|
|
737 && (compl_shown_match == NULL
|
|
|
738 || compl_shown_match != compl_shown_match->cp_next))
|
|
659
|
739 {
|
|
|
740 /* BS: Delete one character from "compl_leader". */
|
|
|
741 if ((c == K_BS || c == Ctrl_H)
|
|
836
|
742 && curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col
|
|
|
743 && (c = ins_compl_bs()) == NUL)
|
|
657
|
744 continue;
|
|
|
745
|
|
659
|
746 /* When no match was selected or it was edited. */
|
|
|
747 if (!compl_used_match)
|
|
657
|
748 {
|
|
659
|
749 /* CTRL-L: Add one character from the current match to
|
|
836
|
750 * "compl_leader". Except when at the original match and
|
|
|
751 * there is nothing to add, CTRL-L works like CTRL-P then. */
|
|
|
752 if (c == Ctrl_L
|
|
|
753 && (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE
|
|
|
754 || STRLEN(compl_shown_match->cp_str)
|
|
|
755 > curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col))
|
|
659
|
756 {
|
|
|
757 ins_compl_addfrommatch();
|
|
|
758 continue;
|
|
|
759 }
|
|
|
760
|
|
1430
|
761 /* A non-white character that fits in with the current
|
|
|
762 * completion: Add to "compl_leader". */
|
|
|
763 if (ins_compl_accept_char(c))
|
|
659
|
764 {
|
|
|
765 ins_compl_addleader(c);
|
|
|
766 continue;
|
|
|
767 }
|
|
665
|
768
|
|
887
|
769 /* Pressing CTRL-Y selects the current match. When
|
|
825
|
770 * compl_enter_selects is set the Enter key does the same. */
|
|
|
771 if (c == Ctrl_Y || (compl_enter_selects
|
|
|
772 && (c == CAR || c == K_KENTER || c == NL)))
|
|
665
|
773 {
|
|
|
774 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
|
775 ins_compl_insert();
|
|
|
776 }
|
|
657
|
777 }
|
|
|
778 }
|
|
|
779
|
|
7
|
780 /* Prepare for or stop CTRL-X mode. This doesn't do completion, but
|
|
|
781 * it does fix up the text when finishing completion. */
|
|
665
|
782 compl_get_longest = FALSE;
|
|
1526
|
783 if (ins_compl_prep(c))
|
|
657
|
784 continue;
|
|
7
|
785 #endif
|
|
|
786
|
|
477
|
787 /* CTRL-\ CTRL-N goes to Normal mode,
|
|
|
788 * CTRL-\ CTRL-G goes to mode selected with 'insertmode',
|
|
|
789 * CTRL-\ CTRL-O is like CTRL-O but without moving the cursor. */
|
|
7
|
790 if (c == Ctrl_BSL)
|
|
|
791 {
|
|
|
792 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
661
|
793 ins_redraw(FALSE);
|
|
7
|
794 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
795 ++allow_keys;
|
|
1389
|
796 c = plain_vgetc();
|
|
7
|
797 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
798 --allow_keys;
|
|
477
|
799 if (c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_G && c != Ctrl_O)
|
|
7
|
800 {
|
|
477
|
801 /* it's something else */
|
|
7
|
802 vungetc(c);
|
|
|
803 c = Ctrl_BSL;
|
|
|
804 }
|
|
|
805 else if (c == Ctrl_G && p_im)
|
|
|
806 continue;
|
|
|
807 else
|
|
|
808 {
|
|
477
|
809 if (c == Ctrl_O)
|
|
|
810 {
|
|
|
811 ins_ctrl_o();
|
|
|
812 ins_at_eol = FALSE; /* cursor keeps its column */
|
|
|
813 nomove = TRUE;
|
|
|
814 }
|
|
7
|
815 count = 0;
|
|
|
816 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
817 }
|
|
|
818 }
|
|
|
819
|
|
|
820 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
821 c = do_digraph(c);
|
|
|
822 #endif
|
|
|
823
|
|
|
824 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
825 if ((c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q) && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE)
|
|
|
826 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
827 #endif
|
|
|
828 if (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q)
|
|
|
829 {
|
|
|
830 ins_ctrl_v();
|
|
|
831 c = Ctrl_V; /* pretend CTRL-V is last typed character */
|
|
|
832 continue;
|
|
|
833 }
|
|
|
834
|
|
|
835 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
836 if (cindent_on()
|
|
|
837 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
838 && ctrl_x_mode == 0
|
|
|
839 # endif
|
|
|
840 )
|
|
|
841 {
|
|
|
842 /* A key name preceded by a bang means this key is not to be
|
|
|
843 * inserted. Skip ahead to the re-indenting below.
|
|
|
844 * A key name preceded by a star means that indenting has to be
|
|
|
845 * done before inserting the key. */
|
|
|
846 line_is_white = inindent(0);
|
|
|
847 if (in_cinkeys(c, '!', line_is_white))
|
|
|
848 goto force_cindent;
|
|
|
849 if (can_cindent && in_cinkeys(c, '*', line_is_white)
|
|
|
850 && stop_arrow() == OK)
|
|
|
851 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
852 }
|
|
|
853 #endif
|
|
|
854
|
|
|
855 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
856 if (curwin->w_p_rl)
|
|
|
857 switch (c)
|
|
|
858 {
|
|
|
859 case K_LEFT: c = K_RIGHT; break;
|
|
|
860 case K_S_LEFT: c = K_S_RIGHT; break;
|
|
|
861 case K_C_LEFT: c = K_C_RIGHT; break;
|
|
|
862 case K_RIGHT: c = K_LEFT; break;
|
|
|
863 case K_S_RIGHT: c = K_S_LEFT; break;
|
|
|
864 case K_C_RIGHT: c = K_C_LEFT; break;
|
|
|
865 }
|
|
|
866 #endif
|
|
|
867
|
|
|
868 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
869 /*
|
|
|
870 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection. If it
|
|
|
871 * does, a CTRL-O and c will be stuffed, we need to get these
|
|
|
872 * characters.
|
|
|
873 */
|
|
|
874 if (ins_start_select(c))
|
|
|
875 continue;
|
|
|
876 #endif
|
|
|
877
|
|
|
878 /*
|
|
|
879 * The big switch to handle a character in insert mode.
|
|
|
880 */
|
|
|
881 switch (c)
|
|
|
882 {
|
|
449
|
883 case ESC: /* End input mode */
|
|
7
|
884 if (echeck_abbr(ESC + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
885 break;
|
|
|
886 /*FALLTHROUGH*/
|
|
|
887
|
|
449
|
888 case Ctrl_C: /* End input mode */
|
|
7
|
889 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
|
|
|
890 if (c == Ctrl_C && cmdwin_type != 0)
|
|
|
891 {
|
|
|
892 /* Close the cmdline window. */
|
|
|
893 cmdwin_result = K_IGNORE;
|
|
|
894 got_int = FALSE; /* don't stop executing autocommands et al. */
|
|
929
|
895 nomove = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
896 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
897 }
|
|
|
898 #endif
|
|
|
899
|
|
|
900 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
901 do_intr:
|
|
|
902 #endif
|
|
|
903 /* when 'insertmode' set, and not halfway a mapping, don't leave
|
|
|
904 * Insert mode */
|
|
|
905 if (goto_im())
|
|
|
906 {
|
|
|
907 if (got_int)
|
|
|
908 {
|
|
|
909 (void)vgetc(); /* flush all buffers */
|
|
|
910 got_int = FALSE;
|
|
|
911 }
|
|
|
912 else
|
|
|
913 vim_beep();
|
|
|
914 break;
|
|
|
915 }
|
|
|
916 doESCkey:
|
|
|
917 /*
|
|
|
918 * This is the ONLY return from edit()!
|
|
|
919 */
|
|
|
920 /* Always update o_lnum, so that a "CTRL-O ." that adds a line
|
|
|
921 * still puts the cursor back after the inserted text. */
|
|
230
|
922 if (ins_at_eol && gchar_cursor() == NUL)
|
|
7
|
923 o_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
924
|
|
477
|
925 if (ins_esc(&count, cmdchar, nomove))
|
|
11
|
926 {
|
|
|
927 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
|
928 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v')
|
|
|
929 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTLEAVE, NULL, NULL,
|
|
|
930 FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
993
|
931 did_cursorhold = FALSE;
|
|
11
|
932 #endif
|
|
7
|
933 return (c == Ctrl_O);
|
|
11
|
934 }
|
|
7
|
935 continue;
|
|
|
936
|
|
449
|
937 case Ctrl_Z: /* suspend when 'insertmode' set */
|
|
|
938 if (!p_im)
|
|
|
939 goto normalchar; /* insert CTRL-Z as normal char */
|
|
|
940 stuffReadbuff((char_u *)":st\r");
|
|
|
941 c = Ctrl_O;
|
|
|
942 /*FALLTHROUGH*/
|
|
|
943
|
|
|
944 case Ctrl_O: /* execute one command */
|
|
502
|
945 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
523
|
946 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI)
|
|
449
|
947 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
948 #endif
|
|
|
949 if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_O + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
950 break;
|
|
|
951 ins_ctrl_o();
|
|
853
|
952
|
|
|
953 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
954 /* don't move the cursor left when 'virtualedit' has "onemore". */
|
|
|
955 if (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE)
|
|
|
956 {
|
|
|
957 ins_at_eol = FALSE;
|
|
|
958 nomove = TRUE;
|
|
|
959 }
|
|
|
960 #endif
|
|
449
|
961 count = 0;
|
|
|
962 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
963
|
|
464
|
964 case K_INS: /* toggle insert/replace mode */
|
|
|
965 case K_KINS:
|
|
|
966 ins_insert(replaceState);
|
|
|
967 break;
|
|
|
968
|
|
|
969 case K_SELECT: /* end of Select mode mapping - ignore */
|
|
|
970 break;
|
|
|
971
|
|
449
|
972 #ifdef FEAT_SNIFF
|
|
|
973 case K_SNIFF: /* Sniff command received */
|
|
|
974 stuffcharReadbuff(K_SNIFF);
|
|
|
975 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
976 #endif
|
|
|
977
|
|
|
978 case K_HELP: /* Help key works like <ESC> <Help> */
|
|
|
979 case K_F1:
|
|
|
980 case K_XF1:
|
|
|
981 stuffcharReadbuff(K_HELP);
|
|
|
982 if (p_im)
|
|
|
983 need_start_insertmode = TRUE;
|
|
|
984 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
985
|
|
|
986 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
|
|
|
987 case K_F21: /* NetBeans command */
|
|
|
988 ++no_mapping; /* don't map the next key hits */
|
|
1389
|
989 i = plain_vgetc();
|
|
449
|
990 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
991 netbeans_keycommand(i);
|
|
|
992 break;
|
|
|
993 #endif
|
|
|
994
|
|
|
995 case K_ZERO: /* Insert the previously inserted text. */
|
|
7
|
996 case NUL:
|
|
|
997 case Ctrl_A:
|
|
449
|
998 /* For ^@ the trailing ESC will end the insert, unless there is an
|
|
|
999 * error. */
|
|
7
|
1000 if (stuff_inserted(NUL, 1L, (c == Ctrl_A)) == FAIL
|
|
|
1001 && c != Ctrl_A && !p_im)
|
|
|
1002 goto doESCkey; /* quit insert mode */
|
|
|
1003 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
1004 break;
|
|
|
1005
|
|
449
|
1006 case Ctrl_R: /* insert the contents of a register */
|
|
7
|
1007 ins_reg();
|
|
|
1008 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1009 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
1010 break;
|
|
|
1011
|
|
449
|
1012 case Ctrl_G: /* commands starting with CTRL-G */
|
|
7
|
1013 ins_ctrl_g();
|
|
|
1014 break;
|
|
|
1015
|
|
449
|
1016 case Ctrl_HAT: /* switch input mode and/or langmap */
|
|
|
1017 ins_ctrl_hat();
|
|
7
|
1018 break;
|
|
|
1019
|
|
|
1020 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
449
|
1021 case Ctrl__: /* switch between languages */
|
|
7
|
1022 if (!p_ari)
|
|
|
1023 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1024 ins_ctrl_();
|
|
|
1025 break;
|
|
|
1026 #endif
|
|
|
1027
|
|
449
|
1028 case Ctrl_D: /* Make indent one shiftwidth smaller. */
|
|
7
|
1029 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID)
|
|
|
1030 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)
|
|
|
1031 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1032 #endif
|
|
|
1033 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
1034
|
|
449
|
1035 case Ctrl_T: /* Make indent one shiftwidth greater. */
|
|
7
|
1036 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1037 if (c == Ctrl_T && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS)
|
|
|
1038 {
|
|
449
|
1039 if (has_compl_option(FALSE))
|
|
|
1040 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1041 break;
|
|
7
|
1042 }
|
|
|
1043 # endif
|
|
|
1044 ins_shift(c, lastc);
|
|
|
1045 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1046 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
1047 break;
|
|
|
1048
|
|
449
|
1049 case K_DEL: /* delete character under the cursor */
|
|
7
|
1050 case K_KDEL:
|
|
|
1051 ins_del();
|
|
|
1052 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1053 break;
|
|
|
1054
|
|
449
|
1055 case K_BS: /* delete character before the cursor */
|
|
7
|
1056 case Ctrl_H:
|
|
|
1057 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_CHAR, &inserted_space);
|
|
|
1058 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1059 break;
|
|
|
1060
|
|
449
|
1061 case Ctrl_W: /* delete word before the cursor */
|
|
7
|
1062 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_WORD, &inserted_space);
|
|
|
1063 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1064 break;
|
|
|
1065
|
|
449
|
1066 case Ctrl_U: /* delete all inserted text in current line */
|
|
12
|
1067 # ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
|
1068 /* CTRL-X CTRL-U completes with 'completefunc'. */
|
|
449
|
1069 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION)
|
|
12
|
1070 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1071 # endif
|
|
7
|
1072 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_LINE, &inserted_space);
|
|
|
1073 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1074 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
1075 break;
|
|
|
1076
|
|
|
1077 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
449
|
1078 case K_LEFTMOUSE: /* mouse keys */
|
|
7
|
1079 case K_LEFTMOUSE_NM:
|
|
|
1080 case K_LEFTDRAG:
|
|
|
1081 case K_LEFTRELEASE:
|
|
|
1082 case K_LEFTRELEASE_NM:
|
|
|
1083 case K_MIDDLEMOUSE:
|
|
|
1084 case K_MIDDLEDRAG:
|
|
|
1085 case K_MIDDLERELEASE:
|
|
|
1086 case K_RIGHTMOUSE:
|
|
|
1087 case K_RIGHTDRAG:
|
|
|
1088 case K_RIGHTRELEASE:
|
|
|
1089 case K_X1MOUSE:
|
|
|
1090 case K_X1DRAG:
|
|
|
1091 case K_X1RELEASE:
|
|
|
1092 case K_X2MOUSE:
|
|
|
1093 case K_X2DRAG:
|
|
|
1094 case K_X2RELEASE:
|
|
|
1095 ins_mouse(c);
|
|
|
1096 break;
|
|
|
1097
|
|
449
|
1098 case K_MOUSEDOWN: /* Default action for scroll wheel up: scroll up */
|
|
7
|
1099 ins_mousescroll(FALSE);
|
|
|
1100 break;
|
|
|
1101
|
|
449
|
1102 case K_MOUSEUP: /* Default action for scroll wheel down: scroll down */
|
|
7
|
1103 ins_mousescroll(TRUE);
|
|
|
1104 break;
|
|
|
1105 #endif
|
|
692
|
1106 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE
|
|
|
1107 case K_TABLINE:
|
|
|
1108 case K_TABMENU:
|
|
|
1109 ins_tabline(c);
|
|
|
1110 break;
|
|
|
1111 #endif
|
|
7
|
1112
|
|
449
|
1113 case K_IGNORE: /* Something mapped to nothing */
|
|
7
|
1114 break;
|
|
|
1115
|
|
661
|
1116 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
|
1117 case K_CURSORHOLD: /* Didn't type something for a while. */
|
|
|
1118 apply_autocmds(EVENT_CURSORHOLDI, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
|
1119 did_cursorhold = TRUE;
|
|
|
1120 break;
|
|
|
1121 #endif
|
|
|
1122
|
|
625
|
1123 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_W32
|
|
|
1124 /* On Win32 ignore <M-F4>, we get it when closing the window was
|
|
|
1125 * cancelled. */
|
|
|
1126 case K_F4:
|
|
|
1127 if (mod_mask != MOD_MASK_ALT)
|
|
|
1128 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1129 break;
|
|
|
1130 #endif
|
|
|
1131
|
|
7
|
1132 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
1133 case K_VER_SCROLLBAR:
|
|
|
1134 ins_scroll();
|
|
|
1135 break;
|
|
|
1136
|
|
|
1137 case K_HOR_SCROLLBAR:
|
|
|
1138 ins_horscroll();
|
|
|
1139 break;
|
|
|
1140 #endif
|
|
|
1141
|
|
449
|
1142 case K_HOME: /* <Home> */
|
|
7
|
1143 case K_KHOME:
|
|
|
1144 case K_S_HOME:
|
|
|
1145 case K_C_HOME:
|
|
|
1146 ins_home(c);
|
|
|
1147 break;
|
|
|
1148
|
|
449
|
1149 case K_END: /* <End> */
|
|
7
|
1150 case K_KEND:
|
|
|
1151 case K_S_END:
|
|
|
1152 case K_C_END:
|
|
|
1153 ins_end(c);
|
|
|
1154 break;
|
|
|
1155
|
|
449
|
1156 case K_LEFT: /* <Left> */
|
|
180
|
1157 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL))
|
|
|
1158 ins_s_left();
|
|
|
1159 else
|
|
|
1160 ins_left();
|
|
7
|
1161 break;
|
|
|
1162
|
|
449
|
1163 case K_S_LEFT: /* <S-Left> */
|
|
7
|
1164 case K_C_LEFT:
|
|
|
1165 ins_s_left();
|
|
|
1166 break;
|
|
|
1167
|
|
449
|
1168 case K_RIGHT: /* <Right> */
|
|
180
|
1169 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL))
|
|
|
1170 ins_s_right();
|
|
|
1171 else
|
|
|
1172 ins_right();
|
|
7
|
1173 break;
|
|
|
1174
|
|
449
|
1175 case K_S_RIGHT: /* <S-Right> */
|
|
7
|
1176 case K_C_RIGHT:
|
|
|
1177 ins_s_right();
|
|
|
1178 break;
|
|
|
1179
|
|
449
|
1180 case K_UP: /* <Up> */
|
|
665
|
1181 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1182 if (pum_visible())
|
|
|
1183 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1184 #endif
|
|
180
|
1185 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)
|
|
|
1186 ins_pageup();
|
|
|
1187 else
|
|
|
1188 ins_up(FALSE);
|
|
7
|
1189 break;
|
|
|
1190
|
|
449
|
1191 case K_S_UP: /* <S-Up> */
|
|
7
|
1192 case K_PAGEUP:
|
|
|
1193 case K_KPAGEUP:
|
|
613
|
1194 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
610
|
1195 if (pum_visible())
|
|
|
1196 goto docomplete;
|
|
613
|
1197 #endif
|
|
7
|
1198 ins_pageup();
|
|
|
1199 break;
|
|
|
1200
|
|
449
|
1201 case K_DOWN: /* <Down> */
|
|
665
|
1202 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1203 if (pum_visible())
|
|
|
1204 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1205 #endif
|
|
180
|
1206 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)
|
|
|
1207 ins_pagedown();
|
|
|
1208 else
|
|
|
1209 ins_down(FALSE);
|
|
7
|
1210 break;
|
|
|
1211
|
|
449
|
1212 case K_S_DOWN: /* <S-Down> */
|
|
7
|
1213 case K_PAGEDOWN:
|
|
|
1214 case K_KPAGEDOWN:
|
|
613
|
1215 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
610
|
1216 if (pum_visible())
|
|
|
1217 goto docomplete;
|
|
613
|
1218 #endif
|
|
7
|
1219 ins_pagedown();
|
|
|
1220 break;
|
|
|
1221
|
|
|
1222 #ifdef FEAT_DND
|
|
449
|
1223 case K_DROP: /* drag-n-drop event */
|
|
7
|
1224 ins_drop();
|
|
|
1225 break;
|
|
|
1226 #endif
|
|
|
1227
|
|
449
|
1228 case K_S_TAB: /* When not mapped, use like a normal TAB */
|
|
7
|
1229 c = TAB;
|
|
|
1230 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
1231
|
|
449
|
1232 case TAB: /* TAB or Complete patterns along path */
|
|
7
|
1233 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID)
|
|
|
1234 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS)
|
|
|
1235 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1236 #endif
|
|
|
1237 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
1238 if (ins_tab())
|
|
|
1239 goto normalchar; /* insert TAB as a normal char */
|
|
|
1240 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1241 break;
|
|
|
1242
|
|
449
|
1243 case K_KENTER: /* <Enter> */
|
|
7
|
1244 c = CAR;
|
|
|
1245 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
1246 case CAR:
|
|
|
1247 case NL:
|
|
|
1248 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX)
|
|
|
1249 /* In a quickfix window a <CR> jumps to the error under the
|
|
|
1250 * cursor. */
|
|
|
1251 if (bt_quickfix(curbuf) && c == CAR)
|
|
|
1252 {
|
|
644
|
1253 if (curwin->w_llist_ref == NULL) /* quickfix window */
|
|
|
1254 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)".cc");
|
|
|
1255 else /* location list window */
|
|
|
1256 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)".ll");
|
|
7
|
1257 break;
|
|
|
1258 }
|
|
|
1259 #endif
|
|
|
1260 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
|
|
|
1261 if (cmdwin_type != 0)
|
|
|
1262 {
|
|
|
1263 /* Execute the command in the cmdline window. */
|
|
|
1264 cmdwin_result = CAR;
|
|
|
1265 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
1266 }
|
|
|
1267 #endif
|
|
|
1268 if (ins_eol(c) && !p_im)
|
|
|
1269 goto doESCkey; /* out of memory */
|
|
|
1270 auto_format(FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
|
1271 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
1272 break;
|
|
|
1273
|
|
|
1274 #if defined(FEAT_DIGRAPHS) || defined (FEAT_INS_EXPAND)
|
|
449
|
1275 case Ctrl_K: /* digraph or keyword completion */
|
|
7
|
1276 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1277 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY)
|
|
|
1278 {
|
|
449
|
1279 if (has_compl_option(TRUE))
|
|
|
1280 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1281 break;
|
|
7
|
1282 }
|
|
|
1283 # endif
|
|
|
1284 # ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
1285 c = ins_digraph();
|
|
|
1286 if (c == NUL)
|
|
|
1287 break;
|
|
|
1288 # endif
|
|
|
1289 goto normalchar;
|
|
449
|
1290 #endif
|
|
7
|
1291
|
|
|
1292 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
464
|
1293 case Ctrl_X: /* Enter CTRL-X mode */
|
|
|
1294 ins_ctrl_x();
|
|
|
1295 break;
|
|
|
1296
|
|
449
|
1297 case Ctrl_RSB: /* Tag name completion after ^X */
|
|
7
|
1298 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_TAGS)
|
|
|
1299 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1300 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1301
|
|
449
|
1302 case Ctrl_F: /* File name completion after ^X */
|
|
7
|
1303 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_FILES)
|
|
|
1304 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1305 goto docomplete;
|
|
477
|
1306
|
|
|
1307 case 's': /* Spelling completion after ^X */
|
|
|
1308 case Ctrl_S:
|
|
|
1309 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_SPELL)
|
|
|
1310 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1311 goto docomplete;
|
|
7
|
1312 #endif
|
|
|
1313
|
|
449
|
1314 case Ctrl_L: /* Whole line completion after ^X */
|
|
7
|
1315 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1316 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
1317 #endif
|
|
|
1318 {
|
|
|
1319 /* CTRL-L with 'insertmode' set: Leave Insert mode */
|
|
|
1320 if (p_im)
|
|
|
1321 {
|
|
|
1322 if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_L + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
1323 break;
|
|
|
1324 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
1325 }
|
|
|
1326 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1327 }
|
|
|
1328 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1329 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
1330
|
|
449
|
1331 case Ctrl_P: /* Do previous/next pattern completion */
|
|
7
|
1332 case Ctrl_N:
|
|
|
1333 /* if 'complete' is empty then plain ^P is no longer special,
|
|
|
1334 * but it is under other ^X modes */
|
|
|
1335 if (*curbuf->b_p_cpt == NUL
|
|
|
1336 && ctrl_x_mode != 0
|
|
449
|
1337 && !(compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL))
|
|
7
|
1338 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1339
|
|
|
1340 docomplete:
|
|
|
1341 if (ins_complete(c) == FAIL)
|
|
449
|
1342 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
7
|
1343 break;
|
|
|
1344 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */
|
|
|
1345
|
|
449
|
1346 case Ctrl_Y: /* copy from previous line or scroll down */
|
|
|
1347 case Ctrl_E: /* copy from next line or scroll up */
|
|
|
1348 c = ins_ctrl_ey(c);
|
|
7
|
1349 break;
|
|
|
1350
|
|
|
1351 default:
|
|
|
1352 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
1353 if (c == intr_char) /* special interrupt char */
|
|
|
1354 goto do_intr;
|
|
|
1355 #endif
|
|
|
1356
|
|
|
1357 /*
|
|
|
1358 * Insert a nomal character.
|
|
|
1359 */
|
|
|
1360 normalchar:
|
|
|
1361 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
1362 /* Try to perform smart-indenting. */
|
|
|
1363 ins_try_si(c);
|
|
|
1364 #endif
|
|
|
1365
|
|
|
1366 if (c == ' ')
|
|
|
1367 {
|
|
|
1368 inserted_space = TRUE;
|
|
|
1369 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
1370 if (inindent(0))
|
|
|
1371 can_cindent = FALSE;
|
|
|
1372 #endif
|
|
|
1373 if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL
|
|
|
1374 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum)
|
|
|
1375 Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
|
|
|
1376 }
|
|
|
1377
|
|
|
1378 if (vim_iswordc(c) || !echeck_abbr(
|
|
|
1379 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1380 /* Add ABBR_OFF for characters above 0x100, this is
|
|
|
1381 * what check_abbr() expects. */
|
|
|
1382 (has_mbyte && c >= 0x100) ? (c + ABBR_OFF) :
|
|
|
1383 #endif
|
|
|
1384 c))
|
|
|
1385 {
|
|
|
1386 insert_special(c, FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
|
1387 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
1388 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
1389 revins_chars++;
|
|
|
1390 #endif
|
|
|
1391 }
|
|
|
1392
|
|
|
1393 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1394
|
|
|
1395 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
1396 /* When inserting a character the cursor line must never be in a
|
|
|
1397 * closed fold. */
|
|
|
1398 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
1399 #endif
|
|
|
1400 break;
|
|
|
1401 } /* end of switch (c) */
|
|
|
1402
|
|
978
|
1403 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
|
1404 /* If typed something may trigger CursorHoldI again. */
|
|
|
1405 if (c != K_CURSORHOLD)
|
|
|
1406 did_cursorhold = FALSE;
|
|
|
1407 #endif
|
|
|
1408
|
|
7
|
1409 /* If the cursor was moved we didn't just insert a space */
|
|
|
1410 if (arrow_used)
|
|
|
1411 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
1412
|
|
|
1413 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
1414 if (can_cindent && cindent_on()
|
|
|
1415 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1416 && ctrl_x_mode == 0
|
|
|
1417 # endif
|
|
|
1418 )
|
|
|
1419 {
|
|
|
1420 force_cindent:
|
|
|
1421 /*
|
|
|
1422 * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'.
|
|
|
1423 */
|
|
|
1424 if (in_cinkeys(c, ' ', line_is_white))
|
|
|
1425 {
|
|
|
1426 if (stop_arrow() == OK)
|
|
|
1427 /* re-indent the current line */
|
|
|
1428 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
1429 }
|
|
|
1430 }
|
|
|
1431 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */
|
|
|
1432
|
|
|
1433 } /* for (;;) */
|
|
|
1434 /* NOTREACHED */
|
|
|
1435 }
|
|
|
1436
|
|
|
1437 /*
|
|
|
1438 * Redraw for Insert mode.
|
|
|
1439 * This is postponed until getting the next character to make '$' in the 'cpo'
|
|
|
1440 * option work correctly.
|
|
|
1441 * Only redraw when there are no characters available. This speeds up
|
|
|
1442 * inserting sequences of characters (e.g., for CTRL-R).
|
|
|
1443 */
|
|
661
|
1444 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
7
|
1445 static void
|
|
661
|
1446 ins_redraw(ready)
|
|
|
1447 int ready; /* not busy with something */
|
|
7
|
1448 {
|
|
|
1449 if (!char_avail())
|
|
|
1450 {
|
|
661
|
1451 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
794
|
1452 /* Trigger CursorMoved if the cursor moved. Not when the popup menu is
|
|
|
1453 * visible, the command might delete it. */
|
|
661
|
1454 if (ready && has_cursormovedI()
|
|
794
|
1455 && !equalpos(last_cursormoved, curwin->w_cursor)
|
|
|
1456 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1457 && !pum_visible()
|
|
|
1458 # endif
|
|
|
1459 )
|
|
661
|
1460 {
|
|
1506
|
1461 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
1462 /* Need to update the screen first, to make sure syntax
|
|
|
1463 * highlighting is correct after making a change (e.g., inserting
|
|
|
1464 * a "(". The autocommand may also require a redraw, so it's done
|
|
|
1465 * again below, unfortunately. */
|
|
|
1466 if (syntax_present(curbuf) && must_redraw)
|
|
|
1467 update_screen(0);
|
|
|
1468 # endif
|
|
661
|
1469 apply_autocmds(EVENT_CURSORMOVEDI, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
|
1470 last_cursormoved = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
1471 }
|
|
|
1472 #endif
|
|
7
|
1473 if (must_redraw)
|
|
|
1474 update_screen(0);
|
|
|
1475 else if (clear_cmdline || redraw_cmdline)
|
|
|
1476 showmode(); /* clear cmdline and show mode */
|
|
|
1477 showruler(FALSE);
|
|
|
1478 setcursor();
|
|
|
1479 emsg_on_display = FALSE; /* may remove error message now */
|
|
|
1480 }
|
|
|
1481 }
|
|
|
1482
|
|
|
1483 /*
|
|
|
1484 * Handle a CTRL-V or CTRL-Q typed in Insert mode.
|
|
|
1485 */
|
|
|
1486 static void
|
|
|
1487 ins_ctrl_v()
|
|
|
1488 {
|
|
|
1489 int c;
|
|
|
1490
|
|
|
1491 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
661
|
1492 ins_redraw(FALSE);
|
|
7
|
1493
|
|
|
1494 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
|
|
|
1495 edit_putchar('^', TRUE);
|
|
|
1496 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); /* CTRL-V */
|
|
|
1497
|
|
|
1498 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
1499 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_V);
|
|
|
1500 #endif
|
|
|
1501
|
|
|
1502 c = get_literal();
|
|
|
1503 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
1504 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
1505 #endif
|
|
|
1506 insert_special(c, FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1507 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
1508 revins_chars++;
|
|
|
1509 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
1510 #endif
|
|
|
1511 }
|
|
|
1512
|
|
|
1513 /*
|
|
|
1514 * Put a character directly onto the screen. It's not stored in a buffer.
|
|
|
1515 * Used while handling CTRL-K, CTRL-V, etc. in Insert mode.
|
|
|
1516 */
|
|
|
1517 static int pc_status;
|
|
|
1518 #define PC_STATUS_UNSET 0 /* pc_bytes was not set */
|
|
|
1519 #define PC_STATUS_RIGHT 1 /* right halve of double-wide char */
|
|
|
1520 #define PC_STATUS_LEFT 2 /* left halve of double-wide char */
|
|
|
1521 #define PC_STATUS_SET 3 /* pc_bytes was filled */
|
|
|
1522 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1523 static char_u pc_bytes[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; /* saved bytes */
|
|
|
1524 #else
|
|
|
1525 static char_u pc_bytes[2]; /* saved bytes */
|
|
|
1526 #endif
|
|
|
1527 static int pc_attr;
|
|
|
1528 static int pc_row;
|
|
|
1529 static int pc_col;
|
|
|
1530
|
|
|
1531 void
|
|
|
1532 edit_putchar(c, highlight)
|
|
|
1533 int c;
|
|
|
1534 int highlight;
|
|
|
1535 {
|
|
|
1536 int attr;
|
|
|
1537
|
|
|
1538 if (ScreenLines != NULL)
|
|
|
1539 {
|
|
|
1540 update_topline(); /* just in case w_topline isn't valid */
|
|
|
1541 validate_cursor();
|
|
|
1542 if (highlight)
|
|
|
1543 attr = hl_attr(HLF_8);
|
|
|
1544 else
|
|
|
1545 attr = 0;
|
|
|
1546 pc_row = W_WINROW(curwin) + curwin->w_wrow;
|
|
|
1547 pc_col = W_WINCOL(curwin);
|
|
|
1548 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
|
1549 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET;
|
|
|
1550 #endif
|
|
|
1551 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
1552 if (curwin->w_p_rl)
|
|
|
1553 {
|
|
|
1554 pc_col += W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1 - curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
1555 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1556 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
1557 {
|
|
|
1558 int fix_col = mb_fix_col(pc_col, pc_row);
|
|
|
1559
|
|
|
1560 if (fix_col != pc_col)
|
|
|
1561 {
|
|
|
1562 screen_putchar(' ', pc_row, fix_col, attr);
|
|
|
1563 --curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
1564 pc_status = PC_STATUS_RIGHT;
|
|
|
1565 }
|
|
|
1566 }
|
|
|
1567 # endif
|
|
|
1568 }
|
|
|
1569 else
|
|
|
1570 #endif
|
|
|
1571 {
|
|
|
1572 pc_col += curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
1573 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1574 if (mb_lefthalve(pc_row, pc_col))
|
|
|
1575 pc_status = PC_STATUS_LEFT;
|
|
|
1576 #endif
|
|
|
1577 }
|
|
|
1578
|
|
|
1579 /* save the character to be able to put it back */
|
|
|
1580 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
|
1581 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_UNSET)
|
|
|
1582 #endif
|
|
|
1583 {
|
|
|
1584 screen_getbytes(pc_row, pc_col, pc_bytes, &pc_attr);
|
|
|
1585 pc_status = PC_STATUS_SET;
|
|
|
1586 }
|
|
|
1587 screen_putchar(c, pc_row, pc_col, attr);
|
|
|
1588 }
|
|
|
1589 }
|
|
|
1590
|
|
|
1591 /*
|
|
|
1592 * Undo the previous edit_putchar().
|
|
|
1593 */
|
|
|
1594 void
|
|
|
1595 edit_unputchar()
|
|
|
1596 {
|
|
|
1597 if (pc_status != PC_STATUS_UNSET && pc_row >= msg_scrolled)
|
|
|
1598 {
|
|
|
1599 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
|
1600 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT)
|
|
|
1601 ++curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
1602 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT || pc_status == PC_STATUS_LEFT)
|
|
|
1603 redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE);
|
|
|
1604 else
|
|
|
1605 #endif
|
|
|
1606 screen_puts(pc_bytes, pc_row - msg_scrolled, pc_col, pc_attr);
|
|
|
1607 }
|
|
|
1608 }
|
|
|
1609
|
|
|
1610 /*
|
|
|
1611 * Called when p_dollar is set: display a '$' at the end of the changed text
|
|
|
1612 * Only works when cursor is in the line that changes.
|
|
|
1613 */
|
|
|
1614 void
|
|
|
1615 display_dollar(col)
|
|
|
1616 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
1617 {
|
|
|
1618 colnr_T save_col;
|
|
|
1619
|
|
|
1620 if (!redrawing())
|
|
|
1621 return;
|
|
|
1622
|
|
|
1623 cursor_off();
|
|
|
1624 save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1625 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
|
|
|
1626 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1627 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
1628 {
|
|
|
1629 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1630
|
|
|
1631 /* If on the last byte of a multi-byte move to the first byte. */
|
|
|
1632 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
1633 curwin->w_cursor.col -= (*mb_head_off)(p, p + col);
|
|
|
1634 }
|
|
|
1635 #endif
|
|
|
1636 curs_columns(FALSE); /* recompute w_wrow and w_wcol */
|
|
|
1637 if (curwin->w_wcol < W_WIDTH(curwin))
|
|
|
1638 {
|
|
|
1639 edit_putchar('$', FALSE);
|
|
|
1640 dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol;
|
|
|
1641 }
|
|
|
1642 curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col;
|
|
|
1643 }
|
|
|
1644
|
|
|
1645 /*
|
|
|
1646 * Call this function before moving the cursor from the normal insert position
|
|
|
1647 * in insert mode.
|
|
|
1648 */
|
|
|
1649 static void
|
|
|
1650 undisplay_dollar()
|
|
|
1651 {
|
|
|
1652 if (dollar_vcol)
|
|
|
1653 {
|
|
|
1654 dollar_vcol = 0;
|
|
|
1655 redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE);
|
|
|
1656 }
|
|
|
1657 }
|
|
|
1658
|
|
|
1659 /*
|
|
|
1660 * Insert an indent (for <Tab> or CTRL-T) or delete an indent (for CTRL-D).
|
|
|
1661 * Keep the cursor on the same character.
|
|
|
1662 * type == INDENT_INC increase indent (for CTRL-T or <Tab>)
|
|
|
1663 * type == INDENT_DEC decrease indent (for CTRL-D)
|
|
|
1664 * type == INDENT_SET set indent to "amount"
|
|
|
1665 * if round is TRUE, round the indent to 'shiftwidth' (only with _INC and _Dec).
|
|
|
1666 */
|
|
|
1667 void
|
|
1516
|
1668 change_indent(type, amount, round, replaced, call_changed_bytes)
|
|
7
|
1669 int type;
|
|
|
1670 int amount;
|
|
|
1671 int round;
|
|
|
1672 int replaced; /* replaced character, put on replace stack */
|
|
1516
|
1673 int call_changed_bytes; /* call changed_bytes() */
|
|
7
|
1674 {
|
|
|
1675 int vcol;
|
|
|
1676 int last_vcol;
|
|
|
1677 int insstart_less; /* reduction for Insstart.col */
|
|
|
1678 int new_cursor_col;
|
|
|
1679 int i;
|
|
|
1680 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
1681 int save_p_list;
|
|
|
1682 int start_col;
|
|
|
1683 colnr_T vc;
|
|
|
1684 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1685 colnr_T orig_col = 0; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
1686 char_u *new_line, *orig_line = NULL; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
1687
|
|
|
1688 /* VREPLACE mode needs to know what the line was like before changing */
|
|
|
1689 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1690 {
|
|
|
1691 orig_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); /* Deal with NULL below */
|
|
|
1692 orig_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1693 }
|
|
|
1694 #endif
|
|
|
1695
|
|
|
1696 /* for the following tricks we don't want list mode */
|
|
|
1697 save_p_list = curwin->w_p_list;
|
|
|
1698 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE;
|
|
|
1699 vc = getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
1700 vcol = vc;
|
|
|
1701
|
|
|
1702 /*
|
|
|
1703 * For Replace mode we need to fix the replace stack later, which is only
|
|
|
1704 * possible when the cursor is in the indent. Remember the number of
|
|
|
1705 * characters before the cursor if it's possible.
|
|
|
1706 */
|
|
|
1707 start_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1708
|
|
|
1709 /* determine offset from first non-blank */
|
|
|
1710 new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1711 beginline(BL_WHITE);
|
|
|
1712 new_cursor_col -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1713
|
|
|
1714 insstart_less = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1715
|
|
|
1716 /*
|
|
|
1717 * If the cursor is in the indent, compute how many screen columns the
|
|
|
1718 * cursor is to the left of the first non-blank.
|
|
|
1719 */
|
|
|
1720 if (new_cursor_col < 0)
|
|
|
1721 vcol = get_indent() - vcol;
|
|
|
1722
|
|
|
1723 if (new_cursor_col > 0) /* can't fix replace stack */
|
|
|
1724 start_col = -1;
|
|
|
1725
|
|
|
1726 /*
|
|
|
1727 * Set the new indent. The cursor will be put on the first non-blank.
|
|
|
1728 */
|
|
|
1729 if (type == INDENT_SET)
|
|
1516
|
1730 (void)set_indent(amount, call_changed_bytes ? SIN_CHANGED : 0);
|
|
7
|
1731 else
|
|
|
1732 {
|
|
|
1733 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1734 int save_State = State;
|
|
|
1735
|
|
|
1736 /* Avoid being called recursively. */
|
|
|
1737 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1738 State = INSERT;
|
|
|
1739 #endif
|
|
1516
|
1740 shift_line(type == INDENT_DEC, round, 1, call_changed_bytes);
|
|
7
|
1741 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1742 State = save_State;
|
|
|
1743 #endif
|
|
|
1744 }
|
|
|
1745 insstart_less -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1746
|
|
|
1747 /*
|
|
|
1748 * Try to put cursor on same character.
|
|
|
1749 * If the cursor is at or after the first non-blank in the line,
|
|
|
1750 * compute the cursor column relative to the column of the first
|
|
|
1751 * non-blank character.
|
|
|
1752 * If we are not in insert mode, leave the cursor on the first non-blank.
|
|
|
1753 * If the cursor is before the first non-blank, position it relative
|
|
|
1754 * to the first non-blank, counted in screen columns.
|
|
|
1755 */
|
|
|
1756 if (new_cursor_col >= 0)
|
|
|
1757 {
|
|
|
1758 /*
|
|
|
1759 * When changing the indent while the cursor is touching it, reset
|
|
|
1760 * Insstart_col to 0.
|
|
|
1761 */
|
|
|
1762 if (new_cursor_col == 0)
|
|
|
1763 insstart_less = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
1764 new_cursor_col += curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1765 }
|
|
|
1766 else if (!(State & INSERT))
|
|
|
1767 new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1768 else
|
|
|
1769 {
|
|
|
1770 /*
|
|
|
1771 * Compute the screen column where the cursor should be.
|
|
|
1772 */
|
|
|
1773 vcol = get_indent() - vcol;
|
|
|
1774 curwin->w_virtcol = (vcol < 0) ? 0 : vcol;
|
|
|
1775
|
|
|
1776 /*
|
|
|
1777 * Advance the cursor until we reach the right screen column.
|
|
|
1778 */
|
|
|
1779 vcol = last_vcol = 0;
|
|
|
1780 new_cursor_col = -1;
|
|
|
1781 ptr = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
1782 while (vcol <= (int)curwin->w_virtcol)
|
|
|
1783 {
|
|
|
1784 last_vcol = vcol;
|
|
|
1785 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1786 if (has_mbyte && new_cursor_col >= 0)
|
|
474
|
1787 new_cursor_col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr + new_cursor_col);
|
|
7
|
1788 else
|
|
|
1789 #endif
|
|
|
1790 ++new_cursor_col;
|
|
|
1791 vcol += lbr_chartabsize(ptr + new_cursor_col, (colnr_T)vcol);
|
|
|
1792 }
|
|
|
1793 vcol = last_vcol;
|
|
|
1794
|
|
|
1795 /*
|
|
|
1796 * May need to insert spaces to be able to position the cursor on
|
|
|
1797 * the right screen column.
|
|
|
1798 */
|
|
|
1799 if (vcol != (int)curwin->w_virtcol)
|
|
|
1800 {
|
|
|
1801 curwin->w_cursor.col = new_cursor_col;
|
|
|
1802 i = (int)curwin->w_virtcol - vcol;
|
|
|
1803 ptr = alloc(i + 1);
|
|
|
1804 if (ptr != NULL)
|
|
|
1805 {
|
|
|
1806 new_cursor_col += i;
|
|
|
1807 ptr[i] = NUL;
|
|
|
1808 while (--i >= 0)
|
|
|
1809 ptr[i] = ' ';
|
|
|
1810 ins_str(ptr);
|
|
|
1811 vim_free(ptr);
|
|
|
1812 }
|
|
|
1813 }
|
|
|
1814
|
|
|
1815 /*
|
|
|
1816 * When changing the indent while the cursor is in it, reset
|
|
|
1817 * Insstart_col to 0.
|
|
|
1818 */
|
|
|
1819 insstart_less = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
1820 }
|
|
|
1821
|
|
|
1822 curwin->w_p_list = save_p_list;
|
|
|
1823
|
|
|
1824 if (new_cursor_col <= 0)
|
|
|
1825 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
1826 else
|
|
|
1827 curwin->w_cursor.col = new_cursor_col;
|
|
|
1828 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
1829 changed_cline_bef_curs();
|
|
|
1830
|
|
|
1831 /*
|
|
|
1832 * May have to adjust the start of the insert.
|
|
|
1833 */
|
|
|
1834 if (State & INSERT)
|
|
|
1835 {
|
|
|
1836 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum && Insstart.col != 0)
|
|
|
1837 {
|
|
|
1838 if ((int)Insstart.col <= insstart_less)
|
|
|
1839 Insstart.col = 0;
|
|
|
1840 else
|
|
|
1841 Insstart.col -= insstart_less;
|
|
|
1842 }
|
|
|
1843 if ((int)ai_col <= insstart_less)
|
|
|
1844 ai_col = 0;
|
|
|
1845 else
|
|
|
1846 ai_col -= insstart_less;
|
|
|
1847 }
|
|
|
1848
|
|
|
1849 /*
|
|
|
1850 * For REPLACE mode, may have to fix the replace stack, if it's possible.
|
|
|
1851 * If the number of characters before the cursor decreased, need to pop a
|
|
|
1852 * few characters from the replace stack.
|
|
|
1853 * If the number of characters before the cursor increased, need to push a
|
|
|
1854 * few NULs onto the replace stack.
|
|
|
1855 */
|
|
|
1856 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State) && start_col >= 0)
|
|
|
1857 {
|
|
|
1858 while (start_col > (int)curwin->w_cursor.col)
|
|
|
1859 {
|
|
|
1860 replace_join(0); /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */
|
|
|
1861 --start_col;
|
|
|
1862 }
|
|
|
1863 while (start_col < (int)curwin->w_cursor.col || replaced)
|
|
|
1864 {
|
|
|
1865 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
|
1866 if (replaced)
|
|
|
1867 {
|
|
|
1868 replace_push(replaced);
|
|
|
1869 replaced = NUL;
|
|
|
1870 }
|
|
|
1871 ++start_col;
|
|
|
1872 }
|
|
|
1873 }
|
|
|
1874
|
|
|
1875 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1876 /*
|
|
|
1877 * For VREPLACE mode, we also have to fix the replace stack. In this case
|
|
|
1878 * it is always possible because we backspace over the whole line and then
|
|
|
1879 * put it back again the way we wanted it.
|
|
|
1880 */
|
|
|
1881 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1882 {
|
|
|
1883 /* If orig_line didn't allocate, just return. At least we did the job,
|
|
|
1884 * even if you can't backspace. */
|
|
|
1885 if (orig_line == NULL)
|
|
|
1886 return;
|
|
|
1887
|
|
|
1888 /* Save new line */
|
|
|
1889 new_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
1890 if (new_line == NULL)
|
|
|
1891 return;
|
|
|
1892
|
|
|
1893 /* We only put back the new line up to the cursor */
|
|
|
1894 new_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL;
|
|
|
1895
|
|
|
1896 /* Put back original line */
|
|
|
1897 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, orig_line, FALSE);
|
|
|
1898 curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col;
|
|
|
1899
|
|
|
1900 /* Backspace from cursor to start of line */
|
|
|
1901 backspace_until_column(0);
|
|
|
1902
|
|
|
1903 /* Insert new stuff into line again */
|
|
|
1904 ins_bytes(new_line);
|
|
|
1905
|
|
|
1906 vim_free(new_line);
|
|
|
1907 }
|
|
|
1908 #endif
|
|
|
1909 }
|
|
|
1910
|
|
|
1911 /*
|
|
|
1912 * Truncate the space at the end of a line. This is to be used only in an
|
|
|
1913 * insert mode. It handles fixing the replace stack for REPLACE and VREPLACE
|
|
|
1914 * modes.
|
|
|
1915 */
|
|
|
1916 void
|
|
|
1917 truncate_spaces(line)
|
|
|
1918 char_u *line;
|
|
|
1919 {
|
|
|
1920 int i;
|
|
|
1921
|
|
|
1922 /* find start of trailing white space */
|
|
|
1923 for (i = (int)STRLEN(line) - 1; i >= 0 && vim_iswhite(line[i]); i--)
|
|
|
1924 {
|
|
|
1925 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1926 replace_join(0); /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */
|
|
|
1927 }
|
|
|
1928 line[i + 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
1929 }
|
|
|
1930
|
|
|
1931 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) \
|
|
|
1932 || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
1933 /*
|
|
|
1934 * Backspace the cursor until the given column. Handles REPLACE and VREPLACE
|
|
|
1935 * modes correctly. May also be used when not in insert mode at all.
|
|
|
1936 */
|
|
|
1937 void
|
|
|
1938 backspace_until_column(col)
|
|
|
1939 int col;
|
|
|
1940 {
|
|
|
1941 while ((int)curwin->w_cursor.col > col)
|
|
|
1942 {
|
|
|
1943 curwin->w_cursor.col--;
|
|
|
1944 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1945 replace_do_bs();
|
|
|
1946 else
|
|
|
1947 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
1948 }
|
|
|
1949 }
|
|
|
1950 #endif
|
|
|
1951
|
|
|
1952 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
1953 /*
|
|
449
|
1954 * CTRL-X pressed in Insert mode.
|
|
|
1955 */
|
|
|
1956 static void
|
|
|
1957 ins_ctrl_x()
|
|
|
1958 {
|
|
|
1959 /* CTRL-X after CTRL-X CTRL-V doesn't do anything, so that CTRL-X
|
|
|
1960 * CTRL-V works like CTRL-N */
|
|
|
1961 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_CMDLINE)
|
|
|
1962 {
|
|
|
1963 /* if the next ^X<> won't ADD nothing, then reset
|
|
|
1964 * compl_cont_status */
|
|
|
1965 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_N_ADDS)
|
|
665
|
1966 compl_cont_status |= CONT_INTRPT;
|
|
449
|
1967 else
|
|
|
1968 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
|
1969 /* We're not sure which CTRL-X mode it will be yet */
|
|
|
1970 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET;
|
|
|
1971 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode));
|
|
|
1972 edit_submode_pre = NULL;
|
|
|
1973 showmode();
|
|
|
1974 }
|
|
|
1975 }
|
|
|
1976
|
|
|
1977 /*
|
|
|
1978 * Return TRUE if the 'dict' or 'tsr' option can be used.
|
|
|
1979 */
|
|
|
1980 static int
|
|
|
1981 has_compl_option(dict_opt)
|
|
|
1982 int dict_opt;
|
|
|
1983 {
|
|
703
|
1984 if (dict_opt ? (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL && *p_dict == NUL
|
|
744
|
1985 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL
|
|
|
1986 && !curwin->w_p_spell
|
|
|
1987 # endif
|
|
|
1988 )
|
|
449
|
1989 : (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL && *p_tsr == NUL))
|
|
|
1990 {
|
|
|
1991 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
|
1992 edit_submode = NULL;
|
|
|
1993 msg_attr(dict_opt ? (char_u *)_("'dictionary' option is empty")
|
|
|
1994 : (char_u *)_("'thesaurus' option is empty"),
|
|
|
1995 hl_attr(HLF_E));
|
|
|
1996 if (emsg_silent == 0)
|
|
|
1997 {
|
|
|
1998 vim_beep();
|
|
|
1999 setcursor();
|
|
|
2000 out_flush();
|
|
|
2001 ui_delay(2000L, FALSE);
|
|
|
2002 }
|
|
|
2003 return FALSE;
|
|
|
2004 }
|
|
|
2005 return TRUE;
|
|
|
2006 }
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008 /*
|
|
7
|
2009 * Is the character 'c' a valid key to go to or keep us in CTRL-X mode?
|
|
|
2010 * This depends on the current mode.
|
|
|
2011 */
|
|
|
2012 int
|
|
|
2013 vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c)
|
|
|
2014 int c;
|
|
|
2015 {
|
|
|
2016 /* Always allow ^R - let it's results then be checked */
|
|
|
2017 if (c == Ctrl_R)
|
|
|
2018 return TRUE;
|
|
|
2019
|
|
610
|
2020 /* Accept <PageUp> and <PageDown> if the popup menu is visible. */
|
|
644
|
2021 if (ins_compl_pum_key(c))
|
|
610
|
2022 return TRUE;
|
|
|
2023
|
|
7
|
2024 switch (ctrl_x_mode)
|
|
|
2025 {
|
|
|
2026 case 0: /* Not in any CTRL-X mode */
|
|
|
2027 return (c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_X);
|
|
|
2028 case CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET:
|
|
449
|
2029 return ( c == Ctrl_X || c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E
|
|
7
|
2030 || c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_RSB
|
|
|
2031 || c == Ctrl_I || c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P
|
|
|
2032 || c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_V
|
|
477
|
2033 || c == Ctrl_Q || c == Ctrl_U || c == Ctrl_O
|
|
|
2034 || c == Ctrl_S || c == 's');
|
|
7
|
2035 case CTRL_X_SCROLL:
|
|
|
2036 return (c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E);
|
|
|
2037 case CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE:
|
|
|
2038 return (c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
2039 case CTRL_X_FILES:
|
|
|
2040 return (c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
2041 case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY:
|
|
|
2042 return (c == Ctrl_K || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
2043 case CTRL_X_THESAURUS:
|
|
|
2044 return (c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
2045 case CTRL_X_TAGS:
|
|
|
2046 return (c == Ctrl_RSB || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
2047 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
|
|
|
2048 case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS:
|
|
|
2049 return (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
2050 case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES:
|
|
|
2051 return (c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
2052 #endif
|
|
|
2053 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE:
|
|
|
2054 return (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N
|
|
|
2055 || c == Ctrl_X);
|
|
12
|
2056 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
|
2057 case CTRL_X_FUNCTION:
|
|
449
|
2058 return (c == Ctrl_U || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
523
|
2059 case CTRL_X_OMNI:
|
|
449
|
2060 return (c == Ctrl_O || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
502
|
2061 #endif
|
|
477
|
2062 case CTRL_X_SPELL:
|
|
|
2063 return (c == Ctrl_S || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
7
|
2064 }
|
|
|
2065 EMSG(_(e_internal));
|
|
|
2066 return FALSE;
|
|
|
2067 }
|
|
|
2068
|
|
|
2069 /*
|
|
1430
|
2070 * Return TRUE when character "c" is part of the item currently being
|
|
|
2071 * completed. Used to decide whether to abandon complete mode when the menu
|
|
|
2072 * is visible.
|
|
|
2073 */
|
|
|
2074 static int
|
|
|
2075 ins_compl_accept_char(c)
|
|
|
2076 int c;
|
|
|
2077 {
|
|
|
2078 if (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
2079 /* When expanding an identifier only accept identifier chars. */
|
|
|
2080 return vim_isIDc(c);
|
|
|
2081
|
|
|
2082 switch (ctrl_x_mode)
|
|
|
2083 {
|
|
|
2084 case CTRL_X_FILES:
|
|
|
2085 /* When expanding file name only accept file name chars. But not
|
|
|
2086 * path separators, so that "proto/<Tab>" expands files in
|
|
|
2087 * "proto", not "proto/" as a whole */
|
|
|
2088 return vim_isfilec(c) && !vim_ispathsep(c);
|
|
|
2089
|
|
|
2090 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE:
|
|
|
2091 case CTRL_X_OMNI:
|
|
|
2092 /* Command line and Omni completion can work with just about any
|
|
|
2093 * printable character, but do stop at white space. */
|
|
|
2094 return vim_isprintc(c) && !vim_iswhite(c);
|
|
|
2095
|
|
|
2096 case CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE:
|
|
|
2097 /* For while line completion a space can be part of the line. */
|
|
|
2098 return vim_isprintc(c);
|
|
|
2099 }
|
|
|
2100 return vim_iswordc(c);
|
|
|
2101 }
|
|
|
2102
|
|
|
2103 /*
|
|
659
|
2104 * This is like ins_compl_add(), but if 'ic' and 'inf' are set, then the
|
|
7
|
2105 * case of the originally typed text is used, and the case of the completed
|
|
1219
|
2106 * text is inferred, ie this tries to work out what case you probably wanted
|
|
7
|
2107 * the rest of the word to be in -- webb
|
|
|
2108 */
|
|
|
2109 int
|
|
681
|
2110 ins_compl_add_infercase(str, len, icase, fname, dir, flags)
|
|
7
|
2111 char_u *str;
|
|
|
2112 int len;
|
|
681
|
2113 int icase;
|
|
7
|
2114 char_u *fname;
|
|
|
2115 int dir;
|
|
464
|
2116 int flags;
|
|
7
|
2117 {
|
|
1353
|
2118 char_u *p;
|
|
|
2119 int i, c;
|
|
|
2120 int actual_len; /* Take multi-byte characters */
|
|
|
2121 int actual_compl_length; /* into account. */
|
|
|
2122 int *wca; /* Wide character array. */
|
|
7
|
2123 int has_lower = FALSE;
|
|
|
2124 int was_letter = FALSE;
|
|
1353
|
2125
|
|
1436
|
2126 if (p_ic && curbuf->b_p_inf && len > 0)
|
|
1353
|
2127 {
|
|
|
2128 /* Infer case of completed part. */
|
|
|
2129
|
|
|
2130 /* Find actual length of completion. */
|
|
|
2131 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2132 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2133 {
|
|
|
2134 p = str;
|
|
|
2135 actual_len = 0;
|
|
|
2136 while (*p != NUL)
|
|
|
2137 {
|
|
|
2138 mb_ptr_adv(p);
|
|
|
2139 ++actual_len;
|
|
|
2140 }
|
|
|
2141 }
|
|
|
2142 else
|
|
|
2143 #endif
|
|
|
2144 actual_len = len;
|
|
|
2145
|
|
|
2146 /* Find actual length of original text. */
|
|
|
2147 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2148 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2149 {
|
|
|
2150 p = compl_orig_text;
|
|
|
2151 actual_compl_length = 0;
|
|
|
2152 while (*p != NUL)
|
|
7
|
2153 {
|
|
1353
|
2154 mb_ptr_adv(p);
|
|
|
2155 ++actual_compl_length;
|
|
|
2156 }
|
|
|
2157 }
|
|
|
2158 else
|
|
|
2159 #endif
|
|
|
2160 actual_compl_length = compl_length;
|
|
|
2161
|
|
|
2162 /* Allocate wide character array for the completion and fill it. */
|
|
|
2163 wca = (int *)alloc(actual_len * sizeof(int));
|
|
|
2164 if (wca != NULL)
|
|
|
2165 {
|
|
|
2166 p = str;
|
|
|
2167 for (i = 0; i < actual_len; ++i)
|
|
|
2168 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2169 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2170 wca[i] = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p);
|
|
|
2171 else
|
|
|
2172 #endif
|
|
|
2173 wca[i] = *(p++);
|
|
|
2174
|
|
|
2175 /* Rule 1: Were any chars converted to lower? */
|
|
|
2176 p = compl_orig_text;
|
|
|
2177 for (i = 0; i < actual_compl_length; ++i)
|
|
|
2178 {
|
|
|
2179 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2180 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2181 c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p);
|
|
|
2182 else
|
|
|
2183 #endif
|
|
|
2184 c = *(p++);
|
|
|
2185 if (MB_ISLOWER(c))
|
|
7
|
2186 {
|
|
1353
|
2187 has_lower = TRUE;
|
|
|
2188 if (MB_ISUPPER(wca[i]))
|
|
|
2189 {
|
|
|
2190 /* Rule 1 is satisfied. */
|
|
|
2191 for (i = actual_compl_length; i < actual_len; ++i)
|
|
|
2192 wca[i] = MB_TOLOWER(wca[i]);
|
|
|
2193 break;
|
|
|
2194 }
|
|
7
|
2195 }
|
|
|
2196 }
|
|
1353
|
2197
|
|
|
2198 /*
|
|
|
2199 * Rule 2: No lower case, 2nd consecutive letter converted to
|
|
|
2200 * upper case.
|
|
|
2201 */
|
|
|
2202 if (!has_lower)
|
|
|
2203 {
|
|
|
2204 p = compl_orig_text;
|
|
|
2205 for (i = 0; i < actual_compl_length; ++i)
|
|
|
2206 {
|
|
|
2207 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2208 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2209 c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p);
|
|
|
2210 else
|
|
|
2211 #endif
|
|
|
2212 c = *(p++);
|
|
|
2213 if (was_letter && MB_ISUPPER(c) && MB_ISLOWER(wca[i]))
|
|
|
2214 {
|
|
|
2215 /* Rule 2 is satisfied. */
|
|
|
2216 for (i = actual_compl_length; i < actual_len; ++i)
|
|
|
2217 wca[i] = MB_TOUPPER(wca[i]);
|
|
|
2218 break;
|
|
|
2219 }
|
|
|
2220 was_letter = MB_ISLOWER(c) || MB_ISUPPER(c);
|
|
|
2221 }
|
|
|
2222 }
|
|
|
2223
|
|
|
2224 /* Copy the original case of the part we typed. */
|
|
|
2225 p = compl_orig_text;
|
|
|
2226 for (i = 0; i < actual_compl_length; ++i)
|
|
7
|
2227 {
|
|
1353
|
2228 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2229 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2230 c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p);
|
|
|
2231 else
|
|
|
2232 #endif
|
|
|
2233 c = *(p++);
|
|
|
2234 if (MB_ISLOWER(c))
|
|
|
2235 wca[i] = MB_TOLOWER(wca[i]);
|
|
|
2236 else if (MB_ISUPPER(c))
|
|
|
2237 wca[i] = MB_TOUPPER(wca[i]);
|
|
7
|
2238 }
|
|
1353
|
2239
|
|
1436
|
2240 /*
|
|
1353
|
2241 * Generate encoding specific output from wide character array.
|
|
|
2242 * Multi-byte characters can occupy up to five bytes more than
|
|
|
2243 * ASCII characters, and we also need one byte for NUL, so stay
|
|
|
2244 * six bytes away from the edge of IObuff.
|
|
|
2245 */
|
|
|
2246 p = IObuff;
|
|
|
2247 i = 0;
|
|
|
2248 while (i < actual_len && (p - IObuff + 6) < IOSIZE)
|
|
|
2249 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2250 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
1446
|
2251 p += (*mb_char2bytes)(wca[i++], p);
|
|
1353
|
2252 else
|
|
|
2253 #endif
|
|
|
2254 *(p++) = wca[i++];
|
|
|
2255 *p = NUL;
|
|
|
2256
|
|
|
2257 vim_free(wca);
|
|
|
2258 }
|
|
7
|
2259
|
|
841
|
2260 return ins_compl_add(IObuff, len, icase, fname, NULL, dir,
|
|
|
2261 flags, FALSE);
|
|
|
2262 }
|
|
|
2263 return ins_compl_add(str, len, icase, fname, NULL, dir, flags, FALSE);
|
|
7
|
2264 }
|
|
|
2265
|
|
|
2266 /*
|
|
|
2267 * Add a match to the list of matches.
|
|
|
2268 * If the given string is already in the list of completions, then return
|
|
464
|
2269 * NOTDONE, otherwise add it to the list and return OK. If there is an error,
|
|
681
|
2270 * maybe because alloc() returns NULL, then FAIL is returned.
|
|
7
|
2271 */
|
|
841
|
2272 static int
|
|
944
|
2273 ins_compl_add(str, len, icase, fname, cptext, cdir, flags, adup)
|
|
7
|
2274 char_u *str;
|
|
|
2275 int len;
|
|
681
|
2276 int icase;
|
|
7
|
2277 char_u *fname;
|
|
841
|
2278 char_u **cptext; /* extra text for popup menu or NULL */
|
|
659
|
2279 int cdir;
|
|
464
|
2280 int flags;
|
|
944
|
2281 int adup; /* accept duplicate match */
|
|
7
|
2282 {
|
|
464
|
2283 compl_T *match;
|
|
659
|
2284 int dir = (cdir == 0 ? compl_direction : cdir);
|
|
7
|
2285
|
|
|
2286 ui_breakcheck();
|
|
|
2287 if (got_int)
|
|
464
|
2288 return FAIL;
|
|
7
|
2289 if (len < 0)
|
|
|
2290 len = (int)STRLEN(str);
|
|
|
2291
|
|
|
2292 /*
|
|
|
2293 * If the same match is already present, don't add it.
|
|
|
2294 */
|
|
944
|
2295 if (compl_first_match != NULL && !adup)
|
|
449
|
2296 {
|
|
|
2297 match = compl_first_match;
|
|
7
|
2298 do
|
|
|
2299 {
|
|
464
|
2300 if ( !(match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
|
|
989
|
2301 && STRNCMP(match->cp_str, str, len) == 0
|
|
464
|
2302 && match->cp_str[len] == NUL)
|
|
|
2303 return NOTDONE;
|
|
|
2304 match = match->cp_next;
|
|
449
|
2305 } while (match != NULL && match != compl_first_match);
|
|
7
|
2306 }
|
|
|
2307
|
|
540
|
2308 /* Remove any popup menu before changing the list of matches. */
|
|
|
2309 ins_compl_del_pum();
|
|
|
2310
|
|
7
|
2311 /*
|
|
|
2312 * Allocate a new match structure.
|
|
|
2313 * Copy the values to the new match structure.
|
|
|
2314 */
|
|
659
|
2315 match = (compl_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)sizeof(compl_T));
|
|
7
|
2316 if (match == NULL)
|
|
464
|
2317 return FAIL;
|
|
|
2318 match->cp_number = -1;
|
|
|
2319 if (flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
|
|
|
2320 match->cp_number = 0;
|
|
694
|
2321 if ((match->cp_str = vim_strnsave(str, len)) == NULL)
|
|
7
|
2322 {
|
|
|
2323 vim_free(match);
|
|
464
|
2324 return FAIL;
|
|
7
|
2325 }
|
|
681
|
2326 match->cp_icase = icase;
|
|
659
|
2327
|
|
7
|
2328 /* match-fname is:
|
|
464
|
2329 * - compl_curr_match->cp_fname if it is a string equal to fname.
|
|
7
|
2330 * - a copy of fname, FREE_FNAME is set to free later THE allocated mem.
|
|
|
2331 * - NULL otherwise. --Acevedo */
|
|
659
|
2332 if (fname != NULL
|
|
829
|
2333 && compl_curr_match != NULL
|
|
659
|
2334 && compl_curr_match->cp_fname != NULL
|
|
|
2335 && STRCMP(fname, compl_curr_match->cp_fname) == 0)
|
|
464
|
2336 match->cp_fname = compl_curr_match->cp_fname;
|
|
659
|
2337 else if (fname != NULL)
|
|
|
2338 {
|
|
|
2339 match->cp_fname = vim_strsave(fname);
|
|
464
|
2340 flags |= FREE_FNAME;
|
|
659
|
2341 }
|
|
7
|
2342 else
|
|
464
|
2343 match->cp_fname = NULL;
|
|
|
2344 match->cp_flags = flags;
|
|
786
|
2345
|
|
|
2346 if (cptext != NULL)
|
|
|
2347 {
|
|
|
2348 int i;
|
|
|
2349
|
|
|
2350 for (i = 0; i < CPT_COUNT; ++i)
|
|
|
2351 if (cptext[i] != NULL && *cptext[i] != NUL)
|
|
|
2352 match->cp_text[i] = vim_strsave(cptext[i]);
|
|
|
2353 }
|
|
7
|
2354
|
|
|
2355 /*
|
|
|
2356 * Link the new match structure in the list of matches.
|
|
|
2357 */
|
|
449
|
2358 if (compl_first_match == NULL)
|
|
464
|
2359 match->cp_next = match->cp_prev = NULL;
|
|
7
|
2360 else if (dir == FORWARD)
|
|
|
2361 {
|
|
464
|
2362 match->cp_next = compl_curr_match->cp_next;
|
|
|
2363 match->cp_prev = compl_curr_match;
|
|
7
|
2364 }
|
|
|
2365 else /* BACKWARD */
|
|
|
2366 {
|
|
464
|
2367 match->cp_next = compl_curr_match;
|
|
|
2368 match->cp_prev = compl_curr_match->cp_prev;
|
|
|
2369 }
|
|
|
2370 if (match->cp_next)
|
|
|
2371 match->cp_next->cp_prev = match;
|
|
|
2372 if (match->cp_prev)
|
|
|
2373 match->cp_prev->cp_next = match;
|
|
7
|
2374 else /* if there's nothing before, it is the first match */
|
|
449
|
2375 compl_first_match = match;
|
|
|
2376 compl_curr_match = match;
|
|
7
|
2377
|
|
665
|
2378 /*
|
|
|
2379 * Find the longest common string if still doing that.
|
|
|
2380 */
|
|
|
2381 if (compl_get_longest && (flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0)
|
|
|
2382 ins_compl_longest_match(match);
|
|
|
2383
|
|
7
|
2384 return OK;
|
|
|
2385 }
|
|
|
2386
|
|
|
2387 /*
|
|
681
|
2388 * Return TRUE if "str[len]" matches with match->cp_str, considering
|
|
|
2389 * match->cp_icase.
|
|
|
2390 */
|
|
|
2391 static int
|
|
|
2392 ins_compl_equal(match, str, len)
|
|
|
2393 compl_T *match;
|
|
|
2394 char_u *str;
|
|
|
2395 int len;
|
|
|
2396 {
|
|
|
2397 if (match->cp_icase)
|
|
|
2398 return STRNICMP(match->cp_str, str, (size_t)len) == 0;
|
|
|
2399 return STRNCMP(match->cp_str, str, (size_t)len) == 0;
|
|
|
2400 }
|
|
|
2401
|
|
|
2402 /*
|
|
665
|
2403 * Reduce the longest common string for match "match".
|
|
|
2404 */
|
|
|
2405 static void
|
|
|
2406 ins_compl_longest_match(match)
|
|
|
2407 compl_T *match;
|
|
|
2408 {
|
|
|
2409 char_u *p, *s;
|
|
681
|
2410 int c1, c2;
|
|
665
|
2411 int had_match;
|
|
|
2412
|
|
|
2413 if (compl_leader == NULL)
|
|
842
|
2414 {
|
|
665
|
2415 /* First match, use it as a whole. */
|
|
|
2416 compl_leader = vim_strsave(match->cp_str);
|
|
842
|
2417 if (compl_leader != NULL)
|
|
|
2418 {
|
|
|
2419 had_match = (curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col);
|
|
|
2420 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
|
2421 ins_bytes(compl_leader + curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col);
|
|
|
2422 ins_redraw(FALSE);
|
|
|
2423
|
|
|
2424 /* When the match isn't there (to avoid matching itself) remove it
|
|
|
2425 * again after redrawing. */
|
|
|
2426 if (!had_match)
|
|
|
2427 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
|
2428 compl_used_match = FALSE;
|
|
|
2429 }
|
|
|
2430 }
|
|
665
|
2431 else
|
|
|
2432 {
|
|
|
2433 /* Reduce the text if this match differs from compl_leader. */
|
|
681
|
2434 p = compl_leader;
|
|
|
2435 s = match->cp_str;
|
|
|
2436 while (*p != NUL)
|
|
665
|
2437 {
|
|
|
2438 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2439 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2440 {
|
|
681
|
2441 c1 = mb_ptr2char(p);
|
|
|
2442 c2 = mb_ptr2char(s);
|
|
665
|
2443 }
|
|
|
2444 else
|
|
|
2445 #endif
|
|
|
2446 {
|
|
681
|
2447 c1 = *p;
|
|
|
2448 c2 = *s;
|
|
|
2449 }
|
|
|
2450 if (match->cp_icase ? (MB_TOLOWER(c1) != MB_TOLOWER(c2))
|
|
|
2451 : (c1 != c2))
|
|
|
2452 break;
|
|
|
2453 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2454 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2455 {
|
|
|
2456 mb_ptr_adv(p);
|
|
|
2457 mb_ptr_adv(s);
|
|
|
2458 }
|
|
|
2459 else
|
|
|
2460 #endif
|
|
|
2461 {
|
|
|
2462 ++p;
|
|
|
2463 ++s;
|
|
665
|
2464 }
|
|
|
2465 }
|
|
|
2466
|
|
|
2467 if (*p != NUL)
|
|
|
2468 {
|
|
|
2469 /* Leader was shortened, need to change the inserted text. */
|
|
|
2470 *p = NUL;
|
|
|
2471 had_match = (curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col);
|
|
|
2472 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
|
2473 ins_bytes(compl_leader + curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col);
|
|
|
2474 ins_redraw(FALSE);
|
|
|
2475
|
|
|
2476 /* When the match isn't there (to avoid matching itself) remove it
|
|
|
2477 * again after redrawing. */
|
|
|
2478 if (!had_match)
|
|
|
2479 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
|
2480 }
|
|
|
2481
|
|
|
2482 compl_used_match = FALSE;
|
|
|
2483 }
|
|
|
2484 }
|
|
|
2485
|
|
|
2486 /*
|
|
7
|
2487 * Add an array of matches to the list of matches.
|
|
|
2488 * Frees matches[].
|
|
|
2489 */
|
|
|
2490 static void
|
|
681
|
2491 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, icase)
|
|
7
|
2492 int num_matches;
|
|
|
2493 char_u **matches;
|
|
681
|
2494 int icase;
|
|
7
|
2495 {
|
|
|
2496 int i;
|
|
|
2497 int add_r = OK;
|
|
659
|
2498 int dir = compl_direction;
|
|
7
|
2499
|
|
464
|
2500 for (i = 0; i < num_matches && add_r != FAIL; i++)
|
|
681
|
2501 if ((add_r = ins_compl_add(matches[i], -1, icase,
|
|
841
|
2502 NULL, NULL, dir, 0, FALSE)) == OK)
|
|
7
|
2503 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */
|
|
659
|
2504 dir = FORWARD;
|
|
7
|
2505 FreeWild(num_matches, matches);
|
|
|
2506 }
|
|
|
2507
|
|
|
2508 /* Make the completion list cyclic.
|
|
|
2509 * Return the number of matches (excluding the original).
|
|
|
2510 */
|
|
|
2511 static int
|
|
|
2512 ins_compl_make_cyclic()
|
|
|
2513 {
|
|
464
|
2514 compl_T *match;
|
|
7
|
2515 int count = 0;
|
|
|
2516
|
|
449
|
2517 if (compl_first_match != NULL)
|
|
7
|
2518 {
|
|
|
2519 /*
|
|
|
2520 * Find the end of the list.
|
|
|
2521 */
|
|
449
|
2522 match = compl_first_match;
|
|
|
2523 /* there's always an entry for the compl_orig_text, it doesn't count. */
|
|
464
|
2524 while (match->cp_next != NULL && match->cp_next != compl_first_match)
|
|
|
2525 {
|
|
|
2526 match = match->cp_next;
|
|
7
|
2527 ++count;
|
|
|
2528 }
|
|
464
|
2529 match->cp_next = compl_first_match;
|
|
|
2530 compl_first_match->cp_prev = match;
|
|
7
|
2531 }
|
|
|
2532 return count;
|
|
|
2533 }
|
|
|
2534
|
|
724
|
2535 /*
|
|
|
2536 * Start completion for the complete() function.
|
|
|
2537 * "startcol" is where the matched text starts (1 is first column).
|
|
|
2538 * "list" is the list of matches.
|
|
|
2539 */
|
|
|
2540 void
|
|
|
2541 set_completion(startcol, list)
|
|
|
2542 int startcol;
|
|
|
2543 list_T *list;
|
|
|
2544 {
|
|
|
2545 /* If already doing completions stop it. */
|
|
|
2546 if (ctrl_x_mode != 0)
|
|
|
2547 ins_compl_prep(' ');
|
|
|
2548 ins_compl_clear();
|
|
|
2549
|
|
|
2550 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
2551 return;
|
|
|
2552
|
|
744
|
2553 if (startcol > (int)curwin->w_cursor.col)
|
|
724
|
2554 startcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
2555 compl_col = startcol;
|
|
|
2556 compl_length = curwin->w_cursor.col - startcol;
|
|
|
2557 /* compl_pattern doesn't need to be set */
|
|
|
2558 compl_orig_text = vim_strnsave(ml_get_curline() + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
|
2559 if (compl_orig_text == NULL || ins_compl_add(compl_orig_text,
|
|
942
|
2560 -1, p_ic, NULL, NULL, 0, ORIGINAL_TEXT, FALSE) != OK)
|
|
724
|
2561 return;
|
|
|
2562
|
|
|
2563 /* Handle like dictionary completion. */
|
|
|
2564 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE;
|
|
|
2565
|
|
|
2566 ins_compl_add_list(list);
|
|
|
2567 compl_matches = ins_compl_make_cyclic();
|
|
|
2568 compl_started = TRUE;
|
|
|
2569 compl_used_match = TRUE;
|
|
929
|
2570 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
724
|
2571
|
|
|
2572 compl_curr_match = compl_first_match;
|
|
|
2573 ins_complete(Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
2574 out_flush();
|
|
|
2575 }
|
|
|
2576
|
|
|
2577
|
|
574
|
2578 /* "compl_match_array" points the currently displayed list of entries in the
|
|
|
2579 * popup menu. It is NULL when there is no popup menu. */
|
|
659
|
2580 static pumitem_T *compl_match_array = NULL;
|
|
540
|
2581 static int compl_match_arraysize;
|
|
|
2582
|
|
|
2583 /*
|
|
|
2584 * Update the screen and when there is any scrolling remove the popup menu.
|
|
|
2585 */
|
|
|
2586 static void
|
|
|
2587 ins_compl_upd_pum()
|
|
|
2588 {
|
|
|
2589 int h;
|
|
|
2590
|
|
|
2591 if (compl_match_array != NULL)
|
|
|
2592 {
|
|
|
2593 h = curwin->w_cline_height;
|
|
|
2594 update_screen(0);
|
|
|
2595 if (h != curwin->w_cline_height)
|
|
|
2596 ins_compl_del_pum();
|
|
|
2597 }
|
|
|
2598 }
|
|
|
2599
|
|
|
2600 /*
|
|
|
2601 * Remove any popup menu.
|
|
|
2602 */
|
|
|
2603 static void
|
|
|
2604 ins_compl_del_pum()
|
|
|
2605 {
|
|
|
2606 if (compl_match_array != NULL)
|
|
|
2607 {
|
|
|
2608 pum_undisplay();
|
|
|
2609 vim_free(compl_match_array);
|
|
|
2610 compl_match_array = NULL;
|
|
|
2611 }
|
|
|
2612 }
|
|
|
2613
|
|
|
2614 /*
|
|
|
2615 * Return TRUE if the popup menu should be displayed.
|
|
|
2616 */
|
|
|
2617 static int
|
|
|
2618 pum_wanted()
|
|
|
2619 {
|
|
707
|
2620 /* 'completeopt' must contain "menu" or "menuone" */
|
|
665
|
2621 if (vim_strchr(p_cot, 'm') == NULL)
|
|
540
|
2622 return FALSE;
|
|
|
2623
|
|
|
2624 /* The display looks bad on a B&W display. */
|
|
|
2625 if (t_colors < 8
|
|
|
2626 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
2627 && !gui.in_use
|
|
|
2628 #endif
|
|
|
2629 )
|
|
|
2630 return FALSE;
|
|
657
|
2631 return TRUE;
|
|
|
2632 }
|
|
|
2633
|
|
|
2634 /*
|
|
|
2635 * Return TRUE if there are two or more matches to be shown in the popup menu.
|
|
707
|
2636 * One if 'completopt' contains "menuone".
|
|
657
|
2637 */
|
|
|
2638 static int
|
|
707
|
2639 pum_enough_matches()
|
|
657
|
2640 {
|
|
|
2641 compl_T *compl;
|
|
|
2642 int i;
|
|
540
|
2643
|
|
|
2644 /* Don't display the popup menu if there are no matches or there is only
|
|
|
2645 * one (ignoring the original text). */
|
|
|
2646 compl = compl_first_match;
|
|
|
2647 i = 0;
|
|
|
2648 do
|
|
|
2649 {
|
|
|
2650 if (compl == NULL
|
|
|
2651 || ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 && ++i == 2))
|
|
|
2652 break;
|
|
|
2653 compl = compl->cp_next;
|
|
|
2654 } while (compl != compl_first_match);
|
|
|
2655
|
|
707
|
2656 if (strstr((char *)p_cot, "menuone") != NULL)
|
|
|
2657 return (i >= 1);
|
|
540
|
2658 return (i >= 2);
|
|
|
2659 }
|
|
|
2660
|
|
|
2661 /*
|
|
|
2662 * Show the popup menu for the list of matches.
|
|
659
|
2663 * Also adjusts "compl_shown_match" to an entry that is actually displayed.
|
|
540
|
2664 */
|
|
648
|
2665 void
|
|
540
|
2666 ins_compl_show_pum()
|
|
|
2667 {
|
|
|
2668 compl_T *compl;
|
|
659
|
2669 compl_T *shown_compl = NULL;
|
|
|
2670 int did_find_shown_match = FALSE;
|
|
|
2671 int shown_match_ok = FALSE;
|
|
540
|
2672 int i;
|
|
|
2673 int cur = -1;
|
|
|
2674 colnr_T col;
|
|
657
|
2675 int lead_len = 0;
|
|
|
2676
|
|
707
|
2677 if (!pum_wanted() || !pum_enough_matches())
|
|
540
|
2678 return;
|
|
|
2679
|
|
794
|
2680 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL)
|
|
|
2681 /* Dirty hard-coded hack: remove any matchparen highlighting. */
|
|
|
2682 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"if exists('g:loaded_matchparen')|3match none|endif");
|
|
|
2683 #endif
|
|
|
2684
|
|
540
|
2685 /* Update the screen before drawing the popup menu over it. */
|
|
|
2686 update_screen(0);
|
|
|
2687
|
|
|
2688 if (compl_match_array == NULL)
|
|
|
2689 {
|
|
|
2690 /* Need to build the popup menu list. */
|
|
|
2691 compl_match_arraysize = 0;
|
|
|
2692 compl = compl_first_match;
|
|
657
|
2693 if (compl_leader != NULL)
|
|
835
|
2694 lead_len = (int)STRLEN(compl_leader);
|
|
540
|
2695 do
|
|
|
2696 {
|
|
657
|
2697 if ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0
|
|
|
2698 && (compl_leader == NULL
|
|
681
|
2699 || ins_compl_equal(compl, compl_leader, lead_len)))
|
|
540
|
2700 ++compl_match_arraysize;
|
|
|
2701 compl = compl->cp_next;
|
|
|
2702 } while (compl != NULL && compl != compl_first_match);
|
|
657
|
2703 if (compl_match_arraysize == 0)
|
|
|
2704 return;
|
|
659
|
2705 compl_match_array = (pumitem_T *)alloc_clear(
|
|
|
2706 (unsigned)(sizeof(pumitem_T)
|
|
540
|
2707 * compl_match_arraysize));
|
|
|
2708 if (compl_match_array != NULL)
|
|
|
2709 {
|
|
829
|
2710 /* If the current match is the original text don't find the first
|
|
|
2711 * match after it, don't highlight anything. */
|
|
|
2712 if (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
|
|
|
2713 shown_match_ok = TRUE;
|
|
|
2714
|
|
540
|
2715 i = 0;
|
|
|
2716 compl = compl_first_match;
|
|
|
2717 do
|
|
|
2718 {
|
|
657
|
2719 if ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0
|
|
|
2720 && (compl_leader == NULL
|
|
681
|
2721 || ins_compl_equal(compl, compl_leader, lead_len)))
|
|
540
|
2722 {
|
|
659
|
2723 if (!shown_match_ok)
|
|
|
2724 {
|
|
|
2725 if (compl == compl_shown_match || did_find_shown_match)
|
|
|
2726 {
|
|
|
2727 /* This item is the shown match or this is the
|
|
|
2728 * first displayed item after the shown match. */
|
|
|
2729 compl_shown_match = compl;
|
|
|
2730 did_find_shown_match = TRUE;
|
|
|
2731 shown_match_ok = TRUE;
|
|
|
2732 }
|
|
|
2733 else
|
|
|
2734 /* Remember this displayed match for when the
|
|
|
2735 * shown match is just below it. */
|
|
|
2736 shown_compl = compl;
|
|
540
|
2737 cur = i;
|
|
659
|
2738 }
|
|
786
|
2739
|
|
|
2740 if (compl->cp_text[CPT_ABBR] != NULL)
|
|
|
2741 compl_match_array[i].pum_text =
|
|
|
2742 compl->cp_text[CPT_ABBR];
|
|
|
2743 else
|
|
|
2744 compl_match_array[i].pum_text = compl->cp_str;
|
|
|
2745 compl_match_array[i].pum_kind = compl->cp_text[CPT_KIND];
|
|
|
2746 compl_match_array[i].pum_info = compl->cp_text[CPT_INFO];
|
|
|
2747 if (compl->cp_text[CPT_MENU] != NULL)
|
|
|
2748 compl_match_array[i++].pum_extra =
|
|
|
2749 compl->cp_text[CPT_MENU];
|
|
659
|
2750 else
|
|
|
2751 compl_match_array[i++].pum_extra = compl->cp_fname;
|
|
|
2752 }
|
|
|
2753
|
|
|
2754 if (compl == compl_shown_match)
|
|
|
2755 {
|
|
|
2756 did_find_shown_match = TRUE;
|
|
716
|
2757
|
|
|
2758 /* When the original text is the shown match don't set
|
|
|
2759 * compl_shown_match. */
|
|
|
2760 if (compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
|
|
|
2761 shown_match_ok = TRUE;
|
|
|
2762
|
|
659
|
2763 if (!shown_match_ok && shown_compl != NULL)
|
|
|
2764 {
|
|
|
2765 /* The shown match isn't displayed, set it to the
|
|
|
2766 * previously displayed match. */
|
|
|
2767 compl_shown_match = shown_compl;
|
|
|
2768 shown_match_ok = TRUE;
|
|
|
2769 }
|
|
540
|
2770 }
|
|
|
2771 compl = compl->cp_next;
|
|
|
2772 } while (compl != NULL && compl != compl_first_match);
|
|
659
|
2773
|
|
|
2774 if (!shown_match_ok) /* no displayed match at all */
|
|
|
2775 cur = -1;
|
|
540
|
2776 }
|
|
|
2777 }
|
|
|
2778 else
|
|
|
2779 {
|
|
|
2780 /* popup menu already exists, only need to find the current item.*/
|
|
657
|
2781 for (i = 0; i < compl_match_arraysize; ++i)
|
|
786
|
2782 if (compl_match_array[i].pum_text == compl_shown_match->cp_str
|
|
|
2783 || compl_match_array[i].pum_text
|
|
|
2784 == compl_shown_match->cp_text[CPT_ABBR])
|
|
829
|
2785 {
|
|
|
2786 cur = i;
|
|
657
|
2787 break;
|
|
829
|
2788 }
|
|
540
|
2789 }
|
|
|
2790
|
|
|
2791 if (compl_match_array != NULL)
|
|
|
2792 {
|
|
|
2793 /* Compute the screen column of the start of the completed text.
|
|
|
2794 * Use the cursor to get all wrapping and other settings right. */
|
|
|
2795 col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
2796 curwin->w_cursor.col = compl_col;
|
|
732
|
2797 pum_display(compl_match_array, compl_match_arraysize, cur);
|
|
540
|
2798 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
|
|
|
2799 }
|
|
|
2800 }
|
|
|
2801
|
|
7
|
2802 #define DICT_FIRST (1) /* use just first element in "dict" */
|
|
|
2803 #define DICT_EXACT (2) /* "dict" is the exact name of a file */
|
|
648
|
2804
|
|
7
|
2805 /*
|
|
703
|
2806 * Add any identifiers that match the given pattern in the list of dictionary
|
|
|
2807 * files "dict_start" to the list of completions.
|
|
7
|
2808 */
|
|
|
2809 static void
|
|
703
|
2810 ins_compl_dictionaries(dict_start, pat, flags, thesaurus)
|
|
|
2811 char_u *dict_start;
|
|
7
|
2812 char_u *pat;
|
|
667
|
2813 int flags; /* DICT_FIRST and/or DICT_EXACT */
|
|
703
|
2814 int thesaurus; /* Thesaurus completion */
|
|
|
2815 {
|
|
|
2816 char_u *dict = dict_start;
|
|
7
|
2817 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
2818 char_u *buf;
|
|
|
2819 regmatch_T regmatch;
|
|
|
2820 char_u **files;
|
|
|
2821 int count;
|
|
|
2822 int i;
|
|
|
2823 int save_p_scs;
|
|
659
|
2824 int dir = compl_direction;
|
|
7
|
2825
|
|
703
|
2826 if (*dict == NUL)
|
|
|
2827 {
|
|
744
|
2828 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
|
|
703
|
2829 /* When 'dictionary' is empty and spell checking is enabled use
|
|
|
2830 * "spell". */
|
|
|
2831 if (!thesaurus && curwin->w_p_spell)
|
|
|
2832 dict = (char_u *)"spell";
|
|
|
2833 else
|
|
|
2834 #endif
|
|
|
2835 return;
|
|
|
2836 }
|
|
|
2837
|
|
7
|
2838 buf = alloc(LSIZE);
|
|
703
|
2839 if (buf == NULL)
|
|
|
2840 return;
|
|
1074
|
2841 regmatch.regprog = NULL; /* so that we can goto theend */
|
|
703
|
2842
|
|
7
|
2843 /* If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here */
|
|
|
2844 save_p_scs = p_scs;
|
|
|
2845 if (curbuf->b_p_inf)
|
|
|
2846 p_scs = FALSE;
|
|
667
|
2847
|
|
|
2848 /* When invoked to match whole lines for CTRL-X CTRL-L adjust the pattern
|
|
|
2849 * to only match at the start of a line. Otherwise just match the
|
|
842
|
2850 * pattern. Also need to double backslashes. */
|
|
667
|
2851 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
2852 {
|
|
842
|
2853 char_u *pat_esc = vim_strsave_escaped(pat, (char_u *)"\\");
|
|
|
2854
|
|
|
2855 if (pat_esc == NULL)
|
|
1159
|
2856 goto theend;
|
|
842
|
2857 i = (int)STRLEN(pat_esc) + 10;
|
|
667
|
2858 ptr = alloc(i);
|
|
|
2859 if (ptr == NULL)
|
|
842
|
2860 {
|
|
|
2861 vim_free(pat_esc);
|
|
1074
|
2862 goto theend;
|
|
842
|
2863 }
|
|
|
2864 vim_snprintf((char *)ptr, i, "^\\s*\\zs\\V%s", pat_esc);
|
|
|
2865 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(ptr, RE_MAGIC);
|
|
|
2866 vim_free(pat_esc);
|
|
667
|
2867 vim_free(ptr);
|
|
|
2868 }
|
|
|
2869 else
|
|
703
|
2870 {
|
|
667
|
2871 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, p_magic ? RE_MAGIC : 0);
|
|
703
|
2872 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL)
|
|
|
2873 goto theend;
|
|
|
2874 }
|
|
667
|
2875
|
|
7
|
2876 /* ignore case depends on 'ignorecase', 'smartcase' and "pat" */
|
|
|
2877 regmatch.rm_ic = ignorecase(pat);
|
|
703
|
2878 while (*dict != NUL && !got_int && !compl_interrupted)
|
|
7
|
2879 {
|
|
|
2880 /* copy one dictionary file name into buf */
|
|
|
2881 if (flags == DICT_EXACT)
|
|
|
2882 {
|
|
|
2883 count = 1;
|
|
|
2884 files = &dict;
|
|
|
2885 }
|
|
|
2886 else
|
|
|
2887 {
|
|
|
2888 /* Expand wildcards in the dictionary name, but do not allow
|
|
|
2889 * backticks (for security, the 'dict' option may have been set in
|
|
|
2890 * a modeline). */
|
|
|
2891 copy_option_part(&dict, buf, LSIZE, ",");
|
|
744
|
2892 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL
|
|
703
|
2893 if (!thesaurus && STRCMP(buf, "spell") == 0)
|
|
|
2894 count = -1;
|
|
744
|
2895 else
|
|
|
2896 # endif
|
|
|
2897 if (vim_strchr(buf, '`') != NULL
|
|
7
|
2898 || expand_wildcards(1, &buf, &count, &files,
|
|
|
2899 EW_FILE|EW_SILENT) != OK)
|
|
|
2900 count = 0;
|
|
|
2901 }
|
|
|
2902
|
|
744
|
2903 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL
|
|
703
|
2904 if (count == -1)
|
|
|
2905 {
|
|
712
|
2906 /* Complete from active spelling. Skip "\<" in the pattern, we
|
|
|
2907 * don't use it as a RE. */
|
|
703
|
2908 if (pat[0] == '\\' && pat[1] == '<')
|
|
|
2909 ptr = pat + 2;
|
|
|
2910 else
|
|
|
2911 ptr = pat;
|
|
|
2912 spell_dump_compl(curbuf, ptr, regmatch.rm_ic, &dir, 0);
|
|
|
2913 }
|
|
|
2914 else
|
|
744
|
2915 # endif
|
|
938
|
2916 if (count > 0) /* avoid warning for using "files" uninit */
|
|
703
|
2917 {
|
|
|
2918 ins_compl_files(count, files, thesaurus, flags,
|
|
|
2919 ®match, buf, &dir);
|
|
7
|
2920 if (flags != DICT_EXACT)
|
|
703
|
2921 FreeWild(count, files);
|
|
|
2922 }
|
|
|
2923 if (flags != 0)
|
|
7
|
2924 break;
|
|
|
2925 }
|
|
703
|
2926
|
|
|
2927 theend:
|
|
7
|
2928 p_scs = save_p_scs;
|
|
|
2929 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
|
|
|
2930 vim_free(buf);
|
|
|
2931 }
|
|
|
2932
|
|
703
|
2933 static void
|
|
|
2934 ins_compl_files(count, files, thesaurus, flags, regmatch, buf, dir)
|
|
|
2935 int count;
|
|
|
2936 char_u **files;
|
|
|
2937 int thesaurus;
|
|
|
2938 int flags;
|
|
|
2939 regmatch_T *regmatch;
|
|
|
2940 char_u *buf;
|
|
|
2941 int *dir;
|
|
|
2942 {
|
|
|
2943 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
2944 int i;
|
|
|
2945 FILE *fp;
|
|
|
2946 int add_r;
|
|
|
2947
|
|
|
2948 for (i = 0; i < count && !got_int && !compl_interrupted; i++)
|
|
|
2949 {
|
|
|
2950 fp = mch_fopen((char *)files[i], "r"); /* open dictionary file */
|
|
|
2951 if (flags != DICT_EXACT)
|
|
|
2952 {
|
|
|
2953 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE,
|
|
|
2954 _("Scanning dictionary: %s"), (char *)files[i]);
|
|
|
2955 msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R));
|
|
|
2956 }
|
|
|
2957
|
|
|
2958 if (fp != NULL)
|
|
|
2959 {
|
|
|
2960 /*
|
|
|
2961 * Read dictionary file line by line.
|
|
|
2962 * Check each line for a match.
|
|
|
2963 */
|
|
|
2964 while (!got_int && !compl_interrupted
|
|
|
2965 && !vim_fgets(buf, LSIZE, fp))
|
|
|
2966 {
|
|
|
2967 ptr = buf;
|
|
|
2968 while (vim_regexec(regmatch, buf, (colnr_T)(ptr - buf)))
|
|
|
2969 {
|
|
|
2970 ptr = regmatch->startp[0];
|
|
|
2971 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
2972 ptr = find_line_end(ptr);
|
|
|
2973 else
|
|
|
2974 ptr = find_word_end(ptr);
|
|
|
2975 add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(regmatch->startp[0],
|
|
|
2976 (int)(ptr - regmatch->startp[0]),
|
|
942
|
2977 p_ic, files[i], *dir, 0);
|
|
703
|
2978 if (thesaurus)
|
|
|
2979 {
|
|
|
2980 char_u *wstart;
|
|
|
2981
|
|
|
2982 /*
|
|
|
2983 * Add the other matches on the line
|
|
|
2984 */
|
|
1353
|
2985 ptr = buf;
|
|
703
|
2986 while (!got_int)
|
|
|
2987 {
|
|
|
2988 /* Find start of the next word. Skip white
|
|
|
2989 * space and punctuation. */
|
|
|
2990 ptr = find_word_start(ptr);
|
|
|
2991 if (*ptr == NUL || *ptr == NL)
|
|
|
2992 break;
|
|
|
2993 wstart = ptr;
|
|
|
2994
|
|
1353
|
2995 /* Find end of the word. */
|
|
703
|
2996 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2997 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2998 /* Japanese words may have characters in
|
|
|
2999 * different classes, only separate words
|
|
|
3000 * with single-byte non-word characters. */
|
|
|
3001 while (*ptr != NUL)
|
|
|
3002 {
|
|
|
3003 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
|
|
|
3004
|
|
|
3005 if (l < 2 && !vim_iswordc(*ptr))
|
|
|
3006 break;
|
|
|
3007 ptr += l;
|
|
|
3008 }
|
|
|
3009 else
|
|
|
3010 #endif
|
|
|
3011 ptr = find_word_end(ptr);
|
|
1353
|
3012
|
|
|
3013 /* Add the word. Skip the regexp match. */
|
|
|
3014 if (wstart != regmatch->startp[0])
|
|
|
3015 add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(wstart,
|
|
|
3016 (int)(ptr - wstart),
|
|
|
3017 p_ic, files[i], *dir, 0);
|
|
703
|
3018 }
|
|
|
3019 }
|
|
|
3020 if (add_r == OK)
|
|
|
3021 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */
|
|
|
3022 *dir = FORWARD;
|
|
|
3023 else if (add_r == FAIL)
|
|
|
3024 break;
|
|
|
3025 /* avoid expensive call to vim_regexec() when at end
|
|
|
3026 * of line */
|
|
|
3027 if (*ptr == '\n' || got_int)
|
|
|
3028 break;
|
|
|
3029 }
|
|
|
3030 line_breakcheck();
|
|
|
3031 ins_compl_check_keys(50);
|
|
|
3032 }
|
|
|
3033 fclose(fp);
|
|
|
3034 }
|
|
|
3035 }
|
|
|
3036 }
|
|
|
3037
|
|
7
|
3038 /*
|
|
|
3039 * Find the start of the next word.
|
|
|
3040 * Returns a pointer to the first char of the word. Also stops at a NUL.
|
|
|
3041 */
|
|
|
3042 char_u *
|
|
|
3043 find_word_start(ptr)
|
|
|
3044 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
3045 {
|
|
|
3046 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3047 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
3048 while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && mb_get_class(ptr) <= 1)
|
|
474
|
3049 ptr += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
|
|
7
|
3050 else
|
|
|
3051 #endif
|
|
|
3052 while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && !vim_iswordc(*ptr))
|
|
|
3053 ++ptr;
|
|
|
3054 return ptr;
|
|
|
3055 }
|
|
|
3056
|
|
|
3057 /*
|
|
|
3058 * Find the end of the word. Assumes it starts inside a word.
|
|
|
3059 * Returns a pointer to just after the word.
|
|
|
3060 */
|
|
|
3061 char_u *
|
|
|
3062 find_word_end(ptr)
|
|
|
3063 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
3064 {
|
|
|
3065 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3066 int start_class;
|
|
|
3067
|
|
|
3068 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
3069 {
|
|
|
3070 start_class = mb_get_class(ptr);
|
|
|
3071 if (start_class > 1)
|
|
|
3072 while (*ptr != NUL)
|
|
|
3073 {
|
|
474
|
3074 ptr += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
|
|
7
|
3075 if (mb_get_class(ptr) != start_class)
|
|
|
3076 break;
|
|
|
3077 }
|
|
|
3078 }
|
|
|
3079 else
|
|
|
3080 #endif
|
|
|
3081 while (vim_iswordc(*ptr))
|
|
|
3082 ++ptr;
|
|
|
3083 return ptr;
|
|
|
3084 }
|
|
|
3085
|
|
|
3086 /*
|
|
667
|
3087 * Find the end of the line, omitting CR and NL at the end.
|
|
|
3088 * Returns a pointer to just after the line.
|
|
|
3089 */
|
|
|
3090 static char_u *
|
|
|
3091 find_line_end(ptr)
|
|
|
3092 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
3093 {
|
|
|
3094 char_u *s;
|
|
|
3095
|
|
|
3096 s = ptr + STRLEN(ptr);
|
|
|
3097 while (s > ptr && (s[-1] == CAR || s[-1] == NL))
|
|
|
3098 --s;
|
|
|
3099 return s;
|
|
|
3100 }
|
|
|
3101
|
|
|
3102 /*
|
|
7
|
3103 * Free the list of completions
|
|
|
3104 */
|
|
|
3105 static void
|
|
|
3106 ins_compl_free()
|
|
|
3107 {
|
|
464
|
3108 compl_T *match;
|
|
786
|
3109 int i;
|
|
7
|
3110
|
|
449
|
3111 vim_free(compl_pattern);
|
|
|
3112 compl_pattern = NULL;
|
|
657
|
3113 vim_free(compl_leader);
|
|
|
3114 compl_leader = NULL;
|
|
449
|
3115
|
|
|
3116 if (compl_first_match == NULL)
|
|
7
|
3117 return;
|
|
540
|
3118
|
|
|
3119 ins_compl_del_pum();
|
|
|
3120 pum_clear();
|
|
|
3121
|
|
449
|
3122 compl_curr_match = compl_first_match;
|
|
7
|
3123 do
|
|
|
3124 {
|
|
449
|
3125 match = compl_curr_match;
|
|
464
|
3126 compl_curr_match = compl_curr_match->cp_next;
|
|
|
3127 vim_free(match->cp_str);
|
|
7
|
3128 /* several entries may use the same fname, free it just once. */
|
|
464
|
3129 if (match->cp_flags & FREE_FNAME)
|
|
|
3130 vim_free(match->cp_fname);
|
|
786
|
3131 for (i = 0; i < CPT_COUNT; ++i)
|
|
|
3132 vim_free(match->cp_text[i]);
|
|
7
|
3133 vim_free(match);
|
|
449
|
3134 } while (compl_curr_match != NULL && compl_curr_match != compl_first_match);
|
|
|
3135 compl_first_match = compl_curr_match = NULL;
|
|
7
|
3136 }
|
|
|
3137
|
|
|
3138 static void
|
|
|
3139 ins_compl_clear()
|
|
|
3140 {
|
|
449
|
3141 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
|
3142 compl_started = FALSE;
|
|
|
3143 compl_matches = 0;
|
|
|
3144 vim_free(compl_pattern);
|
|
|
3145 compl_pattern = NULL;
|
|
657
|
3146 vim_free(compl_leader);
|
|
|
3147 compl_leader = NULL;
|
|
7
|
3148 edit_submode_extra = NULL;
|
|
724
|
3149 vim_free(compl_orig_text);
|
|
|
3150 compl_orig_text = NULL;
|
|
825
|
3151 compl_enter_selects = FALSE;
|
|
7
|
3152 }
|
|
|
3153
|
|
|
3154 /*
|
|
674
|
3155 * Return TRUE when Insert completion is active.
|
|
|
3156 */
|
|
|
3157 int
|
|
|
3158 ins_compl_active()
|
|
|
3159 {
|
|
|
3160 return compl_started;
|
|
|
3161 }
|
|
|
3162
|
|
|
3163 /*
|
|
659
|
3164 * Delete one character before the cursor and show the subset of the matches
|
|
|
3165 * that match the word that is now before the cursor.
|
|
836
|
3166 * Returns the character to be used, NUL if the work is done and another char
|
|
|
3167 * to be got from the user.
|
|
657
|
3168 */
|
|
|
3169 static int
|
|
|
3170 ins_compl_bs()
|
|
|
3171 {
|
|
|
3172 char_u *line;
|
|
|
3173 char_u *p;
|
|
|
3174
|
|
836
|
3175 line = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
3176 p = line + curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
3177 mb_ptr_back(line, p);
|
|
|
3178
|
|
1430
|
3179 /* Stop completion when the whole word was deleted. For Omni completion
|
|
|
3180 * allow the word to be deleted, we won't match everything. */
|
|
|
3181 if ((int)(p - line) - (int)compl_col < 0
|
|
|
3182 || ((int)(p - line) - (int)compl_col == 0
|
|
|
3183 && (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_OMNI) == 0))
|
|
836
|
3184 return K_BS;
|
|
|
3185
|
|
874
|
3186 /* Deleted more than what was used to find matches or didn't finish
|
|
|
3187 * finding all matches: need to look for matches all over again. */
|
|
|
3188 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= compl_col + compl_length
|
|
|
3189 || compl_was_interrupted)
|
|
|
3190 ins_compl_restart();
|
|
657
|
3191
|
|
|
3192 vim_free(compl_leader);
|
|
835
|
3193 compl_leader = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, (int)(p - line) - compl_col);
|
|
657
|
3194 if (compl_leader != NULL)
|
|
|
3195 {
|
|
874
|
3196 ins_compl_new_leader();
|
|
|
3197 return NUL;
|
|
|
3198 }
|
|
|
3199 return K_BS;
|
|
|
3200 }
|
|
|
3201
|
|
|
3202 /*
|
|
|
3203 * Called after changing "compl_leader".
|
|
|
3204 * Show the popup menu with a different set of matches.
|
|
|
3205 * May also search for matches again if the previous search was interrupted.
|
|
|
3206 */
|
|
|
3207 static void
|
|
|
3208 ins_compl_new_leader()
|
|
|
3209 {
|
|
|
3210 ins_compl_del_pum();
|
|
|
3211 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
|
3212 ins_bytes(compl_leader + curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col);
|
|
|
3213 compl_used_match = FALSE;
|
|
|
3214
|
|
|
3215 if (compl_started)
|
|
|
3216 ins_compl_set_original_text(compl_leader);
|
|
|
3217 else
|
|
|
3218 {
|
|
826
|
3219 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
|
|
874
|
3220 spell_bad_len = 0; /* need to redetect bad word */
|
|
|
3221 #endif
|
|
|
3222 /*
|
|
|
3223 * Matches were cleared, need to search for them now. First display
|
|
|
3224 * the changed text before the cursor. Set "compl_restarting" to
|
|
|
3225 * avoid that the first match is inserted.
|
|
|
3226 */
|
|
|
3227 update_screen(0);
|
|
|
3228 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
3229 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
3230 {
|
|
|
3231 /* Show the cursor after the match, not after the redrawn text. */
|
|
|
3232 setcursor();
|
|
|
3233 out_flush();
|
|
|
3234 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
|
3235 }
|
|
|
3236 #endif
|
|
|
3237 compl_restarting = TRUE;
|
|
|
3238 if (ins_complete(Ctrl_N) == FAIL)
|
|
|
3239 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
|
3240 compl_restarting = FALSE;
|
|
|
3241 }
|
|
|
3242
|
|
887
|
3243 #if 0 /* disabled, made CTRL-L, BS and typing char jump to original text. */
|
|
874
|
3244 if (!compl_used_match)
|
|
|
3245 {
|
|
829
|
3246 /* Go to the original text, since none of the matches is inserted. */
|
|
|
3247 if (compl_first_match->cp_prev != NULL
|
|
|
3248 && (compl_first_match->cp_prev->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT))
|
|
|
3249 compl_shown_match = compl_first_match->cp_prev;
|
|
|
3250 else
|
|
|
3251 compl_shown_match = compl_first_match;
|
|
|
3252 compl_curr_match = compl_shown_match;
|
|
|
3253 compl_shows_dir = compl_direction;
|
|
874
|
3254 }
|
|
887
|
3255 #endif
|
|
|
3256 compl_enter_selects = !compl_used_match;
|
|
874
|
3257
|
|
|
3258 /* Show the popup menu with a different set of matches. */
|
|
|
3259 ins_compl_show_pum();
|
|
947
|
3260
|
|
|
3261 /* Don't let Enter select the original text when there is no popup menu. */
|
|
|
3262 if (compl_match_array == NULL)
|
|
|
3263 compl_enter_selects = FALSE;
|
|
657
|
3264 }
|
|
|
3265
|
|
|
3266 /*
|
|
|
3267 * Append one character to the match leader. May reduce the number of
|
|
|
3268 * matches.
|
|
|
3269 */
|
|
|
3270 static void
|
|
|
3271 ins_compl_addleader(c)
|
|
|
3272 int c;
|
|
|
3273 {
|
|
|
3274 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3275 int cc;
|
|
|
3276
|
|
|
3277 if (has_mbyte && (cc = (*mb_char2len)(c)) > 1)
|
|
|
3278 {
|
|
|
3279 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1];
|
|
|
3280
|
|
|
3281 (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf);
|
|
|
3282 buf[cc] = NUL;
|
|
|
3283 ins_char_bytes(buf, cc);
|
|
|
3284 }
|
|
|
3285 else
|
|
|
3286 #endif
|
|
|
3287 ins_char(c);
|
|
|
3288
|
|
874
|
3289 /* If we didn't complete finding matches we must search again. */
|
|
|
3290 if (compl_was_interrupted)
|
|
|
3291 ins_compl_restart();
|
|
|
3292
|
|
657
|
3293 vim_free(compl_leader);
|
|
|
3294 compl_leader = vim_strnsave(ml_get_curline() + compl_col,
|
|
|
3295 curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col);
|
|
|
3296 if (compl_leader != NULL)
|
|
874
|
3297 ins_compl_new_leader();
|
|
|
3298 }
|
|
|
3299
|
|
|
3300 /*
|
|
|
3301 * Setup for finding completions again without leaving CTRL-X mode. Used when
|
|
|
3302 * BS or a key was typed while still searching for matches.
|
|
|
3303 */
|
|
|
3304 static void
|
|
|
3305 ins_compl_restart()
|
|
|
3306 {
|
|
|
3307 ins_compl_free();
|
|
|
3308 compl_started = FALSE;
|
|
|
3309 compl_matches = 0;
|
|
|
3310 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
|
3311 compl_cont_mode = 0;
|
|
694
|
3312 }
|
|
|
3313
|
|
|
3314 /*
|
|
|
3315 * Set the first match, the original text.
|
|
|
3316 */
|
|
|
3317 static void
|
|
|
3318 ins_compl_set_original_text(str)
|
|
|
3319 char_u *str;
|
|
|
3320 {
|
|
|
3321 char_u *p;
|
|
|
3322
|
|
|
3323 /* Replace the original text entry. */
|
|
|
3324 if (compl_first_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) /* safety check */
|
|
|
3325 {
|
|
|
3326 p = vim_strsave(str);
|
|
|
3327 if (p != NULL)
|
|
|
3328 {
|
|
|
3329 vim_free(compl_first_match->cp_str);
|
|
|
3330 compl_first_match->cp_str = p;
|
|
|
3331 }
|
|
657
|
3332 }
|
|
|
3333 }
|
|
|
3334
|
|
|
3335 /*
|
|
659
|
3336 * Append one character to the match leader. May reduce the number of
|
|
|
3337 * matches.
|
|
|
3338 */
|
|
|
3339 static void
|
|
|
3340 ins_compl_addfrommatch()
|
|
|
3341 {
|
|
|
3342 char_u *p;
|
|
|
3343 int len = curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col;
|
|
|
3344 int c;
|
|
887
|
3345 compl_T *cp;
|
|
659
|
3346
|
|
|
3347 p = compl_shown_match->cp_str;
|
|
677
|
3348 if ((int)STRLEN(p) <= len) /* the match is too short */
|
|
887
|
3349 {
|
|
|
3350 /* When still at the original match use the first entry that matches
|
|
|
3351 * the leader. */
|
|
|
3352 if (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
|
|
|
3353 {
|
|
|
3354 p = NULL;
|
|
|
3355 for (cp = compl_shown_match->cp_next; cp != NULL
|
|
|
3356 && cp != compl_first_match; cp = cp->cp_next)
|
|
|
3357 {
|
|
987
|
3358 if (compl_leader == NULL
|
|
|
3359 || ins_compl_equal(cp, compl_leader,
|
|
887
|
3360 (int)STRLEN(compl_leader)))
|
|
|
3361 {
|
|
|
3362 p = cp->cp_str;
|
|
|
3363 break;
|
|
|
3364 }
|
|
|
3365 }
|
|
|
3366 if (p == NULL || (int)STRLEN(p) <= len)
|
|
|
3367 return;
|
|
|
3368 }
|
|
|
3369 else
|
|
|
3370 return;
|
|
|
3371 }
|
|
659
|
3372 p += len;
|
|
|
3373 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3374 c = mb_ptr2char(p);
|
|
|
3375 #else
|
|
|
3376 c = *p;
|
|
|
3377 #endif
|
|
|
3378 ins_compl_addleader(c);
|
|
|
3379 }
|
|
|
3380
|
|
|
3381 /*
|
|
7
|
3382 * Prepare for Insert mode completion, or stop it.
|
|
464
|
3383 * Called just after typing a character in Insert mode.
|
|
540
|
3384 * Returns TRUE when the character is not to be inserted;
|
|
7
|
3385 */
|
|
540
|
3386 static int
|
|
7
|
3387 ins_compl_prep(c)
|
|
|
3388 int c;
|
|
|
3389 {
|
|
|
3390 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
3391 int want_cindent;
|
|
540
|
3392 int retval = FALSE;
|
|
7
|
3393
|
|
|
3394 /* Forget any previous 'special' messages if this is actually
|
|
|
3395 * a ^X mode key - bar ^R, in which case we wait to see what it gives us.
|
|
|
3396 */
|
|
|
3397 if (c != Ctrl_R && vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c))
|
|
|
3398 edit_submode_extra = NULL;
|
|
|
3399
|
|
1434
|
3400 /* Ignore end of Select mode mapping and mouse scroll buttons. */
|
|
|
3401 if (c == K_SELECT || c == K_MOUSEDOWN || c == K_MOUSEUP)
|
|
540
|
3402 return retval;
|
|
7
|
3403
|
|
665
|
3404 /* Set "compl_get_longest" when finding the first matches. */
|
|
|
3405 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET
|
|
|
3406 || (ctrl_x_mode == 0 && !compl_started))
|
|
|
3407 {
|
|
|
3408 compl_get_longest = (vim_strchr(p_cot, 'l') != NULL);
|
|
|
3409 compl_used_match = TRUE;
|
|
|
3410 }
|
|
|
3411
|
|
7
|
3412 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET)
|
|
|
3413 {
|
|
|
3414 /*
|
|
|
3415 * We have just typed CTRL-X and aren't quite sure which CTRL-X mode
|
|
|
3416 * it will be yet. Now we decide.
|
|
|
3417 */
|
|
|
3418 switch (c)
|
|
|
3419 {
|
|
|
3420 case Ctrl_E:
|
|
|
3421 case Ctrl_Y:
|
|
|
3422 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_SCROLL;
|
|
|
3423 if (!(State & REPLACE_FLAG))
|
|
|
3424 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (insert) Scroll (^E/^Y)");
|
|
|
3425 else
|
|
|
3426 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (replace) Scroll (^E/^Y)");
|
|
|
3427 edit_submode_pre = NULL;
|
|
|
3428 showmode();
|
|
|
3429 break;
|
|
|
3430 case Ctrl_L:
|
|
|
3431 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE;
|
|
|
3432 break;
|
|
|
3433 case Ctrl_F:
|
|
|
3434 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FILES;
|
|
|
3435 break;
|
|
|
3436 case Ctrl_K:
|
|
|
3437 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY;
|
|
|
3438 break;
|
|
|
3439 case Ctrl_R:
|
|
|
3440 /* Simply allow ^R to happen without affecting ^X mode */
|
|
|
3441 break;
|
|
|
3442 case Ctrl_T:
|
|
|
3443 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_THESAURUS;
|
|
|
3444 break;
|
|
12
|
3445 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
|
3446 case Ctrl_U:
|
|
|
3447 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FUNCTION;
|
|
|
3448 break;
|
|
449
|
3449 case Ctrl_O:
|
|
523
|
3450 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_OMNI;
|
|
449
|
3451 break;
|
|
502
|
3452 #endif
|
|
477
|
3453 case 's':
|
|
|
3454 case Ctrl_S:
|
|
|
3455 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_SPELL;
|
|
744
|
3456 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
|
|
819
|
3457 ++emsg_off; /* Avoid getting the E756 error twice. */
|
|
484
|
3458 spell_back_to_badword();
|
|
819
|
3459 --emsg_off;
|
|
484
|
3460 #endif
|
|
477
|
3461 break;
|
|
7
|
3462 case Ctrl_RSB:
|
|
|
3463 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_TAGS;
|
|
|
3464 break;
|
|
|
3465 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
|
|
|
3466 case Ctrl_I:
|
|
|
3467 case K_S_TAB:
|
|
|
3468 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS;
|
|
|
3469 break;
|
|
|
3470 case Ctrl_D:
|
|
|
3471 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES;
|
|
|
3472 break;
|
|
|
3473 #endif
|
|
|
3474 case Ctrl_V:
|
|
|
3475 case Ctrl_Q:
|
|
|
3476 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_CMDLINE;
|
|
|
3477 break;
|
|
|
3478 case Ctrl_P:
|
|
|
3479 case Ctrl_N:
|
|
|
3480 /* ^X^P means LOCAL expansion if nothing interrupted (eg we
|
|
|
3481 * just started ^X mode, or there were enough ^X's to cancel
|
|
|
3482 * the previous mode, say ^X^F^X^X^P or ^P^X^X^X^P, see below)
|
|
|
3483 * do normal expansion when interrupting a different mode (say
|
|
|
3484 * ^X^F^X^P or ^P^X^X^P, see below)
|
|
|
3485 * nothing changes if interrupting mode 0, (eg, the flag
|
|
|
3486 * doesn't change when going to ADDING mode -- Acevedo */
|
|
449
|
3487 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_INTRPT))
|
|
|
3488 compl_cont_status |= CONT_LOCAL;
|
|
|
3489 else if (compl_cont_mode != 0)
|
|
|
3490 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_LOCAL;
|
|
7
|
3491 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
3492 default:
|
|
449
|
3493 /* If we have typed at least 2 ^X's... for modes != 0, we set
|
|
|
3494 * compl_cont_status = 0 (eg, as if we had just started ^X
|
|
|
3495 * mode).
|
|
|
3496 * For mode 0, we set "compl_cont_mode" to an impossible
|
|
|
3497 * value, in both cases ^X^X can be used to restart the same
|
|
|
3498 * mode (avoiding ADDING mode).
|
|
|
3499 * Undocumented feature: In a mode != 0 ^X^P and ^X^X^P start
|
|
|
3500 * 'complete' and local ^P expansions respectively.
|
|
|
3501 * In mode 0 an extra ^X is needed since ^X^P goes to ADDING
|
|
|
3502 * mode -- Acevedo */
|
|
7
|
3503 if (c == Ctrl_X)
|
|
|
3504 {
|
|
449
|
3505 if (compl_cont_mode != 0)
|
|
|
3506 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
7
|
3507 else
|
|
449
|
3508 compl_cont_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET;
|
|
7
|
3509 }
|
|
|
3510 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
|
3511 edit_submode = NULL;
|
|
|
3512 showmode();
|
|
|
3513 break;
|
|
|
3514 }
|
|
|
3515 }
|
|
|
3516 else if (ctrl_x_mode != 0)
|
|
|
3517 {
|
|
|
3518 /* We're already in CTRL-X mode, do we stay in it? */
|
|
|
3519 if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c))
|
|
|
3520 {
|
|
|
3521 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL)
|
|
|
3522 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
|
3523 else
|
|
|
3524 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FINISHED;
|
|
|
3525 edit_submode = NULL;
|
|
|
3526 }
|
|
|
3527 showmode();
|
|
|
3528 }
|
|
|
3529
|
|
449
|
3530 if (compl_started || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED)
|
|
7
|
3531 {
|
|
|
3532 /* Show error message from attempted keyword completion (probably
|
|
|
3533 * 'Pattern not found') until another key is hit, then go back to
|
|
449
|
3534 * showing what mode we are in. */
|
|
7
|
3535 showmode();
|
|
644
|
3536 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 && c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_P && c != Ctrl_R
|
|
|
3537 && !ins_compl_pum_key(c))
|
|
7
|
3538 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED)
|
|
|
3539 {
|
|
|
3540 /* Get here when we have finished typing a sequence of ^N and
|
|
|
3541 * ^P or other completion characters in CTRL-X mode. Free up
|
|
449
|
3542 * memory that was used, and make sure we can redo the insert. */
|
|
836
|
3543 if (compl_curr_match != NULL || compl_leader != NULL || c == Ctrl_E)
|
|
7
|
3544 {
|
|
449
|
3545 char_u *p;
|
|
938
|
3546 int temp = 0;
|
|
449
|
3547
|
|
7
|
3548 /*
|
|
836
|
3549 * If any of the original typed text has been changed, eg when
|
|
|
3550 * ignorecase is set, we must add back-spaces to the redo
|
|
|
3551 * buffer. We add as few as necessary to delete just the part
|
|
|
3552 * of the original text that has changed.
|
|
|
3553 * When using the longest match, edited the match or used
|
|
|
3554 * CTRL-E then don't use the current match.
|
|
7
|
3555 */
|
|
836
|
3556 if (compl_curr_match != NULL && compl_used_match && c != Ctrl_E)
|
|
|
3557 ptr = compl_curr_match->cp_str;
|
|
|
3558 else if (compl_leader != NULL)
|
|
|
3559 ptr = compl_leader;
|
|
|
3560 else
|
|
|
3561 ptr = compl_orig_text;
|
|
897
|
3562 if (compl_orig_text != NULL)
|
|
|
3563 {
|
|
|
3564 p = compl_orig_text;
|
|
|
3565 for (temp = 0; p[temp] != NUL && p[temp] == ptr[temp];
|
|
|
3566 ++temp)
|
|
|
3567 ;
|
|
836
|
3568 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
897
|
3569 if (temp > 0)
|
|
|
3570 temp -= (*mb_head_off)(compl_orig_text, p + temp);
|
|
|
3571 #endif
|
|
|
3572 for (p += temp; *p != NUL; mb_ptr_adv(p))
|
|
|
3573 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_BS);
|
|
|
3574 }
|
|
|
3575 if (ptr != NULL)
|
|
|
3576 AppendToRedobuffLit(ptr + temp, -1);
|
|
7
|
3577 }
|
|
|
3578
|
|
|
3579 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
3580 want_cindent = (can_cindent && cindent_on());
|
|
|
3581 #endif
|
|
|
3582 /*
|
|
|
3583 * When completing whole lines: fix indent for 'cindent'.
|
|
|
3584 * Otherwise, break line if it's too long.
|
|
|
3585 */
|
|
449
|
3586 if (compl_cont_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
7
|
3587 {
|
|
|
3588 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
3589 /* re-indent the current line */
|
|
|
3590 if (want_cindent)
|
|
|
3591 {
|
|
|
3592 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
3593 want_cindent = FALSE; /* don't do it again */
|
|
|
3594 }
|
|
|
3595 #endif
|
|
|
3596 }
|
|
|
3597 else
|
|
|
3598 {
|
|
1073
|
3599 int prev_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
3600
|
|
7
|
3601 /* put the cursor on the last char, for 'tw' formatting */
|
|
1073
|
3602 if (prev_col > 0)
|
|
|
3603 dec_cursor();
|
|
7
|
3604 if (stop_arrow() == OK)
|
|
|
3605 insertchar(NUL, 0, -1);
|
|
1073
|
3606 if (prev_col > 0
|
|
|
3607 && ml_get_curline()[curwin->w_cursor.col] != NUL)
|
|
|
3608 inc_cursor();
|
|
7
|
3609 }
|
|
|
3610
|
|
|
3611 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
3612
|
|
816
|
3613 /* If the popup menu is displayed pressing CTRL-Y means accepting
|
|
825
|
3614 * the selection without inserting anything. When
|
|
|
3615 * compl_enter_selects is set the Enter key does the same. */
|
|
|
3616 if ((c == Ctrl_Y || (compl_enter_selects
|
|
|
3617 && (c == CAR || c == K_KENTER || c == NL)))
|
|
|
3618 && pum_visible())
|
|
540
|
3619 retval = TRUE;
|
|
|
3620
|
|
816
|
3621 /* CTRL-E means completion is Ended, go back to the typed text. */
|
|
|
3622 if (c == Ctrl_E)
|
|
|
3623 {
|
|
|
3624 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
|
3625 if (compl_leader != NULL)
|
|
|
3626 ins_bytes(compl_leader + curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col);
|
|
|
3627 else if (compl_first_match != NULL)
|
|
819
|
3628 ins_bytes(compl_orig_text
|
|
816
|
3629 + curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col);
|
|
|
3630 retval = TRUE;
|
|
|
3631 }
|
|
|
3632
|
|
7
|
3633 ins_compl_free();
|
|
449
|
3634 compl_started = FALSE;
|
|
|
3635 compl_matches = 0;
|
|
7
|
3636 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* necessary for "noshowmode" */
|
|
|
3637 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
825
|
3638 compl_enter_selects = FALSE;
|
|
7
|
3639 if (edit_submode != NULL)
|
|
|
3640 {
|
|
|
3641 edit_submode = NULL;
|
|
|
3642 showmode();
|
|
|
3643 }
|
|
|
3644
|
|
|
3645 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
3646 /*
|
|
|
3647 * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'.
|
|
|
3648 */
|
|
|
3649 if (want_cindent && in_cinkeys(KEY_COMPLETE, ' ', inindent(0)))
|
|
|
3650 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
3651 #endif
|
|
|
3652 }
|
|
|
3653 }
|
|
|
3654
|
|
|
3655 /* reset continue_* if we left expansion-mode, if we stay they'll be
|
|
|
3656 * (re)set properly in ins_complete() */
|
|
|
3657 if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c))
|
|
|
3658 {
|
|
449
|
3659 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
|
3660 compl_cont_mode = 0;
|
|
7
|
3661 }
|
|
540
|
3662
|
|
|
3663 return retval;
|
|
7
|
3664 }
|
|
|
3665
|
|
|
3666 /*
|
|
|
3667 * Loops through the list of windows, loaded-buffers or non-loaded-buffers
|
|
|
3668 * (depending on flag) starting from buf and looking for a non-scanned
|
|
|
3669 * buffer (other than curbuf). curbuf is special, if it is called with
|
|
|
3670 * buf=curbuf then it has to be the first call for a given flag/expansion.
|
|
|
3671 *
|
|
|
3672 * Returns the buffer to scan, if any, otherwise returns curbuf -- Acevedo
|
|
|
3673 */
|
|
|
3674 static buf_T *
|
|
|
3675 ins_compl_next_buf(buf, flag)
|
|
|
3676 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
3677 int flag;
|
|
|
3678 {
|
|
|
3679 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
3680 static win_T *wp;
|
|
|
3681 #endif
|
|
|
3682
|
|
|
3683 if (flag == 'w') /* just windows */
|
|
|
3684 {
|
|
|
3685 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
3686 if (buf == curbuf) /* first call for this flag/expansion */
|
|
|
3687 wp = curwin;
|
|
383
|
3688 while ((wp = (wp->w_next != NULL ? wp->w_next : firstwin)) != curwin
|
|
7
|
3689 && wp->w_buffer->b_scanned)
|
|
|
3690 ;
|
|
|
3691 buf = wp->w_buffer;
|
|
|
3692 #else
|
|
|
3693 buf = curbuf;
|
|
|
3694 #endif
|
|
|
3695 }
|
|
|
3696 else
|
|
|
3697 /* 'b' (just loaded buffers), 'u' (just non-loaded buffers) or 'U'
|
|
|
3698 * (unlisted buffers)
|
|
|
3699 * When completing whole lines skip unloaded buffers. */
|
|
383
|
3700 while ((buf = (buf->b_next != NULL ? buf->b_next : firstbuf)) != curbuf
|
|
7
|
3701 && ((flag == 'U'
|
|
|
3702 ? buf->b_p_bl
|
|
|
3703 : (!buf->b_p_bl
|
|
|
3704 || (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp == NULL) != (flag == 'u')))
|
|
667
|
3705 || buf->b_scanned))
|
|
7
|
3706 ;
|
|
|
3707 return buf;
|
|
|
3708 }
|
|
|
3709
|
|
12
|
3710 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
659
|
3711 static void expand_by_function __ARGS((int type, char_u *base));
|
|
12
|
3712
|
|
|
3713 /*
|
|
523
|
3714 * Execute user defined complete function 'completefunc' or 'omnifunc', and
|
|
502
|
3715 * get matches in "matches".
|
|
12
|
3716 */
|
|
659
|
3717 static void
|
|
|
3718 expand_by_function(type, base)
|
|
523
|
3719 int type; /* CTRL_X_OMNI or CTRL_X_FUNCTION */
|
|
12
|
3720 char_u *base;
|
|
|
3721 {
|
|
452
|
3722 list_T *matchlist;
|
|
502
|
3723 char_u *args[2];
|
|
|
3724 char_u *funcname;
|
|
|
3725 pos_T pos;
|
|
|
3726
|
|
|
3727 funcname = (type == CTRL_X_FUNCTION) ? curbuf->b_p_cfu : curbuf->b_p_ofu;
|
|
|
3728 if (*funcname == NUL)
|
|
659
|
3729 return;
|
|
452
|
3730
|
|
|
3731 /* Call 'completefunc' to obtain the list of matches. */
|
|
|
3732 args[0] = (char_u *)"0";
|
|
502
|
3733 args[1] = base;
|
|
|
3734
|
|
|
3735 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
3736 matchlist = call_func_retlist(funcname, 2, args, FALSE);
|
|
|
3737 curwin->w_cursor = pos; /* restore the cursor position */
|
|
452
|
3738 if (matchlist == NULL)
|
|
659
|
3739 return;
|
|
|
3740
|
|
724
|
3741 ins_compl_add_list(matchlist);
|
|
|
3742 list_unref(matchlist);
|
|
|
3743 }
|
|
|
3744 #endif /* FEAT_COMPL_FUNC */
|
|
|
3745
|
|
786
|
3746 #if defined(FEAT_COMPL_FUNC) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
724
|
3747 /*
|
|
|
3748 * Add completions from a list.
|
|
|
3749 */
|
|
|
3750 static void
|
|
|
3751 ins_compl_add_list(list)
|
|
|
3752 list_T *list;
|
|
|
3753 {
|
|
|
3754 listitem_T *li;
|
|
|
3755 int dir = compl_direction;
|
|
|
3756
|
|
659
|
3757 /* Go through the List with matches and add each of them. */
|
|
724
|
3758 for (li = list->lv_first; li != NULL; li = li->li_next)
|
|
452
|
3759 {
|
|
786
|
3760 if (ins_compl_add_tv(&li->li_tv, dir) == OK)
|
|
|
3761 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */
|
|
|
3762 dir = FORWARD;
|
|
648
|
3763 else if (did_emsg)
|
|
|
3764 break;
|
|
452
|
3765 }
|
|
724
|
3766 }
|
|
786
|
3767
|
|
|
3768 /*
|
|
|
3769 * Add a match to the list of matches from a typeval_T.
|
|
|
3770 * If the given string is already in the list of completions, then return
|
|
|
3771 * NOTDONE, otherwise add it to the list and return OK. If there is an error,
|
|
|
3772 * maybe because alloc() returns NULL, then FAIL is returned.
|
|
|
3773 */
|
|
|
3774 int
|
|
|
3775 ins_compl_add_tv(tv, dir)
|
|
|
3776 typval_T *tv;
|
|
|
3777 int dir;
|
|
|
3778 {
|
|
|
3779 char_u *word;
|
|
867
|
3780 int icase = FALSE;
|
|
944
|
3781 int adup = FALSE;
|
|
786
|
3782 char_u *(cptext[CPT_COUNT]);
|
|
|
3783
|
|
|
3784 if (tv->v_type == VAR_DICT && tv->vval.v_dict != NULL)
|
|
|
3785 {
|
|
|
3786 word = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"word", FALSE);
|
|
|
3787 cptext[CPT_ABBR] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict,
|
|
|
3788 (char_u *)"abbr", FALSE);
|
|
|
3789 cptext[CPT_MENU] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict,
|
|
|
3790 (char_u *)"menu", FALSE);
|
|
|
3791 cptext[CPT_KIND] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict,
|
|
|
3792 (char_u *)"kind", FALSE);
|
|
|
3793 cptext[CPT_INFO] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict,
|
|
|
3794 (char_u *)"info", FALSE);
|
|
|
3795 if (get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"icase", FALSE) != NULL)
|
|
|
3796 icase = get_dict_number(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"icase");
|
|
841
|
3797 if (get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"dup", FALSE) != NULL)
|
|
944
|
3798 adup = get_dict_number(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"dup");
|
|
786
|
3799 }
|
|
|
3800 else
|
|
|
3801 {
|
|
|
3802 word = get_tv_string_chk(tv);
|
|
|
3803 vim_memset(cptext, 0, sizeof(cptext));
|
|
|
3804 }
|
|
|
3805 if (word == NULL || *word == NUL)
|
|
|
3806 return FAIL;
|
|
944
|
3807 return ins_compl_add(word, -1, icase, NULL, cptext, dir, 0, adup);
|
|
786
|
3808 }
|
|
724
|
3809 #endif
|
|
12
|
3810
|
|
449
|
3811 /*
|
|
|
3812 * Get the next expansion(s), using "compl_pattern".
|
|
659
|
3813 * The search starts at position "ini" in curbuf and in the direction
|
|
|
3814 * compl_direction.
|
|
667
|
3815 * When "compl_started" is FALSE start at that position, otherwise continue
|
|
|
3816 * where we stopped searching before.
|
|
449
|
3817 * This may return before finding all the matches.
|
|
|
3818 * Return the total number of matches or -1 if still unknown -- Acevedo
|
|
7
|
3819 */
|
|
|
3820 static int
|
|
659
|
3821 ins_compl_get_exp(ini)
|
|
7
|
3822 pos_T *ini;
|
|
|
3823 {
|
|
|
3824 static pos_T first_match_pos;
|
|
|
3825 static pos_T last_match_pos;
|
|
|
3826 static char_u *e_cpt = (char_u *)""; /* curr. entry in 'complete' */
|
|
449
|
3827 static int found_all = FALSE; /* Found all matches of a
|
|
|
3828 certain type. */
|
|
|
3829 static buf_T *ins_buf = NULL; /* buffer being scanned */
|
|
7
|
3830
|
|
464
|
3831 pos_T *pos;
|
|
|
3832 char_u **matches;
|
|
|
3833 int save_p_scs;
|
|
|
3834 int save_p_ws;
|
|
|
3835 int save_p_ic;
|
|
|
3836 int i;
|
|
|
3837 int num_matches;
|
|
|
3838 int len;
|
|
|
3839 int found_new_match;
|
|
|
3840 int type = ctrl_x_mode;
|
|
|
3841 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
3842 char_u *dict = NULL;
|
|
|
3843 int dict_f = 0;
|
|
|
3844 compl_T *old_match;
|
|
7
|
3845
|
|
449
|
3846 if (!compl_started)
|
|
7
|
3847 {
|
|
|
3848 for (ins_buf = firstbuf; ins_buf != NULL; ins_buf = ins_buf->b_next)
|
|
|
3849 ins_buf->b_scanned = 0;
|
|
|
3850 found_all = FALSE;
|
|
|
3851 ins_buf = curbuf;
|
|
449
|
3852 e_cpt = (compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL)
|
|
12
|
3853 ? (char_u *)"." : curbuf->b_p_cpt;
|
|
7
|
3854 last_match_pos = first_match_pos = *ini;
|
|
|
3855 }
|
|
|
3856
|
|
449
|
3857 old_match = compl_curr_match; /* remember the last current match */
|
|
659
|
3858 pos = (compl_direction == FORWARD) ? &last_match_pos : &first_match_pos;
|
|
7
|
3859 /* For ^N/^P loop over all the flags/windows/buffers in 'complete' */
|
|
|
3860 for (;;)
|
|
|
3861 {
|
|
|
3862 found_new_match = FAIL;
|
|
|
3863
|
|
449
|
3864 /* For ^N/^P pick a new entry from e_cpt if compl_started is off,
|
|
7
|
3865 * or if found_all says this entry is done. For ^X^L only use the
|
|
|
3866 * entries from 'complete' that look in loaded buffers. */
|
|
|
3867 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
449
|
3868 && (!compl_started || found_all))
|
|
7
|
3869 {
|
|
|
3870 found_all = FALSE;
|
|
|
3871 while (*e_cpt == ',' || *e_cpt == ' ')
|
|
|
3872 e_cpt++;
|
|
|
3873 if (*e_cpt == '.' && !curbuf->b_scanned)
|
|
|
3874 {
|
|
|
3875 ins_buf = curbuf;
|
|
|
3876 first_match_pos = *ini;
|
|
|
3877 /* So that ^N can match word immediately after cursor */
|
|
|
3878 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0)
|
|
|
3879 dec(&first_match_pos);
|
|
|
3880 last_match_pos = first_match_pos;
|
|
|
3881 type = 0;
|
|
|
3882 }
|
|
|
3883 else if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"buwU", *e_cpt) != NULL
|
|
|
3884 && (ins_buf = ins_compl_next_buf(ins_buf, *e_cpt)) != curbuf)
|
|
|
3885 {
|
|
|
3886 /* Scan a buffer, but not the current one. */
|
|
|
3887 if (ins_buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL) /* loaded buffer */
|
|
|
3888 {
|
|
449
|
3889 compl_started = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
3890 first_match_pos.col = last_match_pos.col = 0;
|
|
|
3891 first_match_pos.lnum = ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count + 1;
|
|
|
3892 last_match_pos.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
3893 type = 0;
|
|
|
3894 }
|
|
|
3895 else /* unloaded buffer, scan like dictionary */
|
|
|
3896 {
|
|
|
3897 found_all = TRUE;
|
|
|
3898 if (ins_buf->b_fname == NULL)
|
|
|
3899 continue;
|
|
|
3900 type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY;
|
|
|
3901 dict = ins_buf->b_fname;
|
|
|
3902 dict_f = DICT_EXACT;
|
|
|
3903 }
|
|
274
|
3904 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, _("Scanning: %s"),
|
|
7
|
3905 ins_buf->b_fname == NULL
|
|
|
3906 ? buf_spname(ins_buf)
|
|
|
3907 : ins_buf->b_sfname == NULL
|
|
|
3908 ? (char *)ins_buf->b_fname
|
|
|
3909 : (char *)ins_buf->b_sfname);
|
|
|
3910 msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R));
|
|
|
3911 }
|
|
|
3912 else if (*e_cpt == NUL)
|
|
|
3913 break;
|
|
|
3914 else
|
|
|
3915 {
|
|
|
3916 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
3917 type = -1;
|
|
|
3918 else if (*e_cpt == 'k' || *e_cpt == 's')
|
|
|
3919 {
|
|
|
3920 if (*e_cpt == 'k')
|
|
|
3921 type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY;
|
|
|
3922 else
|
|
|
3923 type = CTRL_X_THESAURUS;
|
|
|
3924 if (*++e_cpt != ',' && *e_cpt != NUL)
|
|
|
3925 {
|
|
|
3926 dict = e_cpt;
|
|
|
3927 dict_f = DICT_FIRST;
|
|
|
3928 }
|
|
|
3929 }
|
|
|
3930 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
|
|
|
3931 else if (*e_cpt == 'i')
|
|
|
3932 type = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS;
|
|
|
3933 else if (*e_cpt == 'd')
|
|
|
3934 type = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES;
|
|
|
3935 #endif
|
|
|
3936 else if (*e_cpt == ']' || *e_cpt == 't')
|
|
|
3937 {
|
|
|
3938 type = CTRL_X_TAGS;
|
|
|
3939 sprintf((char*)IObuff, _("Scanning tags."));
|
|
|
3940 msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R));
|
|
|
3941 }
|
|
|
3942 else
|
|
|
3943 type = -1;
|
|
|
3944
|
|
|
3945 /* in any case e_cpt is advanced to the next entry */
|
|
|
3946 (void)copy_option_part(&e_cpt, IObuff, IOSIZE, ",");
|
|
|
3947
|
|
|
3948 found_all = TRUE;
|
|
|
3949 if (type == -1)
|
|
|
3950 continue;
|
|
|
3951 }
|
|
|
3952 }
|
|
|
3953
|
|
|
3954 switch (type)
|
|
|
3955 {
|
|
|
3956 case -1:
|
|
|
3957 break;
|
|
|
3958 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
|
|
|
3959 case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS:
|
|
|
3960 case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES:
|
|
659
|
3961 find_pattern_in_path(compl_pattern, compl_direction,
|
|
449
|
3962 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), FALSE, FALSE,
|
|
7
|
3963 (type == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES
|
|
449
|
3964 && !(compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL))
|
|
7
|
3965 ? FIND_DEFINE : FIND_ANY, 1L, ACTION_EXPAND,
|
|
|
3966 (linenr_T)1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM);
|
|
|
3967 break;
|
|
|
3968 #endif
|
|
|
3969
|
|
|
3970 case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY:
|
|
|
3971 case CTRL_X_THESAURUS:
|
|
|
3972 ins_compl_dictionaries(
|
|
703
|
3973 dict != NULL ? dict
|
|
7
|
3974 : (type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS
|
|
|
3975 ? (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL
|
|
|
3976 ? p_tsr
|
|
|
3977 : curbuf->b_p_tsr)
|
|
|
3978 : (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL
|
|
|
3979 ? p_dict
|
|
|
3980 : curbuf->b_p_dict)),
|
|
659
|
3981 compl_pattern,
|
|
703
|
3982 dict != NULL ? dict_f
|
|
|
3983 : 0, type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS);
|
|
7
|
3984 dict = NULL;
|
|
|
3985 break;
|
|
|
3986
|
|
|
3987 case CTRL_X_TAGS:
|
|
|
3988 /* set p_ic according to p_ic, p_scs and pat for find_tags(). */
|
|
|
3989 save_p_ic = p_ic;
|
|
449
|
3990 p_ic = ignorecase(compl_pattern);
|
|
7
|
3991
|
|
|
3992 /* Find up to TAG_MANY matches. Avoids that an enourmous number
|
|
449
|
3993 * of matches is found when compl_pattern is empty */
|
|
|
3994 if (find_tags(compl_pattern, &num_matches, &matches,
|
|
7
|
3995 TAG_REGEXP | TAG_NAMES | TAG_NOIC |
|
|
|
3996 TAG_INS_COMP | (ctrl_x_mode ? TAG_VERBOSE : 0),
|
|
|
3997 TAG_MANY, curbuf->b_ffname) == OK && num_matches > 0)
|
|
|
3998 {
|
|
942
|
3999 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, p_ic);
|
|
7
|
4000 }
|
|
|
4001 p_ic = save_p_ic;
|
|
|
4002 break;
|
|
|
4003
|
|
|
4004 case CTRL_X_FILES:
|
|
449
|
4005 if (expand_wildcards(1, &compl_pattern, &num_matches, &matches,
|
|
7
|
4006 EW_FILE|EW_DIR|EW_ADDSLASH|EW_SILENT) == OK)
|
|
|
4007 {
|
|
|
4008
|
|
|
4009 /* May change home directory back to "~". */
|
|
449
|
4010 tilde_replace(compl_pattern, num_matches, matches);
|
|
681
|
4011 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches,
|
|
|
4012 #ifdef CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME
|
|
|
4013 TRUE
|
|
|
4014 #else
|
|
|
4015 FALSE
|
|
|
4016 #endif
|
|
|
4017 );
|
|
7
|
4018 }
|
|
|
4019 break;
|
|
|
4020
|
|
|
4021 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE:
|
|
449
|
4022 if (expand_cmdline(&compl_xp, compl_pattern,
|
|
|
4023 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern),
|
|
7
|
4024 &num_matches, &matches) == EXPAND_OK)
|
|
681
|
4025 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, FALSE);
|
|
7
|
4026 break;
|
|
|
4027
|
|
12
|
4028 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
|
4029 case CTRL_X_FUNCTION:
|
|
523
|
4030 case CTRL_X_OMNI:
|
|
659
|
4031 expand_by_function(type, compl_pattern);
|
|
12
|
4032 break;
|
|
|
4033 #endif
|
|
|
4034
|
|
477
|
4035 case CTRL_X_SPELL:
|
|
744
|
4036 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
|
|
477
|
4037 num_matches = expand_spelling(first_match_pos.lnum,
|
|
|
4038 first_match_pos.col, compl_pattern, &matches);
|
|
|
4039 if (num_matches > 0)
|
|
942
|
4040 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, p_ic);
|
|
477
|
4041 #endif
|
|
|
4042 break;
|
|
|
4043
|
|
7
|
4044 default: /* normal ^P/^N and ^X^L */
|
|
|
4045 /*
|
|
|
4046 * If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here
|
|
|
4047 */
|
|
|
4048 save_p_scs = p_scs;
|
|
|
4049 if (ins_buf->b_p_inf)
|
|
|
4050 p_scs = FALSE;
|
|
449
|
4051
|
|
7
|
4052 /* buffers other than curbuf are scanned from the beginning or the
|
|
|
4053 * end but never from the middle, thus setting nowrapscan in this
|
|
|
4054 * buffers is a good idea, on the other hand, we always set
|
|
|
4055 * wrapscan for curbuf to avoid missing matches -- Acevedo,Webb */
|
|
|
4056 save_p_ws = p_ws;
|
|
|
4057 if (ins_buf != curbuf)
|
|
|
4058 p_ws = FALSE;
|
|
|
4059 else if (*e_cpt == '.')
|
|
|
4060 p_ws = TRUE;
|
|
|
4061 for (;;)
|
|
|
4062 {
|
|
464
|
4063 int flags = 0;
|
|
7
|
4064
|
|
1007
|
4065 ++msg_silent; /* Don't want messages for wrapscan. */
|
|
|
4066
|
|
540
|
4067 /* ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE || word-wise search that
|
|
|
4068 * has added a word that was at the beginning of the line */
|
|
7
|
4069 if ( ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE
|
|
449
|
4070 || (compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL))
|
|
7
|
4071 found_new_match = search_for_exact_line(ins_buf, pos,
|
|
659
|
4072 compl_direction, compl_pattern);
|
|
7
|
4073 else
|
|
659
|
4074 found_new_match = searchit(NULL, ins_buf, pos,
|
|
|
4075 compl_direction,
|
|
449
|
4076 compl_pattern, 1L, SEARCH_KEEP + SEARCH_NFMSG,
|
|
1496
|
4077 RE_LAST, (linenr_T)0, NULL);
|
|
1007
|
4078 --msg_silent;
|
|
449
|
4079 if (!compl_started)
|
|
7
|
4080 {
|
|
667
|
4081 /* set "compl_started" even on fail */
|
|
449
|
4082 compl_started = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
4083 first_match_pos = *pos;
|
|
|
4084 last_match_pos = *pos;
|
|
|
4085 }
|
|
|
4086 else if (first_match_pos.lnum == last_match_pos.lnum
|
|
665
|
4087 && first_match_pos.col == last_match_pos.col)
|
|
7
|
4088 found_new_match = FAIL;
|
|
|
4089 if (found_new_match == FAIL)
|
|
|
4090 {
|
|
|
4091 if (ins_buf == curbuf)
|
|
|
4092 found_all = TRUE;
|
|
|
4093 break;
|
|
|
4094 }
|
|
|
4095
|
|
|
4096 /* when ADDING, the text before the cursor matches, skip it */
|
|
449
|
4097 if ( (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) && ins_buf == curbuf
|
|
7
|
4098 && ini->lnum == pos->lnum
|
|
|
4099 && ini->col == pos->col)
|
|
|
4100 continue;
|
|
|
4101 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum, FALSE) + pos->col;
|
|
|
4102 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
4103 {
|
|
449
|
4104 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
7
|
4105 {
|
|
|
4106 if (pos->lnum >= ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
4107 continue;
|
|
|
4108 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE);
|
|
|
4109 if (!p_paste)
|
|
|
4110 ptr = skipwhite(ptr);
|
|
|
4111 }
|
|
|
4112 len = (int)STRLEN(ptr);
|
|
|
4113 }
|
|
|
4114 else
|
|
|
4115 {
|
|
449
|
4116 char_u *tmp_ptr = ptr;
|
|
|
4117
|
|
|
4118 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
7
|
4119 {
|
|
449
|
4120 tmp_ptr += compl_length;
|
|
7
|
4121 /* Skip if already inside a word. */
|
|
|
4122 if (vim_iswordp(tmp_ptr))
|
|
|
4123 continue;
|
|
|
4124 /* Find start of next word. */
|
|
|
4125 tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr);
|
|
|
4126 }
|
|
|
4127 /* Find end of this word. */
|
|
|
4128 tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr);
|
|
|
4129 len = (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr);
|
|
|
4130
|
|
449
|
4131 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
|
4132 && len == compl_length)
|
|
7
|
4133 {
|
|
|
4134 if (pos->lnum < ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
4135 {
|
|
|
4136 /* Try next line, if any. the new word will be
|
|
|
4137 * "join" as if the normal command "J" was used.
|
|
|
4138 * IOSIZE is always greater than
|
|
449
|
4139 * compl_length, so the next STRNCPY always
|
|
7
|
4140 * works -- Acevedo */
|
|
|
4141 STRNCPY(IObuff, ptr, len);
|
|
|
4142 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE);
|
|
|
4143 tmp_ptr = ptr = skipwhite(ptr);
|
|
|
4144 /* Find start of next word. */
|
|
|
4145 tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr);
|
|
|
4146 /* Find end of next word. */
|
|
|
4147 tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr);
|
|
|
4148 if (tmp_ptr > ptr)
|
|
|
4149 {
|
|
419
|
4150 if (*ptr != ')' && IObuff[len - 1] != TAB)
|
|
7
|
4151 {
|
|
419
|
4152 if (IObuff[len - 1] != ' ')
|
|
7
|
4153 IObuff[len++] = ' ';
|
|
|
4154 /* IObuf =~ "\k.* ", thus len >= 2 */
|
|
|
4155 if (p_js
|
|
419
|
4156 && (IObuff[len - 2] == '.'
|
|
7
|
4157 || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_JOINSP)
|
|
|
4158 == NULL
|
|
419
|
4159 && (IObuff[len - 2] == '?'
|
|
|
4160 || IObuff[len - 2] == '!'))))
|
|
7
|
4161 IObuff[len++] = ' ';
|
|
|
4162 }
|
|
|
4163 /* copy as much as posible of the new word */
|
|
|
4164 if (tmp_ptr - ptr >= IOSIZE - len)
|
|
|
4165 tmp_ptr = ptr + IOSIZE - len - 1;
|
|
|
4166 STRNCPY(IObuff + len, ptr, tmp_ptr - ptr);
|
|
|
4167 len += (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr);
|
|
464
|
4168 flags |= CONT_S_IPOS;
|
|
7
|
4169 }
|
|
|
4170 IObuff[len] = NUL;
|
|
|
4171 ptr = IObuff;
|
|
|
4172 }
|
|
449
|
4173 if (len == compl_length)
|
|
7
|
4174 continue;
|
|
|
4175 }
|
|
|
4176 }
|
|
942
|
4177 if (ins_compl_add_infercase(ptr, len, p_ic,
|
|
540
|
4178 ins_buf == curbuf ? NULL : ins_buf->b_sfname,
|
|
659
|
4179 0, flags) != NOTDONE)
|
|
7
|
4180 {
|
|
|
4181 found_new_match = OK;
|
|
|
4182 break;
|
|
|
4183 }
|
|
|
4184 }
|
|
|
4185 p_scs = save_p_scs;
|
|
|
4186 p_ws = save_p_ws;
|
|
|
4187 }
|
|
540
|
4188
|
|
449
|
4189 /* check if compl_curr_match has changed, (e.g. other type of
|
|
|
4190 * expansion added somenthing) */
|
|
540
|
4191 if (type != 0 && compl_curr_match != old_match)
|
|
7
|
4192 found_new_match = OK;
|
|
|
4193
|
|
|
4194 /* break the loop for specialized modes (use 'complete' just for the
|
|
|
4195 * generic ctrl_x_mode == 0) or when we've found a new match */
|
|
|
4196 if ((ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
449
|
4197 || found_new_match != FAIL)
|
|
540
|
4198 {
|
|
|
4199 if (got_int)
|
|
|
4200 break;
|
|
665
|
4201 /* Fill the popup menu as soon as possible. */
|
|
989
|
4202 if (type != -1)
|
|
540
|
4203 ins_compl_check_keys(0);
|
|
665
|
4204
|
|
540
|
4205 if ((ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
4206 || compl_interrupted)
|
|
|
4207 break;
|
|
|
4208 compl_started = TRUE;
|
|
|
4209 }
|
|
|
4210 else
|
|
|
4211 {
|
|
|
4212 /* Mark a buffer scanned when it has been scanned completely */
|
|
|
4213 if (type == 0 || type == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS)
|
|
|
4214 ins_buf->b_scanned = TRUE;
|
|
|
4215
|
|
|
4216 compl_started = FALSE;
|
|
|
4217 }
|
|
449
|
4218 }
|
|
|
4219 compl_started = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
4220
|
|
|
4221 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
4222 && *e_cpt == NUL) /* Got to end of 'complete' */
|
|
|
4223 found_new_match = FAIL;
|
|
|
4224
|
|
|
4225 i = -1; /* total of matches, unknown */
|
|
|
4226 if (found_new_match == FAIL
|
|
|
4227 || (ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE))
|
|
|
4228 i = ins_compl_make_cyclic();
|
|
|
4229
|
|
|
4230 /* If several matches were added (FORWARD) or the search failed and has
|
|
449
|
4231 * just been made cyclic then we have to move compl_curr_match to the next
|
|
|
4232 * or previous entry (if any) -- Acevedo */
|
|
724
|
4233 compl_curr_match = compl_direction == FORWARD ? old_match->cp_next
|
|
|
4234 : old_match->cp_prev;
|
|
449
|
4235 if (compl_curr_match == NULL)
|
|
|
4236 compl_curr_match = old_match;
|
|
7
|
4237 return i;
|
|
|
4238 }
|
|
|
4239
|
|
|
4240 /* Delete the old text being completed. */
|
|
|
4241 static void
|
|
|
4242 ins_compl_delete()
|
|
|
4243 {
|
|
|
4244 int i;
|
|
|
4245
|
|
|
4246 /*
|
|
|
4247 * In insert mode: Delete the typed part.
|
|
|
4248 * In replace mode: Put the old characters back, if any.
|
|
|
4249 */
|
|
449
|
4250 i = compl_col + (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING ? compl_length : 0);
|
|
7
|
4251 backspace_until_column(i);
|
|
|
4252 changed_cline_bef_curs();
|
|
|
4253 }
|
|
|
4254
|
|
|
4255 /* Insert the new text being completed. */
|
|
|
4256 static void
|
|
|
4257 ins_compl_insert()
|
|
|
4258 {
|
|
464
|
4259 ins_bytes(compl_shown_match->cp_str + curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col);
|
|
683
|
4260 if (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
|
|
|
4261 compl_used_match = FALSE;
|
|
|
4262 else
|
|
|
4263 compl_used_match = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
4264 }
|
|
|
4265
|
|
|
4266 /*
|
|
|
4267 * Fill in the next completion in the current direction.
|
|
464
|
4268 * If "allow_get_expansion" is TRUE, then we may call ins_compl_get_exp() to
|
|
|
4269 * get more completions. If it is FALSE, then we just do nothing when there
|
|
|
4270 * are no more completions in a given direction. The latter case is used when
|
|
|
4271 * we are still in the middle of finding completions, to allow browsing
|
|
|
4272 * through the ones found so far.
|
|
7
|
4273 * Return the total number of matches, or -1 if still unknown -- webb.
|
|
|
4274 *
|
|
449
|
4275 * compl_curr_match is currently being used by ins_compl_get_exp(), so we use
|
|
|
4276 * compl_shown_match here.
|
|
7
|
4277 *
|
|
|
4278 * Note that this function may be called recursively once only. First with
|
|
464
|
4279 * "allow_get_expansion" TRUE, which calls ins_compl_get_exp(), which in turn
|
|
|
4280 * calls this function with "allow_get_expansion" FALSE.
|
|
7
|
4281 */
|
|
|
4282 static int
|
|
665
|
4283 ins_compl_next(allow_get_expansion, count, insert_match)
|
|
7
|
4284 int allow_get_expansion;
|
|
610
|
4285 int count; /* repeat completion this many times; should
|
|
|
4286 be at least 1 */
|
|
665
|
4287 int insert_match; /* Insert the newly selected match */
|
|
7
|
4288 {
|
|
|
4289 int num_matches = -1;
|
|
|
4290 int i;
|
|
610
|
4291 int todo = count;
|
|
657
|
4292 compl_T *found_compl = NULL;
|
|
|
4293 int found_end = FALSE;
|
|
836
|
4294 int advance;
|
|
7
|
4295
|
|
665
|
4296 if (compl_leader != NULL
|
|
|
4297 && (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0)
|
|
|
4298 {
|
|
|
4299 /* Set "compl_shown_match" to the actually shown match, it may differ
|
|
|
4300 * when "compl_leader" is used to omit some of the matches. */
|
|
681
|
4301 while (!ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match,
|
|
835
|
4302 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader))
|
|
665
|
4303 && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL
|
|
|
4304 && compl_shown_match->cp_next != compl_first_match)
|
|
|
4305 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next;
|
|
887
|
4306
|
|
|
4307 /* If we didn't find it searching forward, and compl_shows_dir is
|
|
|
4308 * backward, find the last match. */
|
|
|
4309 if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD
|
|
|
4310 && !ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match,
|
|
|
4311 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader))
|
|
|
4312 && (compl_shown_match->cp_next == NULL
|
|
|
4313 || compl_shown_match->cp_next == compl_first_match))
|
|
|
4314 {
|
|
|
4315 while (!ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match,
|
|
|
4316 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader))
|
|
|
4317 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL
|
|
|
4318 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != compl_first_match)
|
|
|
4319 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev;
|
|
|
4320 }
|
|
665
|
4321 }
|
|
|
4322
|
|
|
4323 if (allow_get_expansion && insert_match
|
|
874
|
4324 && (!(compl_get_longest || compl_restarting) || compl_used_match))
|
|
7
|
4325 /* Delete old text to be replaced */
|
|
|
4326 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
665
|
4327
|
|
836
|
4328 /* When finding the longest common text we stick at the original text,
|
|
|
4329 * don't let CTRL-N or CTRL-P move to the first match. */
|
|
|
4330 advance = count != 1 || !allow_get_expansion || !compl_get_longest;
|
|
|
4331
|
|
874
|
4332 /* When restarting the search don't insert the first match either. */
|
|
|
4333 if (compl_restarting)
|
|
|
4334 {
|
|
|
4335 advance = FALSE;
|
|
|
4336 compl_restarting = FALSE;
|
|
|
4337 }
|
|
|
4338
|
|
610
|
4339 /* Repeat this for when <PageUp> or <PageDown> is typed. But don't wrap
|
|
|
4340 * around. */
|
|
|
4341 while (--todo >= 0)
|
|
|
4342 {
|
|
|
4343 if (compl_shows_dir == FORWARD && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL)
|
|
|
4344 {
|
|
|
4345 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next;
|
|
657
|
4346 found_end = (compl_first_match != NULL
|
|
|
4347 && (compl_shown_match->cp_next == compl_first_match
|
|
|
4348 || compl_shown_match == compl_first_match));
|
|
610
|
4349 }
|
|
|
4350 else if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD
|
|
|
4351 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL)
|
|
|
4352 {
|
|
657
|
4353 found_end = (compl_shown_match == compl_first_match);
|
|
610
|
4354 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev;
|
|
657
|
4355 found_end |= (compl_shown_match == compl_first_match);
|
|
7
|
4356 }
|
|
|
4357 else
|
|
610
|
4358 {
|
|
909
|
4359 if (!allow_get_expansion)
|
|
|
4360 {
|
|
|
4361 if (advance)
|
|
|
4362 {
|
|
|
4363 if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD)
|
|
|
4364 compl_pending -= todo + 1;
|
|
|
4365 else
|
|
|
4366 compl_pending += todo + 1;
|
|
|
4367 }
|
|
|
4368 return -1;
|
|
|
4369 }
|
|
|
4370
|
|
836
|
4371 if (advance)
|
|
|
4372 {
|
|
|
4373 if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD)
|
|
|
4374 --compl_pending;
|
|
|
4375 else
|
|
|
4376 ++compl_pending;
|
|
|
4377 }
|
|
657
|
4378
|
|
874
|
4379 /* Find matches. */
|
|
659
|
4380 num_matches = ins_compl_get_exp(&compl_startpos);
|
|
909
|
4381
|
|
|
4382 /* handle any pending completions */
|
|
|
4383 while (compl_pending != 0 && compl_direction == compl_shows_dir
|
|
836
|
4384 && advance)
|
|
909
|
4385 {
|
|
|
4386 if (compl_pending > 0 && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL)
|
|
|
4387 {
|
|
|
4388 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next;
|
|
|
4389 --compl_pending;
|
|
|
4390 }
|
|
|
4391 if (compl_pending < 0 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL)
|
|
|
4392 {
|
|
|
4393 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev;
|
|
|
4394 ++compl_pending;
|
|
|
4395 }
|
|
|
4396 else
|
|
|
4397 break;
|
|
|
4398 }
|
|
657
|
4399 found_end = FALSE;
|
|
|
4400 }
|
|
|
4401 if ((compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0
|
|
|
4402 && compl_leader != NULL
|
|
681
|
4403 && !ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match,
|
|
835
|
4404 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader)))
|
|
657
|
4405 ++todo;
|
|
|
4406 else
|
|
|
4407 /* Remember a matching item. */
|
|
|
4408 found_compl = compl_shown_match;
|
|
|
4409
|
|
|
4410 /* Stop at the end of the list when we found a usable match. */
|
|
|
4411 if (found_end)
|
|
|
4412 {
|
|
|
4413 if (found_compl != NULL)
|
|
610
|
4414 {
|
|
657
|
4415 compl_shown_match = found_compl;
|
|
|
4416 break;
|
|
610
|
4417 }
|
|
657
|
4418 todo = 1; /* use first usable match after wrapping around */
|
|
610
|
4419 }
|
|
7
|
4420 }
|
|
|
4421
|
|
665
|
4422 /* Insert the text of the new completion, or the compl_leader. */
|
|
|
4423 if (insert_match)
|
|
|
4424 {
|
|
|
4425 if (!compl_get_longest || compl_used_match)
|
|
|
4426 ins_compl_insert();
|
|
|
4427 else
|
|
|
4428 ins_bytes(compl_leader + curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col);
|
|
|
4429 }
|
|
|
4430 else
|
|
|
4431 compl_used_match = FALSE;
|
|
7
|
4432
|
|
|
4433 if (!allow_get_expansion)
|
|
|
4434 {
|
|
540
|
4435 /* may undisplay the popup menu first */
|
|
|
4436 ins_compl_upd_pum();
|
|
|
4437
|
|
665
|
4438 /* redraw to show the user what was inserted */
|
|
|
4439 update_screen(0);
|
|
|
4440
|
|
540
|
4441 /* display the updated popup menu */
|
|
|
4442 ins_compl_show_pum();
|
|
864
|
4443 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
4444 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
4445 {
|
|
|
4446 /* Show the cursor after the match, not after the redrawn text. */
|
|
|
4447 setcursor();
|
|
|
4448 out_flush();
|
|
|
4449 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
|
4450 }
|
|
|
4451 #endif
|
|
540
|
4452
|
|
7
|
4453 /* Delete old text to be replaced, since we're still searching and
|
|
|
4454 * don't want to match ourselves! */
|
|
|
4455 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
|
4456 }
|
|
|
4457
|
|
825
|
4458 /* Enter will select a match when the match wasn't inserted and the popup
|
|
1219
|
4459 * menu is visible. */
|
|
825
|
4460 compl_enter_selects = !insert_match && compl_match_array != NULL;
|
|
|
4461
|
|
7
|
4462 /*
|
|
|
4463 * Show the file name for the match (if any)
|
|
|
4464 * Truncate the file name to avoid a wait for return.
|
|
|
4465 */
|
|
464
|
4466 if (compl_shown_match->cp_fname != NULL)
|
|
7
|
4467 {
|
|
|
4468 STRCPY(IObuff, "match in file ");
|
|
464
|
4469 i = (vim_strsize(compl_shown_match->cp_fname) + 16) - sc_col;
|
|
7
|
4470 if (i <= 0)
|
|
|
4471 i = 0;
|
|
|
4472 else
|
|
|
4473 STRCAT(IObuff, "<");
|
|
464
|
4474 STRCAT(IObuff, compl_shown_match->cp_fname + i);
|
|
7
|
4475 msg(IObuff);
|
|
|
4476 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; /* don't overwrite! */
|
|
|
4477 }
|
|
|
4478
|
|
|
4479 return num_matches;
|
|
|
4480 }
|
|
|
4481
|
|
|
4482 /*
|
|
|
4483 * Call this while finding completions, to check whether the user has hit a key
|
|
|
4484 * that should change the currently displayed completion, or exit completion
|
|
716
|
4485 * mode. Also, when compl_pending is not zero, show a completion as soon as
|
|
7
|
4486 * possible. -- webb
|
|
464
|
4487 * "frequency" specifies out of how many calls we actually check.
|
|
7
|
4488 */
|
|
|
4489 void
|
|
464
|
4490 ins_compl_check_keys(frequency)
|
|
|
4491 int frequency;
|
|
7
|
4492 {
|
|
|
4493 static int count = 0;
|
|
|
4494
|
|
|
4495 int c;
|
|
|
4496
|
|
|
4497 /* Don't check when reading keys from a script. That would break the test
|
|
|
4498 * scripts */
|
|
|
4499 if (using_script())
|
|
|
4500 return;
|
|
|
4501
|
|
|
4502 /* Only do this at regular intervals */
|
|
464
|
4503 if (++count < frequency)
|
|
7
|
4504 return;
|
|
|
4505 count = 0;
|
|
|
4506
|
|
909
|
4507 /* Check for a typed key. Do use mappings, otherwise vim_is_ctrl_x_key()
|
|
|
4508 * can't do its work correctly. */
|
|
7
|
4509 c = vpeekc_any();
|
|
|
4510 if (c != NUL)
|
|
|
4511 {
|
|
|
4512 if (vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c) && c != Ctrl_X && c != Ctrl_R)
|
|
|
4513 {
|
|
|
4514 c = safe_vgetc(); /* Eat the character */
|
|
610
|
4515 compl_shows_dir = ins_compl_key2dir(c);
|
|
665
|
4516 (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE, ins_compl_key2count(c),
|
|
|
4517 c != K_UP && c != K_DOWN);
|
|
7
|
4518 }
|
|
909
|
4519 else
|
|
|
4520 {
|
|
|
4521 /* Need to get the character to have KeyTyped set. We'll put it
|
|
1526
|
4522 * back with vungetc() below. But skip K_IGNORE. */
|
|
909
|
4523 c = safe_vgetc();
|
|
1526
|
4524 if (c != K_IGNORE)
|
|
|
4525 {
|
|
|
4526 /* Don't interrupt completion when the character wasn't typed,
|
|
|
4527 * e.g., when doing @q to replay keys. */
|
|
|
4528 if (c != Ctrl_R && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
4529 compl_interrupted = TRUE;
|
|
|
4530
|
|
|
4531 vungetc(c);
|
|
|
4532 }
|
|
909
|
4533 }
|
|
449
|
4534 }
|
|
716
|
4535 if (compl_pending != 0 && !got_int)
|
|
909
|
4536 {
|
|
|
4537 int todo = compl_pending > 0 ? compl_pending : -compl_pending;
|
|
|
4538
|
|
|
4539 compl_pending = 0;
|
|
|
4540 (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE, todo, TRUE);
|
|
|
4541 }
|
|
610
|
4542 }
|
|
|
4543
|
|
|
4544 /*
|
|
|
4545 * Decide the direction of Insert mode complete from the key typed.
|
|
|
4546 * Returns BACKWARD or FORWARD.
|
|
|
4547 */
|
|
|
4548 static int
|
|
|
4549 ins_compl_key2dir(c)
|
|
|
4550 int c;
|
|
|
4551 {
|
|
665
|
4552 if (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_L
|
|
|
4553 || (pum_visible() && (c == K_PAGEUP || c == K_KPAGEUP
|
|
|
4554 || c == K_S_UP || c == K_UP)))
|
|
610
|
4555 return BACKWARD;
|
|
|
4556 return FORWARD;
|
|
|
4557 }
|
|
|
4558
|
|
|
4559 /*
|
|
644
|
4560 * Return TRUE for keys that are used for completion only when the popup menu
|
|
|
4561 * is visible.
|
|
|
4562 */
|
|
|
4563 static int
|
|
|
4564 ins_compl_pum_key(c)
|
|
|
4565 int c;
|
|
|
4566 {
|
|
|
4567 return pum_visible() && (c == K_PAGEUP || c == K_KPAGEUP || c == K_S_UP
|
|
665
|
4568 || c == K_PAGEDOWN || c == K_KPAGEDOWN || c == K_S_DOWN
|
|
|
4569 || c == K_UP || c == K_DOWN);
|
|
644
|
4570 }
|
|
|
4571
|
|
|
4572 /*
|
|
610
|
4573 * Decide the number of completions to move forward.
|
|
|
4574 * Returns 1 for most keys, height of the popup menu for page-up/down keys.
|
|
|
4575 */
|
|
|
4576 static int
|
|
|
4577 ins_compl_key2count(c)
|
|
|
4578 int c;
|
|
|
4579 {
|
|
|
4580 int h;
|
|
|
4581
|
|
665
|
4582 if (ins_compl_pum_key(c) && c != K_UP && c != K_DOWN)
|
|
610
|
4583 {
|
|
|
4584 h = pum_get_height();
|
|
|
4585 if (h > 3)
|
|
|
4586 h -= 2; /* keep some context */
|
|
|
4587 return h;
|
|
|
4588 }
|
|
|
4589 return 1;
|
|
7
|
4590 }
|
|
|
4591
|
|
|
4592 /*
|
|
681
|
4593 * Return TRUE if completion with "c" should insert the match, FALSE if only
|
|
|
4594 * to change the currently selected completion.
|
|
|
4595 */
|
|
|
4596 static int
|
|
|
4597 ins_compl_use_match(c)
|
|
|
4598 int c;
|
|
|
4599 {
|
|
|
4600 switch (c)
|
|
|
4601 {
|
|
|
4602 case K_UP:
|
|
|
4603 case K_DOWN:
|
|
|
4604 case K_PAGEDOWN:
|
|
|
4605 case K_KPAGEDOWN:
|
|
|
4606 case K_S_DOWN:
|
|
|
4607 case K_PAGEUP:
|
|
|
4608 case K_KPAGEUP:
|
|
|
4609 case K_S_UP:
|
|
|
4610 return FALSE;
|
|
|
4611 }
|
|
|
4612 return TRUE;
|
|
|
4613 }
|
|
|
4614
|
|
|
4615 /*
|
|
7
|
4616 * Do Insert mode completion.
|
|
|
4617 * Called when character "c" was typed, which has a meaning for completion.
|
|
|
4618 * Returns OK if completion was done, FAIL if something failed (out of mem).
|
|
|
4619 */
|
|
|
4620 static int
|
|
|
4621 ins_complete(c)
|
|
449
|
4622 int c;
|
|
7
|
4623 {
|
|
449
|
4624 char_u *line;
|
|
|
4625 int startcol = 0; /* column where searched text starts */
|
|
|
4626 colnr_T curs_col; /* cursor column */
|
|
|
4627 int n;
|
|
7
|
4628
|
|
610
|
4629 compl_direction = ins_compl_key2dir(c);
|
|
449
|
4630 if (!compl_started)
|
|
7
|
4631 {
|
|
|
4632 /* First time we hit ^N or ^P (in a row, I mean) */
|
|
|
4633
|
|
|
4634 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
4635 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
4636 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
4637 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
4638 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
4639 #endif
|
|
|
4640 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
4641 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4642
|
|
|
4643 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
|
|
449
|
4644 curs_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
716
|
4645 compl_pending = 0;
|
|
7
|
4646
|
|
1430
|
4647 /* If this same ctrl_x_mode has been interrupted use the text from
|
|
449
|
4648 * "compl_startpos" to the cursor as a pattern to add a new word
|
|
|
4649 * instead of expand the one before the cursor, in word-wise if
|
|
1430
|
4650 * "compl_startpos" is not in the same line as the cursor then fix it
|
|
|
4651 * (the line has been split because it was longer than 'tw'). if SOL
|
|
|
4652 * is set then skip the previous pattern, a word at the beginning of
|
|
|
4653 * the line has been inserted, we'll look for that -- Acevedo. */
|
|
665
|
4654 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_INTRPT) == CONT_INTRPT
|
|
|
4655 && compl_cont_mode == ctrl_x_mode)
|
|
7
|
4656 {
|
|
|
4657 /*
|
|
|
4658 * it is a continued search
|
|
|
4659 */
|
|
449
|
4660 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_INTRPT; /* remove INTRPT */
|
|
7
|
4661 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS
|
|
|
4662 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)
|
|
|
4663 {
|
|
449
|
4664 if (compl_startpos.lnum != curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
|
|
7
|
4665 {
|
|
449
|
4666 /* line (probably) wrapped, set compl_startpos to the
|
|
|
4667 * first non_blank in the line, if it is not a wordchar
|
|
|
4668 * include it to get a better pattern, but then we don't
|
|
|
4669 * want the "\\<" prefix, check it bellow */
|
|
|
4670 compl_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(line) - line);
|
|
|
4671 compl_startpos.col = compl_col;
|
|
|
4672 compl_startpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
4673 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_SOL; /* clear SOL if present */
|
|
7
|
4674 }
|
|
|
4675 else
|
|
|
4676 {
|
|
|
4677 /* S_IPOS was set when we inserted a word that was at the
|
|
|
4678 * beginning of the line, which means that we'll go to SOL
|
|
449
|
4679 * mode but first we need to redefine compl_startpos */
|
|
|
4680 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_S_IPOS)
|
|
7
|
4681 {
|
|
449
|
4682 compl_cont_status |= CONT_SOL;
|
|
|
4683 compl_startpos.col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(
|
|
|
4684 line + compl_length
|
|
|
4685 + compl_startpos.col) - line);
|
|
7
|
4686 }
|
|
449
|
4687 compl_col = compl_startpos.col;
|
|
7
|
4688 }
|
|
449
|
4689 compl_length = curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)compl_col;
|
|
502
|
4690 /* IObuff is used to add a "word from the next line" would we
|
|
7
|
4691 * have enough space? just being paranoic */
|
|
|
4692 #define MIN_SPACE 75
|
|
449
|
4693 if (compl_length > (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE))
|
|
7
|
4694 {
|
|
449
|
4695 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_SOL;
|
|
|
4696 compl_length = (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE);
|
|
|
4697 compl_col = curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_length;
|
|
7
|
4698 }
|
|
449
|
4699 compl_cont_status |= CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS;
|
|
|
4700 if (compl_length < 1)
|
|
|
4701 compl_cont_status &= CONT_LOCAL;
|
|
7
|
4702 }
|
|
|
4703 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
449
|
4704 compl_cont_status = CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS;
|
|
7
|
4705 else
|
|
449
|
4706 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
7
|
4707 }
|
|
|
4708 else
|
|
449
|
4709 compl_cont_status &= CONT_LOCAL;
|
|
|
4710
|
|
|
4711 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)) /* normal expansion */
|
|
|
4712 {
|
|
|
4713 compl_cont_mode = ctrl_x_mode;
|
|
7
|
4714 if (ctrl_x_mode != 0) /* Remove LOCAL if ctrl_x_mode != 0 */
|
|
449
|
4715 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
|
4716 compl_cont_status |= CONT_N_ADDS;
|
|
|
4717 compl_startpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
4718 startcol = (int)curs_col;
|
|
|
4719 compl_col = 0;
|
|
7
|
4720 }
|
|
|
4721
|
|
|
4722 /* Work out completion pattern and original text -- webb */
|
|
|
4723 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT))
|
|
|
4724 {
|
|
449
|
4725 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL)
|
|
7
|
4726 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)
|
|
|
4727 {
|
|
449
|
4728 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING))
|
|
7
|
4729 {
|
|
449
|
4730 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_isIDc(line[startcol]))
|
|
7
|
4731 ;
|
|
449
|
4732 compl_col += ++startcol;
|
|
|
4733 compl_length = curs_col - startcol;
|
|
7
|
4734 }
|
|
|
4735 if (p_ic)
|
|
449
|
4736 compl_pattern = str_foldcase(line + compl_col,
|
|
|
4737 compl_length, NULL, 0);
|
|
7
|
4738 else
|
|
449
|
4739 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col,
|
|
|
4740 compl_length);
|
|
|
4741 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
4742 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4743 }
|
|
449
|
4744 else if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
7
|
4745 {
|
|
|
4746 char_u *prefix = (char_u *)"\\<";
|
|
|
4747
|
|
|
4748 /* we need 3 extra chars, 1 for the NUL and
|
|
|
4749 * 2 >= strlen(prefix) -- Acevedo */
|
|
449
|
4750 compl_pattern = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, line + compl_col,
|
|
|
4751 compl_length) + 3);
|
|
|
4752 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
4753 return FAIL;
|
|
449
|
4754 if (!vim_iswordp(line + compl_col)
|
|
|
4755 || (compl_col > 0
|
|
7
|
4756 && (
|
|
|
4757 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
449
|
4758 vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, line + compl_col))
|
|
7
|
4759 #else
|
|
449
|
4760 vim_iswordc(line[compl_col - 1])
|
|
7
|
4761 #endif
|
|
|
4762 )))
|
|
|
4763 prefix = (char_u *)"";
|
|
449
|
4764 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, prefix);
|
|
|
4765 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + STRLEN(prefix),
|
|
|
4766 line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
7
|
4767 }
|
|
449
|
4768 else if (--startcol < 0 ||
|
|
7
|
4769 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
449
|
4770 !vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, line + startcol + 1))
|
|
7
|
4771 #else
|
|
449
|
4772 !vim_iswordc(line[startcol])
|
|
7
|
4773 #endif
|
|
|
4774 )
|
|
|
4775 {
|
|
|
4776 /* Match any word of at least two chars */
|
|
449
|
4777 compl_pattern = vim_strsave((char_u *)"\\<\\k\\k");
|
|
|
4778 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
4779 return FAIL;
|
|
449
|
4780 compl_col += curs_col;
|
|
|
4781 compl_length = 0;
|
|
7
|
4782 }
|
|
|
4783 else
|
|
|
4784 {
|
|
|
4785 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4786 /* Search the point of change class of multibyte character
|
|
|
4787 * or not a word single byte character backward. */
|
|
|
4788 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
4789 {
|
|
|
4790 int base_class;
|
|
|
4791 int head_off;
|
|
|
4792
|
|
449
|
4793 startcol -= (*mb_head_off)(line, line + startcol);
|
|
|
4794 base_class = mb_get_class(line + startcol);
|
|
|
4795 while (--startcol >= 0)
|
|
7
|
4796 {
|
|
449
|
4797 head_off = (*mb_head_off)(line, line + startcol);
|
|
|
4798 if (base_class != mb_get_class(line + startcol
|
|
|
4799 - head_off))
|
|
7
|
4800 break;
|
|
449
|
4801 startcol -= head_off;
|
|
7
|
4802 }
|
|
|
4803 }
|
|
|
4804 else
|
|
|
4805 #endif
|
|
449
|
4806 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_iswordc(line[startcol]))
|
|
7
|
4807 ;
|
|
449
|
4808 compl_col += ++startcol;
|
|
|
4809 compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol;
|
|
|
4810 if (compl_length == 1)
|
|
7
|
4811 {
|
|
|
4812 /* Only match word with at least two chars -- webb
|
|
|
4813 * there's no need to call quote_meta,
|
|
|
4814 * alloc(7) is enough -- Acevedo
|
|
|
4815 */
|
|
449
|
4816 compl_pattern = alloc(7);
|
|
|
4817 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
4818 return FAIL;
|
|
449
|
4819 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, "\\<");
|
|
|
4820 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + 2, line + compl_col, 1);
|
|
|
4821 STRCAT((char *)compl_pattern, "\\k");
|
|
7
|
4822 }
|
|
|
4823 else
|
|
|
4824 {
|
|
449
|
4825 compl_pattern = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, line + compl_col,
|
|
|
4826 compl_length) + 3);
|
|
|
4827 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
4828 return FAIL;
|
|
449
|
4829 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, "\\<");
|
|
|
4830 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + 2, line + compl_col,
|
|
|
4831 compl_length);
|
|
7
|
4832 }
|
|
|
4833 }
|
|
|
4834 }
|
|
|
4835 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
4836 {
|
|
835
|
4837 compl_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(line) - line);
|
|
449
|
4838 compl_length = (int)curs_col - (int)compl_col;
|
|
|
4839 if (compl_length < 0) /* cursor in indent: empty pattern */
|
|
|
4840 compl_length = 0;
|
|
7
|
4841 if (p_ic)
|
|
449
|
4842 compl_pattern = str_foldcase(line + compl_col, compl_length,
|
|
|
4843 NULL, 0);
|
|
7
|
4844 else
|
|
449
|
4845 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
|
4846 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
4847 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4848 }
|
|
|
4849 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FILES)
|
|
|
4850 {
|
|
449
|
4851 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_isfilec(line[startcol]))
|
|
7
|
4852 ;
|
|
449
|
4853 compl_col += ++startcol;
|
|
|
4854 compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol;
|
|
|
4855 compl_pattern = addstar(line + compl_col, compl_length,
|
|
|
4856 EXPAND_FILES);
|
|
|
4857 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
4858 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4859 }
|
|
|
4860 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE)
|
|
|
4861 {
|
|
449
|
4862 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line, curs_col);
|
|
|
4863 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
4864 return FAIL;
|
|
449
|
4865 set_cmd_context(&compl_xp, compl_pattern,
|
|
|
4866 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), curs_col);
|
|
|
4867 if (compl_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_UNSUCCESSFUL
|
|
|
4868 || compl_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_NOTHING)
|
|
935
|
4869 /* No completion possible, use an empty pattern to get a
|
|
|
4870 * "pattern not found" message. */
|
|
897
|
4871 compl_col = curs_col;
|
|
|
4872 else
|
|
935
|
4873 compl_col = (int)(compl_xp.xp_pattern - compl_pattern);
|
|
|
4874 compl_length = curs_col - compl_col;
|
|
7
|
4875 }
|
|
523
|
4876 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI)
|
|
502
|
4877 {
|
|
12
|
4878 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
|
4879 /*
|
|
502
|
4880 * Call user defined function 'completefunc' with "a:findstart"
|
|
|
4881 * set to 1 to obtain the length of text to use for completion.
|
|
12
|
4882 */
|
|
502
|
4883 char_u *args[2];
|
|
452
|
4884 int col;
|
|
502
|
4885 char_u *funcname;
|
|
|
4886 pos_T pos;
|
|
|
4887
|
|
523
|
4888 /* Call 'completefunc' or 'omnifunc' and get pattern length as a
|
|
502
|
4889 * string */
|
|
|
4890 funcname = ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION
|
|
|
4891 ? curbuf->b_p_cfu : curbuf->b_p_ofu;
|
|
|
4892 if (*funcname == NUL)
|
|
523
|
4893 {
|
|
|
4894 EMSG2(_(e_notset), ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION
|
|
|
4895 ? "completefunc" : "omnifunc");
|
|
12
|
4896 return FAIL;
|
|
523
|
4897 }
|
|
452
|
4898
|
|
|
4899 args[0] = (char_u *)"1";
|
|
502
|
4900 args[1] = NULL;
|
|
|
4901 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
4902 col = call_func_retnr(funcname, 2, args, FALSE);
|
|
|
4903 curwin->w_cursor = pos; /* restore the cursor position */
|
|
|
4904
|
|
452
|
4905 if (col < 0)
|
|
523
|
4906 col = curs_col;
|
|
452
|
4907 compl_col = col;
|
|
|
4908 if ((colnr_T)compl_col > curs_col)
|
|
|
4909 compl_col = curs_col;
|
|
449
|
4910
|
|
|
4911 /* Setup variables for completion. Need to obtain "line" again,
|
|
|
4912 * it may have become invalid. */
|
|
|
4913 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
|
|
452
|
4914 compl_length = curs_col - compl_col;
|
|
449
|
4915 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
|
4916 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
502
|
4917 #endif
|
|
449
|
4918 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4919 }
|
|
477
|
4920 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SPELL)
|
|
|
4921 {
|
|
744
|
4922 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
|
|
497
|
4923 if (spell_bad_len > 0)
|
|
|
4924 compl_col = curs_col - spell_bad_len;
|
|
|
4925 else
|
|
|
4926 compl_col = spell_word_start(startcol);
|
|
|
4927 if (compl_col >= (colnr_T)startcol)
|
|
897
|
4928 {
|
|
|
4929 compl_length = 0;
|
|
|
4930 compl_col = curs_col;
|
|
|
4931 }
|
|
|
4932 else
|
|
|
4933 {
|
|
|
4934 spell_expand_check_cap(compl_col);
|
|
|
4935 compl_length = (int)curs_col - compl_col;
|
|
|
4936 }
|
|
818
|
4937 /* Need to obtain "line" again, it may have become invalid. */
|
|
|
4938 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
|
|
477
|
4939 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
|
4940 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
|
4941 #endif
|
|
|
4942 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4943 }
|
|
449
|
4944 else
|
|
|
4945 {
|
|
|
4946 EMSG2(_(e_intern2), "ins_complete()");
|
|
|
4947 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4948 }
|
|
|
4949
|
|
|
4950 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
7
|
4951 {
|
|
|
4952 edit_submode_pre = (char_u *)_(" Adding");
|
|
|
4953 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
4954 {
|
|
|
4955 /* Insert a new line, keep indentation but ignore 'comments' */
|
|
|
4956 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4957 char_u *old = curbuf->b_p_com;
|
|
|
4958
|
|
|
4959 curbuf->b_p_com = (char_u *)"";
|
|
|
4960 #endif
|
|
449
|
4961 compl_startpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
4962 compl_startpos.col = compl_col;
|
|
7
|
4963 ins_eol('\r');
|
|
|
4964 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
4965 curbuf->b_p_com = old;
|
|
|
4966 #endif
|
|
449
|
4967 compl_length = 0;
|
|
|
4968 compl_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
7
|
4969 }
|
|
|
4970 }
|
|
|
4971 else
|
|
|
4972 {
|
|
|
4973 edit_submode_pre = NULL;
|
|
449
|
4974 compl_startpos.col = compl_col;
|
|
|
4975 }
|
|
|
4976
|
|
|
4977 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL)
|
|
|
4978 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(ctrl_x_msgs[CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG]);
|
|
7
|
4979 else
|
|
|
4980 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode));
|
|
|
4981
|
|
694
|
4982 /* Always add completion for the original text. */
|
|
|
4983 vim_free(compl_orig_text);
|
|
449
|
4984 compl_orig_text = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
|
4985 if (compl_orig_text == NULL || ins_compl_add(compl_orig_text,
|
|
942
|
4986 -1, p_ic, NULL, NULL, 0, ORIGINAL_TEXT, FALSE) != OK)
|
|
449
|
4987 {
|
|
|
4988 vim_free(compl_pattern);
|
|
|
4989 compl_pattern = NULL;
|
|
|
4990 vim_free(compl_orig_text);
|
|
|
4991 compl_orig_text = NULL;
|
|
7
|
4992 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4993 }
|
|
|
4994
|
|
|
4995 /* showmode might reset the internal line pointers, so it must
|
|
|
4996 * be called before line = ml_get(), or when this address is no
|
|
|
4997 * longer needed. -- Acevedo.
|
|
|
4998 */
|
|
|
4999 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("-- Searching...");
|
|
|
5000 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT;
|
|
|
5001 showmode();
|
|
|
5002 edit_submode_extra = NULL;
|
|
|
5003 out_flush();
|
|
|
5004 }
|
|
|
5005
|
|
449
|
5006 compl_shown_match = compl_curr_match;
|
|
|
5007 compl_shows_dir = compl_direction;
|
|
7
|
5008
|
|
|
5009 /*
|
|
665
|
5010 * Find next match (and following matches).
|
|
7
|
5011 */
|
|
681
|
5012 n = ins_compl_next(TRUE, ins_compl_key2count(c), ins_compl_use_match(c));
|
|
449
|
5013
|
|
540
|
5014 /* may undisplay the popup menu */
|
|
|
5015 ins_compl_upd_pum();
|
|
|
5016
|
|
449
|
5017 if (n > 1) /* all matches have been found */
|
|
|
5018 compl_matches = n;
|
|
|
5019 compl_curr_match = compl_shown_match;
|
|
|
5020 compl_direction = compl_shows_dir;
|
|
857
|
5021
|
|
|
5022 /* Eat the ESC that vgetc() returns after a CTRL-C to avoid leaving Insert
|
|
|
5023 * mode. */
|
|
7
|
5024 if (got_int && !global_busy)
|
|
|
5025 {
|
|
|
5026 (void)vgetc();
|
|
|
5027 got_int = FALSE;
|
|
|
5028 }
|
|
|
5029
|
|
449
|
5030 /* we found no match if the list has only the "compl_orig_text"-entry */
|
|
464
|
5031 if (compl_first_match == compl_first_match->cp_next)
|
|
449
|
5032 {
|
|
|
5033 edit_submode_extra = (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
|
5034 && compl_length > 1
|
|
7
|
5035 ? (char_u *)_(e_hitend) : (char_u *)_(e_patnotf);
|
|
|
5036 edit_submode_highl = HLF_E;
|
|
|
5037 /* remove N_ADDS flag, so next ^X<> won't try to go to ADDING mode,
|
|
|
5038 * because we couldn't expand anything at first place, but if we used
|
|
|
5039 * ^P, ^N, ^X^I or ^X^D we might want to add-expand a single-char-word
|
|
|
5040 * (such as M in M'exico) if not tried already. -- Acevedo */
|
|
449
|
5041 if ( compl_length > 1
|
|
|
5042 || (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
7
|
5043 || (ctrl_x_mode != 0
|
|
|
5044 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS
|
|
|
5045 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES))
|
|
449
|
5046 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_N_ADDS;
|
|
|
5047 }
|
|
|
5048
|
|
464
|
5049 if (compl_curr_match->cp_flags & CONT_S_IPOS)
|
|
449
|
5050 compl_cont_status |= CONT_S_IPOS;
|
|
7
|
5051 else
|
|
449
|
5052 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_S_IPOS;
|
|
7
|
5053
|
|
|
5054 if (edit_submode_extra == NULL)
|
|
|
5055 {
|
|
464
|
5056 if (compl_curr_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
|
|
7
|
5057 {
|
|
|
5058 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Back at original");
|
|
|
5059 edit_submode_highl = HLF_W;
|
|
|
5060 }
|
|
449
|
5061 else if (compl_cont_status & CONT_S_IPOS)
|
|
7
|
5062 {
|
|
|
5063 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Word from other line");
|
|
|
5064 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT;
|
|
|
5065 }
|
|
464
|
5066 else if (compl_curr_match->cp_next == compl_curr_match->cp_prev)
|
|
7
|
5067 {
|
|
|
5068 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("The only match");
|
|
|
5069 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT;
|
|
|
5070 }
|
|
|
5071 else
|
|
|
5072 {
|
|
|
5073 /* Update completion sequence number when needed. */
|
|
464
|
5074 if (compl_curr_match->cp_number == -1)
|
|
7
|
5075 {
|
|
464
|
5076 int number = 0;
|
|
|
5077 compl_T *match;
|
|
7
|
5078
|
|
449
|
5079 if (compl_direction == FORWARD)
|
|
7
|
5080 {
|
|
|
5081 /* search backwards for the first valid (!= -1) number.
|
|
|
5082 * This should normally succeed already at the first loop
|
|
|
5083 * cycle, so it's fast! */
|
|
464
|
5084 for (match = compl_curr_match->cp_prev; match != NULL
|
|
|
5085 && match != compl_first_match;
|
|
|
5086 match = match->cp_prev)
|
|
|
5087 if (match->cp_number != -1)
|
|
7
|
5088 {
|
|
464
|
5089 number = match->cp_number;
|
|
7
|
5090 break;
|
|
|
5091 }
|
|
|
5092 if (match != NULL)
|
|
|
5093 /* go up and assign all numbers which are not assigned
|
|
|
5094 * yet */
|
|
540
|
5095 for (match = match->cp_next;
|
|
|
5096 match != NULL && match->cp_number == -1;
|
|
464
|
5097 match = match->cp_next)
|
|
|
5098 match->cp_number = ++number;
|
|
7
|
5099 }
|
|
|
5100 else /* BACKWARD */
|
|
|
5101 {
|
|
|
5102 /* search forwards (upwards) for the first valid (!= -1)
|
|
|
5103 * number. This should normally succeed already at the
|
|
|
5104 * first loop cycle, so it's fast! */
|
|
464
|
5105 for (match = compl_curr_match->cp_next; match != NULL
|
|
|
5106 && match != compl_first_match;
|
|
|
5107 match = match->cp_next)
|
|
|
5108 if (match->cp_number != -1)
|
|
7
|
5109 {
|
|
464
|
5110 number = match->cp_number;
|
|
7
|
5111 break;
|
|
|
5112 }
|
|
|
5113 if (match != NULL)
|
|
|
5114 /* go down and assign all numbers which are not
|
|
|
5115 * assigned yet */
|
|
464
|
5116 for (match = match->cp_prev; match
|
|
|
5117 && match->cp_number == -1;
|
|
|
5118 match = match->cp_prev)
|
|
|
5119 match->cp_number = ++number;
|
|
7
|
5120 }
|
|
|
5121 }
|
|
|
5122
|
|
540
|
5123 /* The match should always have a sequence number now, this is
|
|
|
5124 * just a safety check. */
|
|
464
|
5125 if (compl_curr_match->cp_number != -1)
|
|
7
|
5126 {
|
|
1063
|
5127 /* Space for 10 text chars. + 2x10-digit no.s = 31.
|
|
|
5128 * Translations may need more than twice that. */
|
|
|
5129 static char_u match_ref[81];
|
|
7
|
5130
|
|
449
|
5131 if (compl_matches > 0)
|
|
1063
|
5132 vim_snprintf((char *)match_ref, sizeof(match_ref),
|
|
|
5133 _("match %d of %d"),
|
|
464
|
5134 compl_curr_match->cp_number, compl_matches);
|
|
7
|
5135 else
|
|
1063
|
5136 vim_snprintf((char *)match_ref, sizeof(match_ref),
|
|
|
5137 _("match %d"),
|
|
|
5138 compl_curr_match->cp_number);
|
|
7
|
5139 edit_submode_extra = match_ref;
|
|
|
5140 edit_submode_highl = HLF_R;
|
|
|
5141 if (dollar_vcol)
|
|
|
5142 curs_columns(FALSE);
|
|
|
5143 }
|
|
|
5144 }
|
|
|
5145 }
|
|
|
5146
|
|
|
5147 /* Show a message about what (completion) mode we're in. */
|
|
|
5148 showmode();
|
|
|
5149 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL)
|
|
|
5150 {
|
|
|
5151 if (!p_smd)
|
|
|
5152 msg_attr(edit_submode_extra,
|
|
|
5153 edit_submode_highl < HLF_COUNT
|
|
|
5154 ? hl_attr(edit_submode_highl) : 0);
|
|
|
5155 }
|
|
|
5156 else
|
|
|
5157 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* necessary for "noshowmode" */
|
|
|
5158
|
|
857
|
5159 /* Show the popup menu, unless we got interrupted. */
|
|
|
5160 if (!compl_interrupted)
|
|
|
5161 {
|
|
|
5162 /* RedrawingDisabled may be set when invoked through complete(). */
|
|
|
5163 n = RedrawingDisabled;
|
|
|
5164 RedrawingDisabled = 0;
|
|
|
5165 ins_compl_show_pum();
|
|
|
5166 setcursor();
|
|
|
5167 RedrawingDisabled = n;
|
|
|
5168 }
|
|
874
|
5169 compl_was_interrupted = compl_interrupted;
|
|
857
|
5170 compl_interrupted = FALSE;
|
|
540
|
5171
|
|
7
|
5172 return OK;
|
|
|
5173 }
|
|
|
5174
|
|
|
5175 /*
|
|
|
5176 * Looks in the first "len" chars. of "src" for search-metachars.
|
|
|
5177 * If dest is not NULL the chars. are copied there quoting (with
|
|
|
5178 * a backslash) the metachars, and dest would be NUL terminated.
|
|
|
5179 * Returns the length (needed) of dest
|
|
|
5180 */
|
|
|
5181 static int
|
|
|
5182 quote_meta(dest, src, len)
|
|
|
5183 char_u *dest;
|
|
|
5184 char_u *src;
|
|
|
5185 int len;
|
|
|
5186 {
|
|
|
5187 int m;
|
|
|
5188
|
|
|
5189 for (m = len; --len >= 0; src++)
|
|
|
5190 {
|
|
|
5191 switch (*src)
|
|
|
5192 {
|
|
|
5193 case '.':
|
|
|
5194 case '*':
|
|
|
5195 case '[':
|
|
|
5196 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY
|
|
|
5197 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS)
|
|
|
5198 break;
|
|
|
5199 case '~':
|
|
|
5200 if (!p_magic) /* quote these only if magic is set */
|
|
|
5201 break;
|
|
|
5202 case '\\':
|
|
|
5203 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY
|
|
|
5204 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS)
|
|
|
5205 break;
|
|
|
5206 case '^': /* currently it's not needed. */
|
|
|
5207 case '$':
|
|
|
5208 m++;
|
|
|
5209 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
|
5210 *dest++ = '\\';
|
|
|
5211 break;
|
|
|
5212 }
|
|
|
5213 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
|
5214 *dest++ = *src;
|
|
464
|
5215 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
7
|
5216 /* Copy remaining bytes of a multibyte character. */
|
|
|
5217 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
5218 {
|
|
|
5219 int i, mb_len;
|
|
|
5220
|
|
474
|
5221 mb_len = (*mb_ptr2len)(src) - 1;
|
|
7
|
5222 if (mb_len > 0 && len >= mb_len)
|
|
|
5223 for (i = 0; i < mb_len; ++i)
|
|
|
5224 {
|
|
|
5225 --len;
|
|
|
5226 ++src;
|
|
|
5227 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
|
5228 *dest++ = *src;
|
|
|
5229 }
|
|
|
5230 }
|
|
464
|
5231 # endif
|
|
7
|
5232 }
|
|
|
5233 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
|
5234 *dest = NUL;
|
|
|
5235
|
|
|
5236 return m;
|
|
|
5237 }
|
|
|
5238 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */
|
|
|
5239
|
|
|
5240 /*
|
|
|
5241 * Next character is interpreted literally.
|
|
|
5242 * A one, two or three digit decimal number is interpreted as its byte value.
|
|
|
5243 * If one or two digits are entered, the next character is given to vungetc().
|
|
|
5244 * For Unicode a character > 255 may be returned.
|
|
|
5245 */
|
|
|
5246 int
|
|
|
5247 get_literal()
|
|
|
5248 {
|
|
|
5249 int cc;
|
|
|
5250 int nc;
|
|
|
5251 int i;
|
|
|
5252 int hex = FALSE;
|
|
|
5253 int octal = FALSE;
|
|
|
5254 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5255 int unicode = 0;
|
|
|
5256 #endif
|
|
|
5257
|
|
|
5258 if (got_int)
|
|
|
5259 return Ctrl_C;
|
|
|
5260
|
|
|
5261 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
5262 /*
|
|
|
5263 * In GUI there is no point inserting the internal code for a special key.
|
|
|
5264 * It is more useful to insert the string "<KEY>" instead. This would
|
|
|
5265 * probably be useful in a text window too, but it would not be
|
|
|
5266 * vi-compatible (maybe there should be an option for it?) -- webb
|
|
|
5267 */
|
|
|
5268 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
5269 ++allow_keys;
|
|
|
5270 #endif
|
|
|
5271 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
5272 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
|
|
|
5273 #endif
|
|
|
5274 ++no_mapping; /* don't map the next key hits */
|
|
|
5275 cc = 0;
|
|
|
5276 i = 0;
|
|
|
5277 for (;;)
|
|
|
5278 {
|
|
1389
|
5279 nc = plain_vgetc();
|
|
7
|
5280 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
5281 if (!(State & CMDLINE)
|
|
|
5282 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5283 && MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(nc) == 1
|
|
|
5284 # endif
|
|
|
5285 )
|
|
|
5286 add_to_showcmd(nc);
|
|
|
5287 #endif
|
|
|
5288 if (nc == 'x' || nc == 'X')
|
|
|
5289 hex = TRUE;
|
|
|
5290 else if (nc == 'o' || nc == 'O')
|
|
|
5291 octal = TRUE;
|
|
|
5292 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5293 else if (nc == 'u' || nc == 'U')
|
|
|
5294 unicode = nc;
|
|
|
5295 #endif
|
|
|
5296 else
|
|
|
5297 {
|
|
|
5298 if (hex
|
|
|
5299 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5300 || unicode != 0
|
|
|
5301 #endif
|
|
|
5302 )
|
|
|
5303 {
|
|
|
5304 if (!vim_isxdigit(nc))
|
|
|
5305 break;
|
|
|
5306 cc = cc * 16 + hex2nr(nc);
|
|
|
5307 }
|
|
|
5308 else if (octal)
|
|
|
5309 {
|
|
|
5310 if (nc < '0' || nc > '7')
|
|
|
5311 break;
|
|
|
5312 cc = cc * 8 + nc - '0';
|
|
|
5313 }
|
|
|
5314 else
|
|
|
5315 {
|
|
|
5316 if (!VIM_ISDIGIT(nc))
|
|
|
5317 break;
|
|
|
5318 cc = cc * 10 + nc - '0';
|
|
|
5319 }
|
|
|
5320
|
|
|
5321 ++i;
|
|
|
5322 }
|
|
|
5323
|
|
|
5324 if (cc > 255
|
|
|
5325 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5326 && unicode == 0
|
|
|
5327 #endif
|
|
|
5328 )
|
|
|
5329 cc = 255; /* limit range to 0-255 */
|
|
|
5330 nc = 0;
|
|
|
5331
|
|
|
5332 if (hex) /* hex: up to two chars */
|
|
|
5333 {
|
|
|
5334 if (i >= 2)
|
|
|
5335 break;
|
|
|
5336 }
|
|
|
5337 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5338 else if (unicode) /* Unicode: up to four or eight chars */
|
|
|
5339 {
|
|
|
5340 if ((unicode == 'u' && i >= 4) || (unicode == 'U' && i >= 8))
|
|
|
5341 break;
|
|
|
5342 }
|
|
|
5343 #endif
|
|
|
5344 else if (i >= 3) /* decimal or octal: up to three chars */
|
|
|
5345 break;
|
|
|
5346 }
|
|
|
5347 if (i == 0) /* no number entered */
|
|
|
5348 {
|
|
|
5349 if (nc == K_ZERO) /* NUL is stored as NL */
|
|
|
5350 {
|
|
|
5351 cc = '\n';
|
|
|
5352 nc = 0;
|
|
|
5353 }
|
|
|
5354 else
|
|
|
5355 {
|
|
|
5356 cc = nc;
|
|
|
5357 nc = 0;
|
|
|
5358 }
|
|
|
5359 }
|
|
|
5360
|
|
|
5361 if (cc == 0) /* NUL is stored as NL */
|
|
|
5362 cc = '\n';
|
|
221
|
5363 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5364 if (enc_dbcs && (cc & 0xff) == 0)
|
|
|
5365 cc = '?'; /* don't accept an illegal DBCS char, the NUL in the
|
|
|
5366 second byte will cause trouble! */
|
|
|
5367 #endif
|
|
7
|
5368
|
|
|
5369 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
5370 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
5371 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
5372 --allow_keys;
|
|
|
5373 #endif
|
|
|
5374 if (nc)
|
|
|
5375 vungetc(nc);
|
|
|
5376 got_int = FALSE; /* CTRL-C typed after CTRL-V is not an interrupt */
|
|
|
5377 return cc;
|
|
|
5378 }
|
|
|
5379
|
|
|
5380 /*
|
|
|
5381 * Insert character, taking care of special keys and mod_mask
|
|
|
5382 */
|
|
|
5383 static void
|
|
|
5384 insert_special(c, allow_modmask, ctrlv)
|
|
|
5385 int c;
|
|
|
5386 int allow_modmask;
|
|
|
5387 int ctrlv; /* c was typed after CTRL-V */
|
|
|
5388 {
|
|
|
5389 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5390 int len;
|
|
|
5391
|
|
|
5392 /*
|
|
|
5393 * Special function key, translate into "<Key>". Up to the last '>' is
|
|
|
5394 * inserted with ins_str(), so as not to replace characters in replace
|
|
|
5395 * mode.
|
|
|
5396 * Only use mod_mask for special keys, to avoid things like <S-Space>,
|
|
|
5397 * unless 'allow_modmask' is TRUE.
|
|
|
5398 */
|
|
|
5399 #ifdef MACOS
|
|
|
5400 /* Command-key never produces a normal key */
|
|
|
5401 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CMD)
|
|
|
5402 allow_modmask = TRUE;
|
|
|
5403 #endif
|
|
|
5404 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || (mod_mask && allow_modmask))
|
|
|
5405 {
|
|
|
5406 p = get_special_key_name(c, mod_mask);
|
|
|
5407 len = (int)STRLEN(p);
|
|
|
5408 c = p[len - 1];
|
|
|
5409 if (len > 2)
|
|
|
5410 {
|
|
|
5411 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
5412 return;
|
|
|
5413 p[len - 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
5414 ins_str(p);
|
|
620
|
5415 AppendToRedobuffLit(p, -1);
|
|
7
|
5416 ctrlv = FALSE;
|
|
|
5417 }
|
|
|
5418 }
|
|
|
5419 if (stop_arrow() == OK)
|
|
|
5420 insertchar(c, ctrlv ? INSCHAR_CTRLV : 0, -1);
|
|
|
5421 }
|
|
|
5422
|
|
|
5423 /*
|
|
|
5424 * Special characters in this context are those that need processing other
|
|
|
5425 * than the simple insertion that can be performed here. This includes ESC
|
|
|
5426 * which terminates the insert, and CR/NL which need special processing to
|
|
|
5427 * open up a new line. This routine tries to optimize insertions performed by
|
|
|
5428 * the "redo", "undo" or "put" commands, so it needs to know when it should
|
|
|
5429 * stop and defer processing to the "normal" mechanism.
|
|
|
5430 * '0' and '^' are special, because they can be followed by CTRL-D.
|
|
|
5431 */
|
|
|
5432 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
|
5433 # define ISSPECIAL(c) ((c) < ' ' || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^')
|
|
|
5434 #else
|
|
|
5435 # define ISSPECIAL(c) ((c) < ' ' || (c) >= DEL || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^')
|
|
|
5436 #endif
|
|
|
5437
|
|
|
5438 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5439 # define WHITECHAR(cc) (vim_iswhite(cc) && (!enc_utf8 || !utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor() + 1))))
|
|
|
5440 #else
|
|
|
5441 # define WHITECHAR(cc) vim_iswhite(cc)
|
|
|
5442 #endif
|
|
|
5443
|
|
|
5444 void
|
|
|
5445 insertchar(c, flags, second_indent)
|
|
|
5446 int c; /* character to insert or NUL */
|
|
|
5447 int flags; /* INSCHAR_FORMAT, etc. */
|
|
|
5448 int second_indent; /* indent for second line if >= 0 */
|
|
|
5449 {
|
|
|
5450 int textwidth;
|
|
|
5451 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
5452 char_u *p;
|
|
667
|
5453 #endif
|
|
7
|
5454 int fo_ins_blank;
|
|
|
5455
|
|
|
5456 textwidth = comp_textwidth(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT);
|
|
|
5457 fo_ins_blank = has_format_option(FO_INS_BLANK);
|
|
|
5458
|
|
|
5459 /*
|
|
|
5460 * Try to break the line in two or more pieces when:
|
|
|
5461 * - Always do this if we have been called to do formatting only.
|
|
|
5462 * - Always do this when 'formatoptions' has the 'a' flag and the line
|
|
|
5463 * ends in white space.
|
|
|
5464 * - Otherwise:
|
|
|
5465 * - Don't do this if inserting a blank
|
|
|
5466 * - Don't do this if an existing character is being replaced, unless
|
|
|
5467 * we're in VREPLACE mode.
|
|
|
5468 * - Do this if the cursor is not on the line where insert started
|
|
|
5469 * or - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'l' or the line was not too long
|
|
|
5470 * before the insert.
|
|
|
5471 * - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'b' or a blank was inserted at or
|
|
|
5472 * before 'textwidth'
|
|
|
5473 */
|
|
667
|
5474 if (textwidth > 0
|
|
7
|
5475 && ((flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT)
|
|
|
5476 || (!vim_iswhite(c)
|
|
|
5477 && !((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
5478 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
5479 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
5480 #endif
|
|
|
5481 && *ml_get_cursor() != NUL)
|
|
|
5482 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
5483 || ((!has_format_option(FO_INS_LONG)
|
|
|
5484 || Insstart_textlen <= (colnr_T)textwidth)
|
|
|
5485 && (!fo_ins_blank
|
|
|
5486 || Insstart_blank_vcol <= (colnr_T)textwidth
|
|
|
5487 ))))))
|
|
|
5488 {
|
|
667
|
5489 /* Format with 'formatexpr' when it's set. Use internal formatting
|
|
|
5490 * when 'formatexpr' isn't set or it returns non-zero. */
|
|
|
5491 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL)
|
|
1000
|
5492 int do_internal = TRUE;
|
|
|
5493
|
|
1563
|
5494 if (*curbuf->b_p_fex != NUL && (flags & INSCHAR_NO_FEX) == 0)
|
|
1000
|
5495 {
|
|
|
5496 do_internal = (fex_format(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 1L, c) != 0);
|
|
|
5497 /* It may be required to save for undo again, e.g. when setline()
|
|
|
5498 * was called. */
|
|
|
5499 ins_need_undo = TRUE;
|
|
|
5500 }
|
|
|
5501 if (do_internal)
|
|
667
|
5502 #endif
|
|
|
5503 internal_format(textwidth, second_indent, flags, c == NUL);
|
|
|
5504 }
|
|
|
5505
|
|
7
|
5506 if (c == NUL) /* only formatting was wanted */
|
|
|
5507 return;
|
|
|
5508
|
|
|
5509 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
5510 /* Check whether this character should end a comment. */
|
|
|
5511 if (did_ai && (int)c == end_comment_pending)
|
|
|
5512 {
|
|
|
5513 char_u *line;
|
|
|
5514 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */
|
|
|
5515 int middle_len, end_len;
|
|
|
5516 int i;
|
|
|
5517
|
|
|
5518 /*
|
|
|
5519 * Need to remove existing (middle) comment leader and insert end
|
|
|
5520 * comment leader. First, check what comment leader we can find.
|
|
|
5521 */
|
|
|
5522 i = get_leader_len(line = ml_get_curline(), &p, FALSE);
|
|
|
5523 if (i > 0 && vim_strchr(p, COM_MIDDLE) != NULL) /* Just checking */
|
|
|
5524 {
|
|
|
5525 /* Skip middle-comment string */
|
|
|
5526 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of middle flags */
|
|
|
5527 ++p;
|
|
|
5528 middle_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
|
|
|
5529 /* Don't count trailing white space for middle_len */
|
|
|
5530 while (middle_len > 0 && vim_iswhite(lead_end[middle_len - 1]))
|
|
|
5531 --middle_len;
|
|
|
5532
|
|
|
5533 /* Find the end-comment string */
|
|
|
5534 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of end flags */
|
|
|
5535 ++p;
|
|
|
5536 end_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
|
|
|
5537
|
|
|
5538 /* Skip white space before the cursor */
|
|
|
5539 i = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
5540 while (--i >= 0 && vim_iswhite(line[i]))
|
|
|
5541 ;
|
|
|
5542 i++;
|
|
|
5543
|
|
|
5544 /* Skip to before the middle leader */
|
|
|
5545 i -= middle_len;
|
|
|
5546
|
|
|
5547 /* Check some expected things before we go on */
|
|
|
5548 if (i >= 0 && lead_end[end_len - 1] == end_comment_pending)
|
|
|
5549 {
|
|
|
5550 /* Backspace over all the stuff we want to replace */
|
|
|
5551 backspace_until_column(i);
|
|
|
5552
|
|
|
5553 /*
|
|
|
5554 * Insert the end-comment string, except for the last
|
|
|
5555 * character, which will get inserted as normal later.
|
|
|
5556 */
|
|
|
5557 ins_bytes_len(lead_end, end_len - 1);
|
|
|
5558 }
|
|
|
5559 }
|
|
|
5560 }
|
|
|
5561 end_comment_pending = NUL;
|
|
|
5562 #endif
|
|
|
5563
|
|
|
5564 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
5565 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
5566 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
5567 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
5568 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
5569 #endif
|
|
|
5570
|
|
|
5571 /*
|
|
|
5572 * If there's any pending input, grab up to INPUT_BUFLEN at once.
|
|
|
5573 * This speeds up normal text input considerably.
|
|
|
5574 * Don't do this when 'cindent' or 'indentexpr' is set, because we might
|
|
|
5575 * need to re-indent at a ':', or any other character (but not what
|
|
|
5576 * 'paste' is set)..
|
|
|
5577 */
|
|
|
5578 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
5579 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */
|
|
|
5580 #endif
|
|
|
5581
|
|
|
5582 if ( !ISSPECIAL(c)
|
|
|
5583 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5584 && (!has_mbyte || (*mb_char2len)(c) == 1)
|
|
|
5585 #endif
|
|
|
5586 && vpeekc() != NUL
|
|
|
5587 && !(State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
5588 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
5589 && !cindent_on()
|
|
|
5590 #endif
|
|
|
5591 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
5592 && !p_ri
|
|
|
5593 #endif
|
|
|
5594 )
|
|
|
5595 {
|
|
|
5596 #define INPUT_BUFLEN 100
|
|
|
5597 char_u buf[INPUT_BUFLEN + 1];
|
|
|
5598 int i;
|
|
|
5599 colnr_T virtcol = 0;
|
|
|
5600
|
|
|
5601 buf[0] = c;
|
|
|
5602 i = 1;
|
|
667
|
5603 if (textwidth > 0)
|
|
7
|
5604 virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
|
|
|
5605 /*
|
|
|
5606 * Stop the string when:
|
|
|
5607 * - no more chars available
|
|
|
5608 * - finding a special character (command key)
|
|
|
5609 * - buffer is full
|
|
|
5610 * - running into the 'textwidth' boundary
|
|
|
5611 * - need to check for abbreviation: A non-word char after a word-char
|
|
|
5612 */
|
|
|
5613 while ( (c = vpeekc()) != NUL
|
|
|
5614 && !ISSPECIAL(c)
|
|
|
5615 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5616 && (!has_mbyte || MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(c) == 1)
|
|
|
5617 #endif
|
|
|
5618 && i < INPUT_BUFLEN
|
|
|
5619 && (textwidth == 0
|
|
|
5620 || (virtcol += byte2cells(buf[i - 1])) < (colnr_T)textwidth)
|
|
|
5621 && !(!no_abbr && !vim_iswordc(c) && vim_iswordc(buf[i - 1])))
|
|
|
5622 {
|
|
|
5623 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
5624 c = vgetc();
|
|
|
5625 if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
5626 c = hkmap(c); /* Hebrew mode mapping */
|
|
|
5627 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
5628 if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
5629 c = fkmap(c); /* Farsi mode mapping */
|
|
|
5630 # endif
|
|
|
5631 buf[i++] = c;
|
|
|
5632 #else
|
|
|
5633 buf[i++] = vgetc();
|
|
|
5634 #endif
|
|
|
5635 }
|
|
|
5636
|
|
|
5637 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
5638 do_digraph(-1); /* clear digraphs */
|
|
|
5639 do_digraph(buf[i-1]); /* may be the start of a digraph */
|
|
|
5640 #endif
|
|
|
5641 buf[i] = NUL;
|
|
|
5642 ins_str(buf);
|
|
|
5643 if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV)
|
|
|
5644 {
|
|
|
5645 redo_literal(*buf);
|
|
|
5646 i = 1;
|
|
|
5647 }
|
|
|
5648 else
|
|
|
5649 i = 0;
|
|
|
5650 if (buf[i] != NUL)
|
|
620
|
5651 AppendToRedobuffLit(buf + i, -1);
|
|
7
|
5652 }
|
|
|
5653 else
|
|
|
5654 {
|
|
|
5655 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
667
|
5656 int cc;
|
|
|
5657
|
|
7
|
5658 if (has_mbyte && (cc = (*mb_char2len)(c)) > 1)
|
|
|
5659 {
|
|
|
5660 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1];
|
|
|
5661
|
|
|
5662 (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf);
|
|
|
5663 buf[cc] = NUL;
|
|
|
5664 ins_char_bytes(buf, cc);
|
|
|
5665 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
5666 }
|
|
|
5667 else
|
|
|
5668 #endif
|
|
|
5669 {
|
|
|
5670 ins_char(c);
|
|
|
5671 if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV)
|
|
|
5672 redo_literal(c);
|
|
|
5673 else
|
|
|
5674 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
5675 }
|
|
|
5676 }
|
|
|
5677 }
|
|
|
5678
|
|
|
5679 /*
|
|
667
|
5680 * Format text at the current insert position.
|
|
|
5681 */
|
|
|
5682 static void
|
|
|
5683 internal_format(textwidth, second_indent, flags, format_only)
|
|
|
5684 int textwidth;
|
|
|
5685 int second_indent;
|
|
|
5686 int flags;
|
|
|
5687 int format_only;
|
|
|
5688 {
|
|
|
5689 int cc;
|
|
|
5690 int save_char = NUL;
|
|
|
5691 int haveto_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
|
5692 int fo_ins_blank = has_format_option(FO_INS_BLANK);
|
|
|
5693 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5694 int fo_multibyte = has_format_option(FO_MBYTE_BREAK);
|
|
|
5695 #endif
|
|
|
5696 int fo_white_par = has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR);
|
|
|
5697 int first_line = TRUE;
|
|
|
5698 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
5699 colnr_T leader_len;
|
|
|
5700 int no_leader = FALSE;
|
|
|
5701 int do_comments = (flags & INSCHAR_DO_COM);
|
|
|
5702 #endif
|
|
|
5703
|
|
|
5704 /*
|
|
|
5705 * When 'ai' is off we don't want a space under the cursor to be
|
|
|
5706 * deleted. Replace it with an 'x' temporarily.
|
|
|
5707 */
|
|
|
5708 if (!curbuf->b_p_ai)
|
|
|
5709 {
|
|
|
5710 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
5711 if (vim_iswhite(cc))
|
|
|
5712 {
|
|
|
5713 save_char = cc;
|
|
|
5714 pchar_cursor('x');
|
|
|
5715 }
|
|
|
5716 }
|
|
|
5717
|
|
|
5718 /*
|
|
|
5719 * Repeat breaking lines, until the current line is not too long.
|
|
|
5720 */
|
|
|
5721 while (!got_int)
|
|
|
5722 {
|
|
|
5723 int startcol; /* Cursor column at entry */
|
|
|
5724 int wantcol; /* column at textwidth border */
|
|
|
5725 int foundcol; /* column for start of spaces */
|
|
|
5726 int end_foundcol = 0; /* column for start of word */
|
|
|
5727 colnr_T len;
|
|
|
5728 colnr_T virtcol;
|
|
|
5729 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
5730 int orig_col = 0;
|
|
|
5731 char_u *saved_text = NULL;
|
|
|
5732 #endif
|
|
|
5733 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
5734
|
|
|
5735 virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
|
|
|
5736 if (virtcol < (colnr_T)textwidth)
|
|
|
5737 break;
|
|
|
5738
|
|
|
5739 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
5740 if (no_leader)
|
|
|
5741 do_comments = FALSE;
|
|
|
5742 else if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT)
|
|
|
5743 && has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS))
|
|
|
5744 do_comments = TRUE;
|
|
|
5745
|
|
|
5746 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */
|
|
|
5747 if (do_comments)
|
|
|
5748 leader_len = get_leader_len(ml_get_curline(), NULL, FALSE);
|
|
|
5749 else
|
|
|
5750 leader_len = 0;
|
|
|
5751
|
|
|
5752 /* If the line doesn't start with a comment leader, then don't
|
|
|
5753 * start one in a following broken line. Avoids that a %word
|
|
|
5754 * moved to the start of the next line causes all following lines
|
|
|
5755 * to start with %. */
|
|
|
5756 if (leader_len == 0)
|
|
|
5757 no_leader = TRUE;
|
|
|
5758 #endif
|
|
|
5759 if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT)
|
|
|
5760 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
5761 && leader_len == 0
|
|
|
5762 #endif
|
|
|
5763 && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP))
|
|
|
5764
|
|
|
5765 {
|
|
|
5766 textwidth = 0;
|
|
|
5767 break;
|
|
|
5768 }
|
|
|
5769 if ((startcol = curwin->w_cursor.col) == 0)
|
|
|
5770 break;
|
|
|
5771
|
|
|
5772 /* find column of textwidth border */
|
|
|
5773 coladvance((colnr_T)textwidth);
|
|
|
5774 wantcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
5775
|
|
|
5776 curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol - 1;
|
|
|
5777 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5778 /* Correct cursor for multi-byte character. */
|
|
|
5779 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
5780 mb_adjust_cursor();
|
|
|
5781 #endif
|
|
|
5782 foundcol = 0;
|
|
|
5783
|
|
|
5784 /*
|
|
|
5785 * Find position to break at.
|
|
|
5786 * Stop at first entered white when 'formatoptions' has 'v'
|
|
|
5787 */
|
|
|
5788 while ((!fo_ins_blank && !has_format_option(FO_INS_VI))
|
|
|
5789 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
5790 || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col)
|
|
|
5791 {
|
|
|
5792 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
5793 if (WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
5794 {
|
|
|
5795 /* remember position of blank just before text */
|
|
|
5796 end_foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
5797
|
|
|
5798 /* find start of sequence of blanks */
|
|
|
5799 while (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
5800 {
|
|
|
5801 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
5802 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
5803 }
|
|
|
5804 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0 && WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
5805 break; /* only spaces in front of text */
|
|
|
5806 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
5807 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */
|
|
|
5808 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len)
|
|
|
5809 break;
|
|
|
5810 #endif
|
|
|
5811 if (has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER))
|
|
|
5812 {
|
|
|
5813 /* do not break after one-letter words */
|
|
|
5814 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
5815 break; /* one-letter word at begin */
|
|
|
5816
|
|
|
5817 col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
5818 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
5819 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
5820
|
|
|
5821 if (WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
5822 continue; /* one-letter, continue */
|
|
|
5823 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
|
|
|
5824 }
|
|
|
5825 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5826 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
5827 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col
|
|
|
5828 + (*mb_ptr2len)(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
|
5829 else
|
|
|
5830 #endif
|
|
|
5831 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col + 1;
|
|
|
5832 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)wantcol)
|
|
|
5833 break;
|
|
|
5834 }
|
|
|
5835 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5836 else if (cc >= 0x100 && fo_multibyte
|
|
|
5837 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol)
|
|
|
5838 {
|
|
|
5839 /* Break after or before a multi-byte character. */
|
|
|
5840 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
5841 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)wantcol)
|
|
|
5842 foundcol += (*mb_char2len)(cc);
|
|
|
5843 end_foundcol = foundcol;
|
|
|
5844 break;
|
|
|
5845 }
|
|
|
5846 #endif
|
|
|
5847 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
5848 break;
|
|
|
5849 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
5850 }
|
|
|
5851
|
|
|
5852 if (foundcol == 0) /* no spaces, cannot break line */
|
|
|
5853 {
|
|
|
5854 curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol;
|
|
|
5855 break;
|
|
|
5856 }
|
|
|
5857
|
|
|
5858 /* Going to break the line, remove any "$" now. */
|
|
|
5859 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
5860
|
|
|
5861 /*
|
|
|
5862 * Offset between cursor position and line break is used by replace
|
|
|
5863 * stack functions. VREPLACE does not use this, and backspaces
|
|
|
5864 * over the text instead.
|
|
|
5865 */
|
|
|
5866 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
5867 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
5868 orig_col = startcol; /* Will start backspacing from here */
|
|
|
5869 else
|
|
|
5870 #endif
|
|
|
5871 replace_offset = startcol - end_foundcol - 1;
|
|
|
5872
|
|
|
5873 /*
|
|
|
5874 * adjust startcol for spaces that will be deleted and
|
|
|
5875 * characters that will remain on top line
|
|
|
5876 */
|
|
|
5877 curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol;
|
|
|
5878 while (cc = gchar_cursor(), WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
5879 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
5880 startcol -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
5881 if (startcol < 0)
|
|
|
5882 startcol = 0;
|
|
|
5883
|
|
|
5884 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
5885 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
5886 {
|
|
|
5887 /*
|
|
|
5888 * In VREPLACE mode, we will backspace over the text to be
|
|
|
5889 * wrapped, so save a copy now to put on the next line.
|
|
|
5890 */
|
|
|
5891 saved_text = vim_strsave(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
|
5892 curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col;
|
|
|
5893 if (saved_text == NULL)
|
|
|
5894 break; /* Can't do it, out of memory */
|
|
|
5895 saved_text[startcol] = NUL;
|
|
|
5896
|
|
|
5897 /* Backspace over characters that will move to the next line */
|
|
|
5898 if (!fo_white_par)
|
|
|
5899 backspace_until_column(foundcol);
|
|
|
5900 }
|
|
|
5901 else
|
|
|
5902 #endif
|
|
|
5903 {
|
|
|
5904 /* put cursor after pos. to break line */
|
|
|
5905 if (!fo_white_par)
|
|
|
5906 curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol;
|
|
|
5907 }
|
|
|
5908
|
|
|
5909 /*
|
|
|
5910 * Split the line just before the margin.
|
|
|
5911 * Only insert/delete lines, but don't really redraw the window.
|
|
|
5912 */
|
|
|
5913 open_line(FORWARD, OPENLINE_DELSPACES + OPENLINE_MARKFIX
|
|
|
5914 + (fo_white_par ? OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL : 0)
|
|
|
5915 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
5916 + (do_comments ? OPENLINE_DO_COM : 0)
|
|
|
5917 #endif
|
|
|
5918 , old_indent);
|
|
|
5919 old_indent = 0;
|
|
|
5920
|
|
|
5921 replace_offset = 0;
|
|
|
5922 if (first_line)
|
|
|
5923 {
|
|
|
5924 if (second_indent < 0 && has_format_option(FO_Q_NUMBER))
|
|
|
5925 second_indent = get_number_indent(curwin->w_cursor.lnum -1);
|
|
|
5926 if (second_indent >= 0)
|
|
|
5927 {
|
|
|
5928 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
5929 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
1516
|
5930 change_indent(INDENT_SET, second_indent, FALSE, NUL, TRUE);
|
|
667
|
5931 else
|
|
|
5932 #endif
|
|
|
5933 (void)set_indent(second_indent, SIN_CHANGED);
|
|
|
5934 }
|
|
|
5935 first_line = FALSE;
|
|
|
5936 }
|
|
|
5937
|
|
|
5938 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
5939 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
5940 {
|
|
|
5941 /*
|
|
|
5942 * In VREPLACE mode we have backspaced over the text to be
|
|
|
5943 * moved, now we re-insert it into the new line.
|
|
|
5944 */
|
|
|
5945 ins_bytes(saved_text);
|
|
|
5946 vim_free(saved_text);
|
|
|
5947 }
|
|
|
5948 else
|
|
|
5949 #endif
|
|
|
5950 {
|
|
|
5951 /*
|
|
|
5952 * Check if cursor is not past the NUL off the line, cindent
|
|
|
5953 * may have added or removed indent.
|
|
|
5954 */
|
|
|
5955 curwin->w_cursor.col += startcol;
|
|
|
5956 len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
5957 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > len)
|
|
|
5958 curwin->w_cursor.col = len;
|
|
|
5959 }
|
|
|
5960
|
|
|
5961 haveto_redraw = TRUE;
|
|
|
5962 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
5963 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
5964 #endif
|
|
|
5965 /* moved the cursor, don't autoindent or cindent now */
|
|
|
5966 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
5967 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
5968 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
5969 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
5970 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
5971 #endif
|
|
|
5972 line_breakcheck();
|
|
|
5973 }
|
|
|
5974
|
|
|
5975 if (save_char != NUL) /* put back space after cursor */
|
|
|
5976 pchar_cursor(save_char);
|
|
|
5977
|
|
|
5978 if (!format_only && haveto_redraw)
|
|
|
5979 {
|
|
|
5980 update_topline();
|
|
|
5981 redraw_curbuf_later(VALID);
|
|
|
5982 }
|
|
|
5983 }
|
|
|
5984
|
|
|
5985 /*
|
|
7
|
5986 * Called after inserting or deleting text: When 'formatoptions' includes the
|
|
|
5987 * 'a' flag format from the current line until the end of the paragraph.
|
|
|
5988 * Keep the cursor at the same position relative to the text.
|
|
|
5989 * The caller must have saved the cursor line for undo, following ones will be
|
|
|
5990 * saved here.
|
|
|
5991 */
|
|
|
5992 void
|
|
|
5993 auto_format(trailblank, prev_line)
|
|
|
5994 int trailblank; /* when TRUE also format with trailing blank */
|
|
|
5995 int prev_line; /* may start in previous line */
|
|
|
5996 {
|
|
|
5997 pos_T pos;
|
|
|
5998 colnr_T len;
|
|
|
5999 char_u *old;
|
|
|
6000 char_u *new, *pnew;
|
|
|
6001 int wasatend;
|
|
301
|
6002 int cc;
|
|
7
|
6003
|
|
|
6004 if (!has_format_option(FO_AUTO))
|
|
|
6005 return;
|
|
|
6006
|
|
|
6007 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
6008 old = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
6009
|
|
|
6010 /* may remove added space */
|
|
|
6011 check_auto_format(FALSE);
|
|
|
6012
|
|
|
6013 /* Don't format in Insert mode when the cursor is on a trailing blank, the
|
|
|
6014 * user might insert normal text next. Also skip formatting when "1" is
|
|
|
6015 * in 'formatoptions' and there is a single character before the cursor.
|
|
|
6016 * Otherwise the line would be broken and when typing another non-white
|
|
|
6017 * next they are not joined back together. */
|
|
|
6018 wasatend = (pos.col == STRLEN(old));
|
|
|
6019 if (*old != NUL && !trailblank && wasatend)
|
|
|
6020 {
|
|
|
6021 dec_cursor();
|
|
301
|
6022 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
6023 if (!WHITECHAR(cc) && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0
|
|
|
6024 && has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER))
|
|
7
|
6025 dec_cursor();
|
|
301
|
6026 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
6027 if (WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
7
|
6028 {
|
|
|
6029 curwin->w_cursor = pos;
|
|
|
6030 return;
|
|
|
6031 }
|
|
|
6032 curwin->w_cursor = pos;
|
|
|
6033 }
|
|
|
6034
|
|
|
6035 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
6036 /* With the 'c' flag in 'formatoptions' and 't' missing: only format
|
|
|
6037 * comments. */
|
|
|
6038 if (has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS) && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP)
|
|
|
6039 && get_leader_len(old, NULL, FALSE) == 0)
|
|
|
6040 return;
|
|
|
6041 #endif
|
|
|
6042
|
|
|
6043 /*
|
|
|
6044 * May start formatting in a previous line, so that after "x" a word is
|
|
|
6045 * moved to the previous line if it fits there now. Only when this is not
|
|
|
6046 * the start of a paragraph.
|
|
|
6047 */
|
|
|
6048 if (prev_line && !paragraph_start(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
|
|
|
6049 {
|
|
|
6050 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
6051 if (u_save_cursor() == FAIL)
|
|
|
6052 return;
|
|
|
6053 }
|
|
|
6054
|
|
|
6055 /*
|
|
|
6056 * Do the formatting and restore the cursor position. "saved_cursor" will
|
|
|
6057 * be adjusted for the text formatting.
|
|
|
6058 */
|
|
|
6059 saved_cursor = pos;
|
|
1563
|
6060 format_lines((linenr_T)-1, FALSE);
|
|
7
|
6061 curwin->w_cursor = saved_cursor;
|
|
|
6062 saved_cursor.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
6063
|
|
|
6064 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
6065 {
|
|
|
6066 /* "cannot happen" */
|
|
|
6067 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
6068 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
|
|
|
6069 }
|
|
|
6070 else
|
|
|
6071 check_cursor_col();
|
|
|
6072
|
|
|
6073 /* Insert mode: If the cursor is now after the end of the line while it
|
|
|
6074 * previously wasn't, the line was broken. Because of the rule above we
|
|
|
6075 * need to add a space when 'w' is in 'formatoptions' to keep a paragraph
|
|
|
6076 * formatted. */
|
|
|
6077 if (!wasatend && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR))
|
|
|
6078 {
|
|
|
6079 new = ml_get_curline();
|
|
835
|
6080 len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(new);
|
|
7
|
6081 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == len)
|
|
|
6082 {
|
|
|
6083 pnew = vim_strnsave(new, len + 2);
|
|
|
6084 pnew[len] = ' ';
|
|
|
6085 pnew[len + 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
6086 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, pnew, FALSE);
|
|
|
6087 /* remove the space later */
|
|
|
6088 did_add_space = TRUE;
|
|
|
6089 }
|
|
|
6090 else
|
|
|
6091 /* may remove added space */
|
|
|
6092 check_auto_format(FALSE);
|
|
|
6093 }
|
|
|
6094
|
|
|
6095 check_cursor();
|
|
|
6096 }
|
|
|
6097
|
|
|
6098 /*
|
|
|
6099 * When an extra space was added to continue a paragraph for auto-formatting,
|
|
|
6100 * delete it now. The space must be under the cursor, just after the insert
|
|
|
6101 * position.
|
|
|
6102 */
|
|
|
6103 static void
|
|
|
6104 check_auto_format(end_insert)
|
|
|
6105 int end_insert; /* TRUE when ending Insert mode */
|
|
|
6106 {
|
|
|
6107 int c = ' ';
|
|
301
|
6108 int cc;
|
|
7
|
6109
|
|
|
6110 if (did_add_space)
|
|
|
6111 {
|
|
301
|
6112 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
6113 if (!WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
7
|
6114 /* Somehow the space was removed already. */
|
|
|
6115 did_add_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
6116 else
|
|
|
6117 {
|
|
|
6118 if (!end_insert)
|
|
|
6119 {
|
|
|
6120 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
6121 c = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
6122 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
6123 }
|
|
|
6124 if (c != NUL)
|
|
|
6125 {
|
|
|
6126 /* The space is no longer at the end of the line, delete it. */
|
|
|
6127 del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
6128 did_add_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
6129 }
|
|
|
6130 }
|
|
|
6131 }
|
|
|
6132 }
|
|
|
6133
|
|
|
6134 /*
|
|
|
6135 * Find out textwidth to be used for formatting:
|
|
|
6136 * if 'textwidth' option is set, use it
|
|
|
6137 * else if 'wrapmargin' option is set, use W_WIDTH(curwin) - 'wrapmargin'
|
|
|
6138 * if invalid value, use 0.
|
|
|
6139 * Set default to window width (maximum 79) for "gq" operator.
|
|
|
6140 */
|
|
|
6141 int
|
|
|
6142 comp_textwidth(ff)
|
|
867
|
6143 int ff; /* force formatting (for "gq" command) */
|
|
7
|
6144 {
|
|
|
6145 int textwidth;
|
|
|
6146
|
|
|
6147 textwidth = curbuf->b_p_tw;
|
|
|
6148 if (textwidth == 0 && curbuf->b_p_wm)
|
|
|
6149 {
|
|
|
6150 /* The width is the window width minus 'wrapmargin' minus all the
|
|
|
6151 * things that add to the margin. */
|
|
|
6152 textwidth = W_WIDTH(curwin) - curbuf->b_p_wm;
|
|
|
6153 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
|
|
|
6154 if (cmdwin_type != 0)
|
|
|
6155 textwidth -= 1;
|
|
|
6156 #endif
|
|
|
6157 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
6158 textwidth -= curwin->w_p_fdc;
|
|
|
6159 #endif
|
|
|
6160 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
|
|
|
6161 if (curwin->w_buffer->b_signlist != NULL
|
|
|
6162 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
|
|
|
6163 || usingNetbeans
|
|
|
6164 # endif
|
|
|
6165 )
|
|
|
6166 textwidth -= 1;
|
|
|
6167 #endif
|
|
|
6168 if (curwin->w_p_nu)
|
|
|
6169 textwidth -= 8;
|
|
|
6170 }
|
|
|
6171 if (textwidth < 0)
|
|
|
6172 textwidth = 0;
|
|
|
6173 if (ff && textwidth == 0)
|
|
|
6174 {
|
|
|
6175 textwidth = W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1;
|
|
|
6176 if (textwidth > 79)
|
|
|
6177 textwidth = 79;
|
|
|
6178 }
|
|
|
6179 return textwidth;
|
|
|
6180 }
|
|
|
6181
|
|
|
6182 /*
|
|
|
6183 * Put a character in the redo buffer, for when just after a CTRL-V.
|
|
|
6184 */
|
|
|
6185 static void
|
|
|
6186 redo_literal(c)
|
|
|
6187 int c;
|
|
|
6188 {
|
|
|
6189 char_u buf[10];
|
|
|
6190
|
|
|
6191 /* Only digits need special treatment. Translate them into a string of
|
|
|
6192 * three digits. */
|
|
|
6193 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(c))
|
|
|
6194 {
|
|
|
6195 sprintf((char *)buf, "%03d", c);
|
|
|
6196 AppendToRedobuff(buf);
|
|
|
6197 }
|
|
|
6198 else
|
|
|
6199 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
6200 }
|
|
|
6201
|
|
|
6202 /*
|
|
|
6203 * start_arrow() is called when an arrow key is used in insert mode.
|
|
484
|
6204 * For undo/redo it resembles hitting the <ESC> key.
|
|
7
|
6205 */
|
|
|
6206 static void
|
|
|
6207 start_arrow(end_insert_pos)
|
|
840
|
6208 pos_T *end_insert_pos; /* can be NULL */
|
|
7
|
6209 {
|
|
|
6210 if (!arrow_used) /* something has been inserted */
|
|
|
6211 {
|
|
|
6212 AppendToRedobuff(ESC_STR);
|
|
|
6213 stop_insert(end_insert_pos, FALSE);
|
|
|
6214 arrow_used = TRUE; /* this means we stopped the current insert */
|
|
|
6215 }
|
|
744
|
6216 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
|
|
221
|
6217 check_spell_redraw();
|
|
|
6218 #endif
|
|
7
|
6219 }
|
|
|
6220
|
|
744
|
6221 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
|
|
221
|
6222 /*
|
|
|
6223 * If we skipped highlighting word at cursor, do it now.
|
|
|
6224 * It may be skipped again, thus reset spell_redraw_lnum first.
|
|
|
6225 */
|
|
|
6226 static void
|
|
|
6227 check_spell_redraw()
|
|
|
6228 {
|
|
|
6229 if (spell_redraw_lnum != 0)
|
|
|
6230 {
|
|
|
6231 linenr_T lnum = spell_redraw_lnum;
|
|
|
6232
|
|
|
6233 spell_redraw_lnum = 0;
|
|
|
6234 redrawWinline(lnum, FALSE);
|
|
|
6235 }
|
|
|
6236 }
|
|
484
|
6237
|
|
|
6238 /*
|
|
|
6239 * Called when starting CTRL_X_SPELL mode: Move backwards to a previous badly
|
|
|
6240 * spelled word, if there is one.
|
|
|
6241 */
|
|
|
6242 static void
|
|
|
6243 spell_back_to_badword()
|
|
|
6244 {
|
|
|
6245 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
6246
|
|
499
|
6247 spell_bad_len = spell_move_to(curwin, BACKWARD, TRUE, TRUE, NULL);
|
|
484
|
6248 if (curwin->w_cursor.col != tpos.col)
|
|
|
6249 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
6250 }
|
|
221
|
6251 #endif
|
|
|
6252
|
|
7
|
6253 /*
|
|
|
6254 * stop_arrow() is called before a change is made in insert mode.
|
|
|
6255 * If an arrow key has been used, start a new insertion.
|
|
|
6256 * Returns FAIL if undo is impossible, shouldn't insert then.
|
|
|
6257 */
|
|
|
6258 int
|
|
|
6259 stop_arrow()
|
|
|
6260 {
|
|
|
6261 if (arrow_used)
|
|
|
6262 {
|
|
|
6263 if (u_save_cursor() == OK)
|
|
|
6264 {
|
|
|
6265 arrow_used = FALSE;
|
|
|
6266 ins_need_undo = FALSE;
|
|
|
6267 }
|
|
|
6268 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor; /* new insertion starts here */
|
|
|
6269 Insstart_textlen = linetabsize(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
6270 ai_col = 0;
|
|
|
6271 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
6272 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6273 {
|
|
|
6274 orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
6275 vr_lines_changed = 1;
|
|
|
6276 }
|
|
|
6277 #endif
|
|
|
6278 ResetRedobuff();
|
|
|
6279 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"1i"); /* pretend we start an insertion */
|
|
613
|
6280 new_insert_skip = 2;
|
|
7
|
6281 }
|
|
|
6282 else if (ins_need_undo)
|
|
|
6283 {
|
|
|
6284 if (u_save_cursor() == OK)
|
|
|
6285 ins_need_undo = FALSE;
|
|
|
6286 }
|
|
|
6287
|
|
|
6288 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
6289 /* Always open fold at the cursor line when inserting something. */
|
|
|
6290 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
6291 #endif
|
|
|
6292
|
|
|
6293 return (arrow_used || ins_need_undo ? FAIL : OK);
|
|
|
6294 }
|
|
|
6295
|
|
|
6296 /*
|
|
840
|
6297 * Do a few things to stop inserting.
|
|
|
6298 * "end_insert_pos" is where insert ended. It is NULL when we already jumped
|
|
|
6299 * to another window/buffer.
|
|
7
|
6300 */
|
|
|
6301 static void
|
|
|
6302 stop_insert(end_insert_pos, esc)
|
|
840
|
6303 pos_T *end_insert_pos;
|
|
603
|
6304 int esc; /* called by ins_esc() */
|
|
7
|
6305 {
|
|
603
|
6306 int cc;
|
|
|
6307 char_u *ptr;
|
|
7
|
6308
|
|
|
6309 stop_redo_ins();
|
|
|
6310 replace_flush(); /* abandon replace stack */
|
|
|
6311
|
|
|
6312 /*
|
|
603
|
6313 * Save the inserted text for later redo with ^@ and CTRL-A.
|
|
|
6314 * Don't do it when "restart_edit" was set and nothing was inserted,
|
|
|
6315 * otherwise CTRL-O w and then <Left> will clear "last_insert".
|
|
7
|
6316 */
|
|
603
|
6317 ptr = get_inserted();
|
|
615
|
6318 if (did_restart_edit == 0 || (ptr != NULL
|
|
|
6319 && (int)STRLEN(ptr) > new_insert_skip))
|
|
603
|
6320 {
|
|
|
6321 vim_free(last_insert);
|
|
|
6322 last_insert = ptr;
|
|
|
6323 last_insert_skip = new_insert_skip;
|
|
|
6324 }
|
|
|
6325 else
|
|
|
6326 vim_free(ptr);
|
|
7
|
6327
|
|
840
|
6328 if (!arrow_used && end_insert_pos != NULL)
|
|
7
|
6329 {
|
|
|
6330 /* Auto-format now. It may seem strange to do this when stopping an
|
|
|
6331 * insertion (or moving the cursor), but it's required when appending
|
|
|
6332 * a line and having it end in a space. But only do it when something
|
|
|
6333 * was actually inserted, otherwise undo won't work. */
|
|
10
|
6334 if (!ins_need_undo && has_format_option(FO_AUTO))
|
|
7
|
6335 {
|
|
10
|
6336 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
6337
|
|
7
|
6338 /* When the cursor is at the end of the line after a space the
|
|
|
6339 * formatting will move it to the following word. Avoid that by
|
|
|
6340 * moving the cursor onto the space. */
|
|
|
6341 cc = 'x';
|
|
|
6342 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && gchar_cursor() == NUL)
|
|
|
6343 {
|
|
|
6344 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
6345 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
6346 if (!vim_iswhite(cc))
|
|
10
|
6347 curwin->w_cursor = tpos;
|
|
7
|
6348 }
|
|
|
6349
|
|
|
6350 auto_format(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
6351
|
|
10
|
6352 if (vim_iswhite(cc))
|
|
|
6353 {
|
|
|
6354 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL)
|
|
|
6355 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
6356 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
6357 /* If the cursor is still at the same character, also keep
|
|
|
6358 * the "coladd". */
|
|
|
6359 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL
|
|
|
6360 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == tpos.lnum
|
|
|
6361 && curwin->w_cursor.col == tpos.col)
|
|
|
6362 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = tpos.coladd;
|
|
|
6363 #endif
|
|
|
6364 }
|
|
7
|
6365 }
|
|
|
6366
|
|
|
6367 /* If a space was inserted for auto-formatting, remove it now. */
|
|
|
6368 check_auto_format(TRUE);
|
|
|
6369
|
|
|
6370 /* If we just did an auto-indent, remove the white space from the end
|
|
10
|
6371 * of the line, and put the cursor back.
|
|
|
6372 * Do this when ESC was used or moving the cursor up/down. */
|
|
|
6373 if (did_ai && (esc || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_INDENT) == NULL
|
|
840
|
6374 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum != end_insert_pos->lnum)))
|
|
7
|
6375 {
|
|
10
|
6376 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
6377
|
|
|
6378 curwin->w_cursor = *end_insert_pos;
|
|
786
|
6379 for (;;)
|
|
|
6380 {
|
|
|
6381 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
|
|
|
6382 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6383 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
6384 if (!vim_iswhite(cc))
|
|
|
6385 break;
|
|
7
|
6386 (void)del_char(TRUE);
|
|
786
|
6387 }
|
|
10
|
6388 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != tpos.lnum)
|
|
|
6389 curwin->w_cursor = tpos;
|
|
|
6390 else if (cc != NUL)
|
|
7
|
6391 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; /* put cursor back on the NUL */
|
|
|
6392
|
|
|
6393 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
6394 /* <C-S-Right> may have started Visual mode, adjust the position for
|
|
|
6395 * deleted characters. */
|
|
|
6396 if (VIsual_active && VIsual.lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
|
|
|
6397 {
|
|
835
|
6398 cc = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_curline());
|
|
7
|
6399 if (VIsual.col > (colnr_T)cc)
|
|
|
6400 {
|
|
|
6401 VIsual.col = cc;
|
|
|
6402 # ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
6403 VIsual.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
6404 # endif
|
|
|
6405 }
|
|
|
6406 }
|
|
|
6407 #endif
|
|
|
6408 }
|
|
|
6409 }
|
|
|
6410 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
6411 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
6412 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
6413 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
6414 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
6415 #endif
|
|
|
6416
|
|
840
|
6417 /* Set '[ and '] to the inserted text. When end_insert_pos is NULL we are
|
|
|
6418 * now in a different buffer. */
|
|
|
6419 if (end_insert_pos != NULL)
|
|
|
6420 {
|
|
|
6421 curbuf->b_op_start = Insstart;
|
|
|
6422 curbuf->b_op_end = *end_insert_pos;
|
|
|
6423 }
|
|
7
|
6424 }
|
|
|
6425
|
|
|
6426 /*
|
|
|
6427 * Set the last inserted text to a single character.
|
|
|
6428 * Used for the replace command.
|
|
|
6429 */
|
|
|
6430 void
|
|
|
6431 set_last_insert(c)
|
|
|
6432 int c;
|
|
|
6433 {
|
|
|
6434 char_u *s;
|
|
|
6435
|
|
|
6436 vim_free(last_insert);
|
|
|
6437 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
6438 last_insert = alloc(MB_MAXBYTES * 3 + 5);
|
|
|
6439 #else
|
|
|
6440 last_insert = alloc(6);
|
|
|
6441 #endif
|
|
|
6442 if (last_insert != NULL)
|
|
|
6443 {
|
|
|
6444 s = last_insert;
|
|
|
6445 /* Use the CTRL-V only when entering a special char */
|
|
|
6446 if (c < ' ' || c == DEL)
|
|
|
6447 *s++ = Ctrl_V;
|
|
|
6448 s = add_char2buf(c, s);
|
|
|
6449 *s++ = ESC;
|
|
|
6450 *s++ = NUL;
|
|
|
6451 last_insert_skip = 0;
|
|
|
6452 }
|
|
|
6453 }
|
|
|
6454
|
|
359
|
6455 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
6456 void
|
|
|
6457 free_last_insert()
|
|
|
6458 {
|
|
|
6459 vim_free(last_insert);
|
|
|
6460 last_insert = NULL;
|
|
1446
|
6461 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
694
|
6462 vim_free(compl_orig_text);
|
|
|
6463 compl_orig_text = NULL;
|
|
1446
|
6464 # endif
|
|
359
|
6465 }
|
|
|
6466 #endif
|
|
|
6467
|
|
7
|
6468 /*
|
|
|
6469 * Add character "c" to buffer "s". Escape the special meaning of K_SPECIAL
|
|
|
6470 * and CSI. Handle multi-byte characters.
|
|
|
6471 * Returns a pointer to after the added bytes.
|
|
|
6472 */
|
|
|
6473 char_u *
|
|
|
6474 add_char2buf(c, s)
|
|
|
6475 int c;
|
|
|
6476 char_u *s;
|
|
|
6477 {
|
|
|
6478 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
6479 char_u temp[MB_MAXBYTES];
|
|
|
6480 int i;
|
|
|
6481 int len;
|
|
|
6482
|
|
|
6483 len = (*mb_char2bytes)(c, temp);
|
|
|
6484 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i)
|
|
|
6485 {
|
|
|
6486 c = temp[i];
|
|
|
6487 #endif
|
|
|
6488 /* Need to escape K_SPECIAL and CSI like in the typeahead buffer. */
|
|
|
6489 if (c == K_SPECIAL)
|
|
|
6490 {
|
|
|
6491 *s++ = K_SPECIAL;
|
|
|
6492 *s++ = KS_SPECIAL;
|
|
|
6493 *s++ = KE_FILLER;
|
|
|
6494 }
|
|
|
6495 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
6496 else if (c == CSI)
|
|
|
6497 {
|
|
|
6498 *s++ = CSI;
|
|
|
6499 *s++ = KS_EXTRA;
|
|
|
6500 *s++ = (int)KE_CSI;
|
|
|
6501 }
|
|
|
6502 #endif
|
|
|
6503 else
|
|
|
6504 *s++ = c;
|
|
|
6505 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
6506 }
|
|
|
6507 #endif
|
|
|
6508 return s;
|
|
|
6509 }
|
|
|
6510
|
|
|
6511 /*
|
|
|
6512 * move cursor to start of line
|
|
|
6513 * if flags & BL_WHITE move to first non-white
|
|
|
6514 * if flags & BL_SOL move to first non-white if startofline is set,
|
|
|
6515 * otherwise keep "curswant" column
|
|
|
6516 * if flags & BL_FIX don't leave the cursor on a NUL.
|
|
|
6517 */
|
|
|
6518 void
|
|
|
6519 beginline(flags)
|
|
|
6520 int flags;
|
|
|
6521 {
|
|
|
6522 if ((flags & BL_SOL) && !p_sol)
|
|
|
6523 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant);
|
|
|
6524 else
|
|
|
6525 {
|
|
|
6526 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
6527 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
6528 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
6529 #endif
|
|
|
6530
|
|
|
6531 if (flags & (BL_WHITE | BL_SOL))
|
|
|
6532 {
|
|
|
6533 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
6534
|
|
|
6535 for (ptr = ml_get_curline(); vim_iswhite(*ptr)
|
|
|
6536 && !((flags & BL_FIX) && ptr[1] == NUL); ++ptr)
|
|
|
6537 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6538 }
|
|
|
6539 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
6540 }
|
|
|
6541 }
|
|
|
6542
|
|
|
6543 /*
|
|
|
6544 * oneright oneleft cursor_down cursor_up
|
|
|
6545 *
|
|
|
6546 * Move one char {right,left,down,up}.
|
|
773
|
6547 * Doesn't move onto the NUL past the end of the line, unless it is allowed.
|
|
7
|
6548 * Return OK when successful, FAIL when we hit a line of file boundary.
|
|
|
6549 */
|
|
|
6550
|
|
|
6551 int
|
|
|
6552 oneright()
|
|
|
6553 {
|
|
|
6554 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
6555 int l;
|
|
|
6556
|
|
|
6557 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
6558 if (virtual_active())
|
|
|
6559 {
|
|
|
6560 pos_T prevpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
6561
|
|
|
6562 /* Adjust for multi-wide char (excluding TAB) */
|
|
|
6563 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
6564 coladvance(getviscol() + ((*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc(
|
|
773
|
6565 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
7
|
6566 (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr)
|
|
773
|
6567 # else
|
|
7
|
6568 *ptr
|
|
773
|
6569 # endif
|
|
7
|
6570 ))
|
|
|
6571 ? ptr2cells(ptr) : 1));
|
|
|
6572 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
6573 /* Return OK if the cursor moved, FAIL otherwise (at window edge). */
|
|
|
6574 return (prevpos.col != curwin->w_cursor.col
|
|
|
6575 || prevpos.coladd != curwin->w_cursor.coladd) ? OK : FAIL;
|
|
|
6576 }
|
|
|
6577 #endif
|
|
|
6578
|
|
|
6579 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
773
|
6580 if (*ptr == NUL)
|
|
|
6581 return FAIL; /* already at the very end */
|
|
|
6582
|
|
7
|
6583 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
773
|
6584 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
6585 l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
|
|
7
|
6586 else
|
|
|
6587 #endif
|
|
773
|
6588 l = 1;
|
|
|
6589
|
|
|
6590 /* move "l" bytes right, but don't end up on the NUL, unless 'virtualedit'
|
|
|
6591 * contains "onemore". */
|
|
|
6592 if (ptr[l] == NUL
|
|
|
6593 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
6594 && (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE) == 0
|
|
|
6595 #endif
|
|
|
6596 )
|
|
|
6597 return FAIL;
|
|
|
6598 curwin->w_cursor.col += l;
|
|
7
|
6599
|
|
|
6600 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
6601 return OK;
|
|
|
6602 }
|
|
|
6603
|
|
|
6604 int
|
|
|
6605 oneleft()
|
|
|
6606 {
|
|
|
6607 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
6608 if (virtual_active())
|
|
|
6609 {
|
|
|
6610 int width;
|
|
|
6611 int v = getviscol();
|
|
|
6612
|
|
|
6613 if (v == 0)
|
|
|
6614 return FAIL;
|
|
|
6615
|
|
|
6616 # ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
|
|
|
6617 /* We might get stuck on 'showbreak', skip over it. */
|
|
|
6618 width = 1;
|
|
|
6619 for (;;)
|
|
|
6620 {
|
|
|
6621 coladvance(v - width);
|
|
|
6622 /* getviscol() is slow, skip it when 'showbreak' is empty and
|
|
|
6623 * there are no multi-byte characters */
|
|
|
6624 if ((*p_sbr == NUL
|
|
|
6625 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
6626 && !has_mbyte
|
|
|
6627 # endif
|
|
|
6628 ) || getviscol() < v)
|
|
|
6629 break;
|
|
|
6630 ++width;
|
|
|
6631 }
|
|
|
6632 # else
|
|
|
6633 coladvance(v - 1);
|
|
|
6634 # endif
|
|
|
6635
|
|
|
6636 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd == 1)
|
|
|
6637 {
|
|
|
6638 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
6639
|
|
|
6640 /* Adjust for multi-wide char (not a TAB) */
|
|
|
6641 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
6642 if (*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc(
|
|
|
6643 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
6644 (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr)
|
|
|
6645 # else
|
|
|
6646 *ptr
|
|
|
6647 # endif
|
|
|
6648 ) && ptr2cells(ptr) > 1)
|
|
|
6649 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
6650 }
|
|
|
6651
|
|
|
6652 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
6653 return OK;
|
|
|
6654 }
|
|
|
6655 #endif
|
|
|
6656
|
|
|
6657 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
6658 return FAIL;
|
|
|
6659
|
|
|
6660 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
6661 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6662
|
|
|
6663 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
6664 /* if the character on the left of the current cursor is a multi-byte
|
|
|
6665 * character, move to its first byte */
|
|
|
6666 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
6667 mb_adjust_cursor();
|
|
|
6668 #endif
|
|
|
6669 return OK;
|
|
|
6670 }
|
|
|
6671
|
|
|
6672 int
|
|
|
6673 cursor_up(n, upd_topline)
|
|
|
6674 long n;
|
|
|
6675 int upd_topline; /* When TRUE: update topline */
|
|
|
6676 {
|
|
|
6677 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
6678
|
|
|
6679 if (n > 0)
|
|
|
6680 {
|
|
|
6681 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
161
|
6682 /* This fails if the cursor is already in the first line or the count
|
|
|
6683 * is larger than the line number and '-' is in 'cpoptions' */
|
|
|
6684 if (lnum <= 1 || (n >= lnum && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_MINUS) != NULL))
|
|
7
|
6685 return FAIL;
|
|
|
6686 if (n >= lnum)
|
|
|
6687 lnum = 1;
|
|
|
6688 else
|
|
|
6689 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
6690 if (hasAnyFolding(curwin))
|
|
|
6691 {
|
|
|
6692 /*
|
|
|
6693 * Count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line.
|
|
|
6694 */
|
|
|
6695 /* go to the the start of the current fold */
|
|
|
6696 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL);
|
|
|
6697
|
|
|
6698 while (n--)
|
|
|
6699 {
|
|
|
6700 /* move up one line */
|
|
|
6701 --lnum;
|
|
|
6702 if (lnum <= 1)
|
|
|
6703 break;
|
|
|
6704 /* If we entered a fold, move to the beginning, unless in
|
|
|
6705 * Insert mode or when 'foldopen' contains "all": it will open
|
|
|
6706 * in a moment. */
|
|
|
6707 if (n > 0 || !((State & INSERT) || (fdo_flags & FDO_ALL)))
|
|
|
6708 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL);
|
|
|
6709 }
|
|
|
6710 if (lnum < 1)
|
|
|
6711 lnum = 1;
|
|
|
6712 }
|
|
|
6713 else
|
|
|
6714 #endif
|
|
|
6715 lnum -= n;
|
|
|
6716 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
6717 }
|
|
|
6718
|
|
|
6719 /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */
|
|
|
6720 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant);
|
|
|
6721
|
|
|
6722 if (upd_topline)
|
|
|
6723 update_topline(); /* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */
|
|
|
6724
|
|
|
6725 return OK;
|
|
|
6726 }
|
|
|
6727
|
|
|
6728 /*
|
|
|
6729 * Cursor down a number of logical lines.
|
|
|
6730 */
|
|
|
6731 int
|
|
|
6732 cursor_down(n, upd_topline)
|
|
|
6733 long n;
|
|
|
6734 int upd_topline; /* When TRUE: update topline */
|
|
|
6735 {
|
|
|
6736 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
6737
|
|
|
6738 if (n > 0)
|
|
|
6739 {
|
|
|
6740 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
6741 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
6742 /* Move to last line of fold, will fail if it's the end-of-file. */
|
|
|
6743 (void)hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &lnum);
|
|
|
6744 #endif
|
|
161
|
6745 /* This fails if the cursor is already in the last line or would move
|
|
|
6746 * beyound the last line and '-' is in 'cpoptions' */
|
|
|
6747 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
|
|
|
6748 || (lnum + n > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
|
|
|
6749 && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_MINUS) != NULL))
|
|
7
|
6750 return FAIL;
|
|
|
6751 if (lnum + n >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
6752 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
6753 else
|
|
|
6754 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
6755 if (hasAnyFolding(curwin))
|
|
|
6756 {
|
|
|
6757 linenr_T last;
|
|
|
6758
|
|
|
6759 /* count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line */
|
|
|
6760 while (n--)
|
|
|
6761 {
|
|
|
6762 if (hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &last))
|
|
|
6763 lnum = last + 1;
|
|
|
6764 else
|
|
|
6765 ++lnum;
|
|
|
6766 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
6767 break;
|
|
|
6768 }
|
|
|
6769 if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
6770 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
6771 }
|
|
|
6772 else
|
|
|
6773 #endif
|
|
|
6774 lnum += n;
|
|
|
6775 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
6776 }
|
|
|
6777
|
|
|
6778 /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */
|
|
|
6779 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant);
|
|
|
6780
|
|
|
6781 if (upd_topline)
|
|
|
6782 update_topline(); /* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */
|
|
|
6783
|
|
|
6784 return OK;
|
|
|
6785 }
|
|
|
6786
|
|
|
6787 /*
|
|
|
6788 * Stuff the last inserted text in the read buffer.
|
|
|
6789 * Last_insert actually is a copy of the redo buffer, so we
|
|
|
6790 * first have to remove the command.
|
|
|
6791 */
|
|
|
6792 int
|
|
|
6793 stuff_inserted(c, count, no_esc)
|
|
|
6794 int c; /* Command character to be inserted */
|
|
|
6795 long count; /* Repeat this many times */
|
|
|
6796 int no_esc; /* Don't add an ESC at the end */
|
|
|
6797 {
|
|
|
6798 char_u *esc_ptr;
|
|
|
6799 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
6800 char_u *last_ptr;
|
|
|
6801 char_u last = NUL;
|
|
|
6802
|
|
|
6803 ptr = get_last_insert();
|
|
|
6804 if (ptr == NULL)
|
|
|
6805 {
|
|
|
6806 EMSG(_(e_noinstext));
|
|
|
6807 return FAIL;
|
|
|
6808 }
|
|
|
6809
|
|
|
6810 /* may want to stuff the command character, to start Insert mode */
|
|
|
6811 if (c != NUL)
|
|
|
6812 stuffcharReadbuff(c);
|
|
|
6813 if ((esc_ptr = (char_u *)vim_strrchr(ptr, ESC)) != NULL)
|
|
|
6814 *esc_ptr = NUL; /* remove the ESC */
|
|
|
6815
|
|
|
6816 /* when the last char is either "0" or "^" it will be quoted if no ESC
|
|
|
6817 * comes after it OR if it will inserted more than once and "ptr"
|
|
|
6818 * starts with ^D. -- Acevedo
|
|
|
6819 */
|
|
|
6820 last_ptr = (esc_ptr ? esc_ptr : ptr + STRLEN(ptr)) - 1;
|
|
|
6821 if (last_ptr >= ptr && (*last_ptr == '0' || *last_ptr == '^')
|
|
|
6822 && (no_esc || (*ptr == Ctrl_D && count > 1)))
|
|
|
6823 {
|
|
|
6824 last = *last_ptr;
|
|
|
6825 *last_ptr = NUL;
|
|
|
6826 }
|
|
|
6827
|
|
|
6828 do
|
|
|
6829 {
|
|
|
6830 stuffReadbuff(ptr);
|
|
|
6831 /* a trailing "0" is inserted as "<C-V>048", "^" as "<C-V>^" */
|
|
|
6832 if (last)
|
|
|
6833 stuffReadbuff((char_u *)(last == '0'
|
|
|
6834 ? IF_EB("\026\060\064\070", CTRL_V_STR "xf0")
|
|
|
6835 : IF_EB("\026^", CTRL_V_STR "^")));
|
|
|
6836 }
|
|
|
6837 while (--count > 0);
|
|
|
6838
|
|
|
6839 if (last)
|
|
|
6840 *last_ptr = last;
|
|
|
6841
|
|
|
6842 if (esc_ptr != NULL)
|
|
|
6843 *esc_ptr = ESC; /* put the ESC back */
|
|
|
6844
|
|
|
6845 /* may want to stuff a trailing ESC, to get out of Insert mode */
|
|
|
6846 if (!no_esc)
|
|
|
6847 stuffcharReadbuff(ESC);
|
|
|
6848
|
|
|
6849 return OK;
|
|
|
6850 }
|
|
|
6851
|
|
|
6852 char_u *
|
|
|
6853 get_last_insert()
|
|
|
6854 {
|
|
|
6855 if (last_insert == NULL)
|
|
|
6856 return NULL;
|
|
|
6857 return last_insert + last_insert_skip;
|
|
|
6858 }
|
|
|
6859
|
|
|
6860 /*
|
|
|
6861 * Get last inserted string, and remove trailing <Esc>.
|
|
|
6862 * Returns pointer to allocated memory (must be freed) or NULL.
|
|
|
6863 */
|
|
|
6864 char_u *
|
|
|
6865 get_last_insert_save()
|
|
|
6866 {
|
|
|
6867 char_u *s;
|
|
|
6868 int len;
|
|
|
6869
|
|
|
6870 if (last_insert == NULL)
|
|
|
6871 return NULL;
|
|
|
6872 s = vim_strsave(last_insert + last_insert_skip);
|
|
|
6873 if (s != NULL)
|
|
|
6874 {
|
|
|
6875 len = (int)STRLEN(s);
|
|
|
6876 if (len > 0 && s[len - 1] == ESC) /* remove trailing ESC */
|
|
|
6877 s[len - 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
6878 }
|
|
|
6879 return s;
|
|
|
6880 }
|
|
|
6881
|
|
|
6882 /*
|
|
|
6883 * Check the word in front of the cursor for an abbreviation.
|
|
|
6884 * Called when the non-id character "c" has been entered.
|
|
|
6885 * When an abbreviation is recognized it is removed from the text and
|
|
|
6886 * the replacement string is inserted in typebuf.tb_buf[], followed by "c".
|
|
|
6887 */
|
|
|
6888 static int
|
|
|
6889 echeck_abbr(c)
|
|
|
6890 int c;
|
|
|
6891 {
|
|
|
6892 /* Don't check for abbreviation in paste mode, when disabled and just
|
|
|
6893 * after moving around with cursor keys. */
|
|
|
6894 if (p_paste || no_abbr || arrow_used)
|
|
|
6895 return FALSE;
|
|
|
6896
|
|
|
6897 return check_abbr(c, ml_get_curline(), curwin->w_cursor.col,
|
|
|
6898 curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum ? Insstart.col : 0);
|
|
|
6899 }
|
|
|
6900
|
|
|
6901 /*
|
|
|
6902 * replace-stack functions
|
|
|
6903 *
|
|
|
6904 * When replacing characters, the replaced characters are remembered for each
|
|
|
6905 * new character. This is used to re-insert the old text when backspacing.
|
|
|
6906 *
|
|
|
6907 * There is a NUL headed list of characters for each character that is
|
|
|
6908 * currently in the file after the insertion point. When BS is used, one NUL
|
|
|
6909 * headed list is put back for the deleted character.
|
|
|
6910 *
|
|
|
6911 * For a newline, there are two NUL headed lists. One contains the characters
|
|
|
6912 * that the NL replaced. The extra one stores the characters after the cursor
|
|
|
6913 * that were deleted (always white space).
|
|
|
6914 *
|
|
|
6915 * Replace_offset is normally 0, in which case replace_push will add a new
|
|
|
6916 * character at the end of the stack. If replace_offset is not 0, that many
|
|
|
6917 * characters will be left on the stack above the newly inserted character.
|
|
|
6918 */
|
|
|
6919
|
|
298
|
6920 static char_u *replace_stack = NULL;
|
|
|
6921 static long replace_stack_nr = 0; /* next entry in replace stack */
|
|
|
6922 static long replace_stack_len = 0; /* max. number of entries */
|
|
7
|
6923
|
|
|
6924 void
|
|
|
6925 replace_push(c)
|
|
|
6926 int c; /* character that is replaced (NUL is none) */
|
|
|
6927 {
|
|
|
6928 char_u *p;
|
|
|
6929
|
|
|
6930 if (replace_stack_nr < replace_offset) /* nothing to do */
|
|
|
6931 return;
|
|
|
6932 if (replace_stack_len <= replace_stack_nr)
|
|
|
6933 {
|
|
|
6934 replace_stack_len += 50;
|
|
|
6935 p = lalloc(sizeof(char_u) * replace_stack_len, TRUE);
|
|
|
6936 if (p == NULL) /* out of memory */
|
|
|
6937 {
|
|
|
6938 replace_stack_len -= 50;
|
|
|
6939 return;
|
|
|
6940 }
|
|
|
6941 if (replace_stack != NULL)
|
|
|
6942 {
|
|
|
6943 mch_memmove(p, replace_stack,
|
|
|
6944 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr * sizeof(char_u)));
|
|
|
6945 vim_free(replace_stack);
|
|
|
6946 }
|
|
|
6947 replace_stack = p;
|
|
|
6948 }
|
|
|
6949 p = replace_stack + replace_stack_nr - replace_offset;
|
|
|
6950 if (replace_offset)
|
|
|
6951 mch_memmove(p + 1, p, (size_t)(replace_offset * sizeof(char_u)));
|
|
|
6952 *p = c;
|
|
|
6953 ++replace_stack_nr;
|
|
|
6954 }
|
|
|
6955
|
|
1470
|
6956 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
6957 /*
|
|
|
6958 * Push a character onto the replace stack. Handles a multi-byte character in
|
|
|
6959 * reverse byte order, so that the first byte is popped off first.
|
|
|
6960 * Return the number of bytes done (includes composing characters).
|
|
|
6961 */
|
|
|
6962 int
|
|
|
6963 replace_push_mb(p)
|
|
|
6964 char_u *p;
|
|
|
6965 {
|
|
|
6966 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p);
|
|
|
6967 int j;
|
|
|
6968
|
|
|
6969 for (j = l - 1; j >= 0; --j)
|
|
|
6970 replace_push(p[j]);
|
|
|
6971 return l;
|
|
|
6972 }
|
|
|
6973 #endif
|
|
|
6974
|
|
840
|
6975 #if 0
|
|
7
|
6976 /*
|
|
|
6977 * call replace_push(c) with replace_offset set to the first NUL.
|
|
|
6978 */
|
|
|
6979 static void
|
|
|
6980 replace_push_off(c)
|
|
|
6981 int c;
|
|
|
6982 {
|
|
|
6983 char_u *p;
|
|
|
6984
|
|
|
6985 p = replace_stack + replace_stack_nr;
|
|
|
6986 for (replace_offset = 1; replace_offset < replace_stack_nr;
|
|
|
6987 ++replace_offset)
|
|
|
6988 if (*--p == NUL)
|
|
|
6989 break;
|
|
|
6990 replace_push(c);
|
|
|
6991 replace_offset = 0;
|
|
|
6992 }
|
|
840
|
6993 #endif
|
|
7
|
6994
|
|
|
6995 /*
|
|
|
6996 * Pop one item from the replace stack.
|
|
|
6997 * return -1 if stack empty
|
|
|
6998 * return replaced character or NUL otherwise
|
|
|
6999 */
|
|
|
7000 static int
|
|
|
7001 replace_pop()
|
|
|
7002 {
|
|
|
7003 if (replace_stack_nr == 0)
|
|
|
7004 return -1;
|
|
|
7005 return (int)replace_stack[--replace_stack_nr];
|
|
|
7006 }
|
|
|
7007
|
|
|
7008 /*
|
|
|
7009 * Join the top two items on the replace stack. This removes to "off"'th NUL
|
|
|
7010 * encountered.
|
|
|
7011 */
|
|
|
7012 static void
|
|
|
7013 replace_join(off)
|
|
|
7014 int off; /* offset for which NUL to remove */
|
|
|
7015 {
|
|
|
7016 int i;
|
|
|
7017
|
|
|
7018 for (i = replace_stack_nr; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
7019 if (replace_stack[i] == NUL && off-- <= 0)
|
|
|
7020 {
|
|
|
7021 --replace_stack_nr;
|
|
|
7022 mch_memmove(replace_stack + i, replace_stack + i + 1,
|
|
|
7023 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr - i));
|
|
|
7024 return;
|
|
|
7025 }
|
|
|
7026 }
|
|
|
7027
|
|
|
7028 /*
|
|
|
7029 * Pop bytes from the replace stack until a NUL is found, and insert them
|
|
|
7030 * before the cursor. Can only be used in REPLACE or VREPLACE mode.
|
|
|
7031 */
|
|
|
7032 static void
|
|
|
7033 replace_pop_ins()
|
|
|
7034 {
|
|
|
7035 int cc;
|
|
|
7036 int oldState = State;
|
|
|
7037
|
|
|
7038 State = NORMAL; /* don't want REPLACE here */
|
|
|
7039 while ((cc = replace_pop()) > 0)
|
|
|
7040 {
|
|
|
7041 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
7042 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc);
|
|
|
7043 #else
|
|
|
7044 ins_char(cc);
|
|
|
7045 #endif
|
|
|
7046 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
7047 }
|
|
|
7048 State = oldState;
|
|
|
7049 }
|
|
|
7050
|
|
|
7051 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
7052 /*
|
|
|
7053 * Insert bytes popped from the replace stack. "cc" is the first byte. If it
|
|
|
7054 * indicates a multi-byte char, pop the other bytes too.
|
|
|
7055 */
|
|
|
7056 static void
|
|
|
7057 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc)
|
|
|
7058 int cc;
|
|
|
7059 {
|
|
|
7060 int n;
|
|
|
7061 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES];
|
|
|
7062 int i;
|
|
|
7063 int c;
|
|
|
7064
|
|
|
7065 if (has_mbyte && (n = MB_BYTE2LEN(cc)) > 1)
|
|
|
7066 {
|
|
|
7067 buf[0] = cc;
|
|
|
7068 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i)
|
|
|
7069 buf[i] = replace_pop();
|
|
|
7070 ins_bytes_len(buf, n);
|
|
|
7071 }
|
|
|
7072 else
|
|
|
7073 ins_char(cc);
|
|
|
7074
|
|
|
7075 if (enc_utf8)
|
|
|
7076 /* Handle composing chars. */
|
|
|
7077 for (;;)
|
|
|
7078 {
|
|
|
7079 c = replace_pop();
|
|
|
7080 if (c == -1) /* stack empty */
|
|
|
7081 break;
|
|
|
7082 if ((n = MB_BYTE2LEN(c)) == 1)
|
|
|
7083 {
|
|
|
7084 /* Not a multi-byte char, put it back. */
|
|
|
7085 replace_push(c);
|
|
|
7086 break;
|
|
|
7087 }
|
|
|
7088 else
|
|
|
7089 {
|
|
|
7090 buf[0] = c;
|
|
|
7091 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i)
|
|
|
7092 buf[i] = replace_pop();
|
|
|
7093 if (utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(buf)))
|
|
|
7094 ins_bytes_len(buf, n);
|
|
|
7095 else
|
|
|
7096 {
|
|
|
7097 /* Not a composing char, put it back. */
|
|
|
7098 for (i = n - 1; i >= 0; --i)
|
|
|
7099 replace_push(buf[i]);
|
|
|
7100 break;
|
|
|
7101 }
|
|
|
7102 }
|
|
|
7103 }
|
|
|
7104 }
|
|
|
7105 #endif
|
|
|
7106
|
|
|
7107 /*
|
|
|
7108 * make the replace stack empty
|
|
|
7109 * (called when exiting replace mode)
|
|
|
7110 */
|
|
|
7111 static void
|
|
|
7112 replace_flush()
|
|
|
7113 {
|
|
|
7114 vim_free(replace_stack);
|
|
|
7115 replace_stack = NULL;
|
|
|
7116 replace_stack_len = 0;
|
|
|
7117 replace_stack_nr = 0;
|
|
|
7118 }
|
|
|
7119
|
|
|
7120 /*
|
|
|
7121 * Handle doing a BS for one character.
|
|
|
7122 * cc < 0: replace stack empty, just move cursor
|
|
|
7123 * cc == 0: character was inserted, delete it
|
|
|
7124 * cc > 0: character was replaced, put cc (first byte of original char) back
|
|
|
7125 * and check for more characters to be put back
|
|
|
7126 */
|
|
|
7127 static void
|
|
|
7128 replace_do_bs()
|
|
|
7129 {
|
|
|
7130 int cc;
|
|
|
7131 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7132 int orig_len = 0;
|
|
|
7133 int ins_len;
|
|
|
7134 int orig_vcols = 0;
|
|
|
7135 colnr_T start_vcol;
|
|
|
7136 char_u *p;
|
|
|
7137 int i;
|
|
|
7138 int vcol;
|
|
|
7139 #endif
|
|
|
7140
|
|
|
7141 cc = replace_pop();
|
|
|
7142 if (cc > 0)
|
|
|
7143 {
|
|
|
7144 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7145 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7146 {
|
|
|
7147 /* Get the number of screen cells used by the character we are
|
|
|
7148 * going to delete. */
|
|
|
7149 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, &start_vcol, NULL);
|
|
|
7150 orig_vcols = chartabsize(ml_get_cursor(), start_vcol);
|
|
|
7151 }
|
|
|
7152 #endif
|
|
|
7153 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
7154 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
7155 {
|
|
|
7156 del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
7157 # ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7158 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
835
|
7159 orig_len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
7
|
7160 # endif
|
|
|
7161 replace_push(cc);
|
|
|
7162 }
|
|
|
7163 else
|
|
|
7164 #endif
|
|
|
7165 {
|
|
|
7166 pchar_cursor(cc);
|
|
|
7167 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7168 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
835
|
7169 orig_len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor()) - 1;
|
|
7
|
7170 #endif
|
|
|
7171 }
|
|
|
7172 replace_pop_ins();
|
|
|
7173
|
|
|
7174 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7175 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7176 {
|
|
|
7177 /* Get the number of screen cells used by the inserted characters */
|
|
|
7178 p = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
835
|
7179 ins_len = (int)STRLEN(p) - orig_len;
|
|
7
|
7180 vcol = start_vcol;
|
|
|
7181 for (i = 0; i < ins_len; ++i)
|
|
|
7182 {
|
|
|
7183 vcol += chartabsize(p + i, vcol);
|
|
|
7184 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
474
|
7185 i += (*mb_ptr2len)(p) - 1;
|
|
7
|
7186 #endif
|
|
|
7187 }
|
|
|
7188 vcol -= start_vcol;
|
|
|
7189
|
|
|
7190 /* Delete spaces that were inserted after the cursor to keep the
|
|
|
7191 * text aligned. */
|
|
|
7192 curwin->w_cursor.col += ins_len;
|
|
|
7193 while (vcol > orig_vcols && gchar_cursor() == ' ')
|
|
|
7194 {
|
|
|
7195 del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
7196 ++orig_vcols;
|
|
|
7197 }
|
|
|
7198 curwin->w_cursor.col -= ins_len;
|
|
|
7199 }
|
|
|
7200 #endif
|
|
|
7201
|
|
|
7202 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
|
|
|
7203 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
|
|
|
7204 }
|
|
|
7205 else if (cc == 0)
|
|
|
7206 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
7207 }
|
|
|
7208
|
|
|
7209 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7210 /*
|
|
|
7211 * Return TRUE if C-indenting is on.
|
|
|
7212 */
|
|
|
7213 static int
|
|
|
7214 cindent_on()
|
|
|
7215 {
|
|
|
7216 return (!p_paste && (curbuf->b_p_cin
|
|
|
7217 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
7218 || *curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL
|
|
|
7219 # endif
|
|
|
7220 ));
|
|
|
7221 }
|
|
|
7222 #endif
|
|
|
7223
|
|
|
7224 #if defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
7225 /*
|
|
|
7226 * Re-indent the current line, based on the current contents of it and the
|
|
|
7227 * surrounding lines. Fixing the cursor position seems really easy -- I'm very
|
|
|
7228 * confused what all the part that handles Control-T is doing that I'm not.
|
|
|
7229 * "get_the_indent" should be get_c_indent, get_expr_indent or get_lisp_indent.
|
|
|
7230 */
|
|
|
7231
|
|
|
7232 void
|
|
|
7233 fixthisline(get_the_indent)
|
|
|
7234 int (*get_the_indent) __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
7235 {
|
|
1516
|
7236 change_indent(INDENT_SET, get_the_indent(), FALSE, 0, TRUE);
|
|
7
|
7237 if (linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
|
|
|
7238 did_ai = TRUE; /* delete the indent if the line stays empty */
|
|
|
7239 }
|
|
|
7240
|
|
|
7241 void
|
|
|
7242 fix_indent()
|
|
|
7243 {
|
|
|
7244 if (p_paste)
|
|
|
7245 return;
|
|
|
7246 # ifdef FEAT_LISP
|
|
|
7247 if (curbuf->b_p_lisp && curbuf->b_p_ai)
|
|
|
7248 fixthisline(get_lisp_indent);
|
|
|
7249 # endif
|
|
|
7250 # if defined(FEAT_LISP) && defined(FEAT_CINDENT)
|
|
|
7251 else
|
|
|
7252 # endif
|
|
|
7253 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7254 if (cindent_on())
|
|
|
7255 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
7256 # endif
|
|
|
7257 }
|
|
|
7258
|
|
|
7259 #endif
|
|
|
7260
|
|
|
7261 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7262 /*
|
|
|
7263 * return TRUE if 'cinkeys' contains the key "keytyped",
|
|
|
7264 * when == '*': Only if key is preceded with '*' (indent before insert)
|
|
|
7265 * when == '!': Only if key is prededed with '!' (don't insert)
|
|
|
7266 * when == ' ': Only if key is not preceded with '*'(indent afterwards)
|
|
|
7267 *
|
|
|
7268 * "keytyped" can have a few special values:
|
|
|
7269 * KEY_OPEN_FORW
|
|
|
7270 * KEY_OPEN_BACK
|
|
|
7271 * KEY_COMPLETE just finished completion.
|
|
|
7272 *
|
|
|
7273 * If line_is_empty is TRUE accept keys with '0' before them.
|
|
|
7274 */
|
|
|
7275 int
|
|
|
7276 in_cinkeys(keytyped, when, line_is_empty)
|
|
|
7277 int keytyped;
|
|
|
7278 int when;
|
|
|
7279 int line_is_empty;
|
|
|
7280 {
|
|
|
7281 char_u *look;
|
|
|
7282 int try_match;
|
|
|
7283 int try_match_word;
|
|
|
7284 char_u *p;
|
|
|
7285 char_u *line;
|
|
|
7286 int icase;
|
|
|
7287 int i;
|
|
|
7288
|
|
|
7289 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
7290 if (*curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL)
|
|
|
7291 look = curbuf->b_p_indk; /* 'indentexpr' set: use 'indentkeys' */
|
|
|
7292 else
|
|
|
7293 #endif
|
|
|
7294 look = curbuf->b_p_cink; /* 'indentexpr' empty: use 'cinkeys' */
|
|
|
7295 while (*look)
|
|
|
7296 {
|
|
|
7297 /*
|
|
|
7298 * Find out if we want to try a match with this key, depending on
|
|
|
7299 * 'when' and a '*' or '!' before the key.
|
|
|
7300 */
|
|
|
7301 switch (when)
|
|
|
7302 {
|
|
|
7303 case '*': try_match = (*look == '*'); break;
|
|
|
7304 case '!': try_match = (*look == '!'); break;
|
|
|
7305 default: try_match = (*look != '*'); break;
|
|
|
7306 }
|
|
|
7307 if (*look == '*' || *look == '!')
|
|
|
7308 ++look;
|
|
|
7309
|
|
|
7310 /*
|
|
|
7311 * If there is a '0', only accept a match if the line is empty.
|
|
|
7312 * But may still match when typing last char of a word.
|
|
|
7313 */
|
|
|
7314 if (*look == '0')
|
|
|
7315 {
|
|
|
7316 try_match_word = try_match;
|
|
|
7317 if (!line_is_empty)
|
|
|
7318 try_match = FALSE;
|
|
|
7319 ++look;
|
|
|
7320 }
|
|
|
7321 else
|
|
|
7322 try_match_word = FALSE;
|
|
|
7323
|
|
|
7324 /*
|
|
|
7325 * does it look like a control character?
|
|
|
7326 */
|
|
|
7327 if (*look == '^'
|
|
|
7328 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
|
7329 && (Ctrl_chr(look[1]) != 0)
|
|
|
7330 #else
|
|
|
7331 && look[1] >= '?' && look[1] <= '_'
|
|
|
7332 #endif
|
|
|
7333 )
|
|
|
7334 {
|
|
|
7335 if (try_match && keytyped == Ctrl_chr(look[1]))
|
|
|
7336 return TRUE;
|
|
|
7337 look += 2;
|
|
|
7338 }
|
|
|
7339 /*
|
|
|
7340 * 'o' means "o" command, open forward.
|
|
|
7341 * 'O' means "O" command, open backward.
|
|
|
7342 */
|
|
|
7343 else if (*look == 'o')
|
|
|
7344 {
|
|
|
7345 if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_FORW)
|
|
|
7346 return TRUE;
|
|
|
7347 ++look;
|
|
|
7348 }
|
|
|
7349 else if (*look == 'O')
|
|
|
7350 {
|
|
|
7351 if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_BACK)
|
|
|
7352 return TRUE;
|
|
|
7353 ++look;
|
|
|
7354 }
|
|
|
7355
|
|
|
7356 /*
|
|
|
7357 * 'e' means to check for "else" at start of line and just before the
|
|
|
7358 * cursor.
|
|
|
7359 */
|
|
|
7360 else if (*look == 'e')
|
|
|
7361 {
|
|
|
7362 if (try_match && keytyped == 'e' && curwin->w_cursor.col >= 4)
|
|
|
7363 {
|
|
|
7364 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
7365 if (skipwhite(p) == p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4 &&
|
|
|
7366 STRNCMP(p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4, "else", 4) == 0)
|
|
|
7367 return TRUE;
|
|
|
7368 }
|
|
|
7369 ++look;
|
|
|
7370 }
|
|
|
7371
|
|
|
7372 /*
|
|
|
7373 * ':' only causes an indent if it is at the end of a label or case
|
|
|
7374 * statement, or when it was before typing the ':' (to fix
|
|
|
7375 * class::method for C++).
|
|
|
7376 */
|
|
|
7377 else if (*look == ':')
|
|
|
7378 {
|
|
|
7379 if (try_match && keytyped == ':')
|
|
|
7380 {
|
|
|
7381 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
7382 if (cin_iscase(p) || cin_isscopedecl(p) || cin_islabel(30))
|
|
|
7383 return TRUE;
|
|
1300
|
7384 /* Need to get the line again after cin_islabel(). */
|
|
|
7385 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
7
|
7386 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 2
|
|
|
7387 && p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] == ':'
|
|
|
7388 && p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 2] == ':')
|
|
|
7389 {
|
|
|
7390 p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ' ';
|
|
|
7391 i = (cin_iscase(p) || cin_isscopedecl(p)
|
|
|
7392 || cin_islabel(30));
|
|
|
7393 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
7394 p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ':';
|
|
|
7395 if (i)
|
|
|
7396 return TRUE;
|
|
|
7397 }
|
|
|
7398 }
|
|
|
7399 ++look;
|
|
|
7400 }
|
|
|
7401
|
|
|
7402
|
|
|
7403 /*
|
|
|
7404 * Is it a key in <>, maybe?
|
|
|
7405 */
|
|
|
7406 else if (*look == '<')
|
|
|
7407 {
|
|
|
7408 if (try_match)
|
|
|
7409 {
|
|
|
7410 /*
|
|
|
7411 * make up some named keys <o>, <O>, <e>, <0>, <>>, <<>, <*>,
|
|
|
7412 * <:> and <!> so that people can re-indent on o, O, e, 0, <,
|
|
|
7413 * >, *, : and ! keys if they really really want to.
|
|
|
7414 */
|
|
|
7415 if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"<>!*oOe0:", look[1]) != NULL
|
|
|
7416 && keytyped == look[1])
|
|
|
7417 return TRUE;
|
|
|
7418
|
|
|
7419 if (keytyped == get_special_key_code(look + 1))
|
|
|
7420 return TRUE;
|
|
|
7421 }
|
|
|
7422 while (*look && *look != '>')
|
|
|
7423 look++;
|
|
|
7424 while (*look == '>')
|
|
|
7425 look++;
|
|
|
7426 }
|
|
|
7427
|
|
|
7428 /*
|
|
|
7429 * Is it a word: "=word"?
|
|
|
7430 */
|
|
|
7431 else if (*look == '=' && look[1] != ',' && look[1] != NUL)
|
|
|
7432 {
|
|
|
7433 ++look;
|
|
|
7434 if (*look == '~')
|
|
|
7435 {
|
|
|
7436 icase = TRUE;
|
|
|
7437 ++look;
|
|
|
7438 }
|
|
|
7439 else
|
|
|
7440 icase = FALSE;
|
|
|
7441 p = vim_strchr(look, ',');
|
|
|
7442 if (p == NULL)
|
|
|
7443 p = look + STRLEN(look);
|
|
|
7444 if ((try_match || try_match_word)
|
|
|
7445 && curwin->w_cursor.col >= (colnr_T)(p - look))
|
|
|
7446 {
|
|
|
7447 int match = FALSE;
|
|
|
7448
|
|
|
7449 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
7450 if (keytyped == KEY_COMPLETE)
|
|
|
7451 {
|
|
|
7452 char_u *s;
|
|
|
7453
|
|
|
7454 /* Just completed a word, check if it starts with "look".
|
|
|
7455 * search back for the start of a word. */
|
|
|
7456 line = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
7457 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
7458 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
7459 {
|
|
|
7460 char_u *n;
|
|
|
7461
|
|
|
7462 for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; s = n)
|
|
|
7463 {
|
|
|
7464 n = mb_prevptr(line, s);
|
|
|
7465 if (!vim_iswordp(n))
|
|
|
7466 break;
|
|
|
7467 }
|
|
|
7468 }
|
|
|
7469 else
|
|
|
7470 # endif
|
|
|
7471 for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; --s)
|
|
|
7472 if (!vim_iswordc(s[-1]))
|
|
|
7473 break;
|
|
|
7474 if (s + (p - look) <= line + curwin->w_cursor.col
|
|
|
7475 && (icase
|
|
|
7476 ? MB_STRNICMP(s, look, p - look)
|
|
|
7477 : STRNCMP(s, look, p - look)) == 0)
|
|
|
7478 match = TRUE;
|
|
|
7479 }
|
|
|
7480 else
|
|
|
7481 #endif
|
|
|
7482 /* TODO: multi-byte */
|
|
|
7483 if (keytyped == (int)p[-1] || (icase && keytyped < 256
|
|
|
7484 && TOLOWER_LOC(keytyped) == TOLOWER_LOC((int)p[-1])))
|
|
|
7485 {
|
|
|
7486 line = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
7487 if ((curwin->w_cursor.col == (colnr_T)(p - look)
|
|
|
7488 || !vim_iswordc(line[-(p - look) - 1]))
|
|
|
7489 && (icase
|
|
|
7490 ? MB_STRNICMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look)
|
|
|
7491 : STRNCMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look))
|
|
|
7492 == 0)
|
|
|
7493 match = TRUE;
|
|
|
7494 }
|
|
|
7495 if (match && try_match_word && !try_match)
|
|
|
7496 {
|
|
|
7497 /* "0=word": Check if there are only blanks before the
|
|
|
7498 * word. */
|
|
|
7499 line = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
7500 if ((int)(skipwhite(line) - line) !=
|
|
|
7501 (int)(curwin->w_cursor.col - (p - look)))
|
|
|
7502 match = FALSE;
|
|
|
7503 }
|
|
|
7504 if (match)
|
|
|
7505 return TRUE;
|
|
|
7506 }
|
|
|
7507 look = p;
|
|
|
7508 }
|
|
|
7509
|
|
|
7510 /*
|
|
|
7511 * ok, it's a boring generic character.
|
|
|
7512 */
|
|
|
7513 else
|
|
|
7514 {
|
|
|
7515 if (try_match && *look == keytyped)
|
|
|
7516 return TRUE;
|
|
|
7517 ++look;
|
|
|
7518 }
|
|
|
7519
|
|
|
7520 /*
|
|
|
7521 * Skip over ", ".
|
|
|
7522 */
|
|
|
7523 look = skip_to_option_part(look);
|
|
|
7524 }
|
|
|
7525 return FALSE;
|
|
|
7526 }
|
|
|
7527 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */
|
|
|
7528
|
|
|
7529 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
7530 /*
|
|
|
7531 * Map Hebrew keyboard when in hkmap mode.
|
|
|
7532 */
|
|
|
7533 int
|
|
|
7534 hkmap(c)
|
|
|
7535 int c;
|
|
|
7536 {
|
|
|
7537 if (p_hkmapp) /* phonetic mapping, by Ilya Dogolazky */
|
|
|
7538 {
|
|
|
7539 enum {hALEF=0, BET, GIMEL, DALET, HEI, VAV, ZAIN, HET, TET, IUD,
|
|
|
7540 KAFsofit, hKAF, LAMED, MEMsofit, MEM, NUNsofit, NUN, SAMEH, AIN,
|
|
|
7541 PEIsofit, PEI, ZADIsofit, ZADI, KOF, RESH, hSHIN, TAV};
|
|
|
7542 static char_u map[26] =
|
|
|
7543 {(char_u)hALEF/*a*/, (char_u)BET /*b*/, (char_u)hKAF /*c*/,
|
|
|
7544 (char_u)DALET/*d*/, (char_u)-1 /*e*/, (char_u)PEIsofit/*f*/,
|
|
|
7545 (char_u)GIMEL/*g*/, (char_u)HEI /*h*/, (char_u)IUD /*i*/,
|
|
|
7546 (char_u)HET /*j*/, (char_u)KOF /*k*/, (char_u)LAMED /*l*/,
|
|
|
7547 (char_u)MEM /*m*/, (char_u)NUN /*n*/, (char_u)SAMEH /*o*/,
|
|
|
7548 (char_u)PEI /*p*/, (char_u)-1 /*q*/, (char_u)RESH /*r*/,
|
|
|
7549 (char_u)ZAIN /*s*/, (char_u)TAV /*t*/, (char_u)TET /*u*/,
|
|
|
7550 (char_u)VAV /*v*/, (char_u)hSHIN/*w*/, (char_u)-1 /*x*/,
|
|
|
7551 (char_u)AIN /*y*/, (char_u)ZADI /*z*/};
|
|
|
7552
|
|
|
7553 if (c == 'N' || c == 'M' || c == 'P' || c == 'C' || c == 'Z')
|
|
|
7554 return (int)(map[CharOrd(c)] - 1 + p_aleph);
|
|
|
7555 /* '-1'='sofit' */
|
|
|
7556 else if (c == 'x')
|
|
|
7557 return 'X';
|
|
|
7558 else if (c == 'q')
|
|
|
7559 return '\''; /* {geresh}={'} */
|
|
|
7560 else if (c == 246)
|
|
|
7561 return ' '; /* \"o --> ' ' for a german keyboard */
|
|
|
7562 else if (c == 228)
|
|
|
7563 return ' '; /* \"a --> ' ' -- / -- */
|
|
|
7564 else if (c == 252)
|
|
|
7565 return ' '; /* \"u --> ' ' -- / -- */
|
|
|
7566 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
|
7567 else if (islower(c))
|
|
|
7568 #else
|
|
|
7569 /* NOTE: islower() does not do the right thing for us on Linux so we
|
|
|
7570 * do this the same was as 5.7 and previous, so it works correctly on
|
|
|
7571 * all systems. Specifically, the e.g. Delete and Arrow keys are
|
|
|
7572 * munged and won't work if e.g. searching for Hebrew text.
|
|
|
7573 */
|
|
|
7574 else if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z')
|
|
|
7575 #endif
|
|
|
7576 return (int)(map[CharOrdLow(c)] + p_aleph);
|
|
|
7577 else
|
|
|
7578 return c;
|
|
|
7579 }
|
|
|
7580 else
|
|
|
7581 {
|
|
|
7582 switch (c)
|
|
|
7583 {
|
|
|
7584 case '`': return ';';
|
|
|
7585 case '/': return '.';
|
|
|
7586 case '\'': return ',';
|
|
|
7587 case 'q': return '/';
|
|
|
7588 case 'w': return '\'';
|
|
|
7589
|
|
|
7590 /* Hebrew letters - set offset from 'a' */
|
|
|
7591 case ',': c = '{'; break;
|
|
|
7592 case '.': c = 'v'; break;
|
|
|
7593 case ';': c = 't'; break;
|
|
|
7594 default: {
|
|
|
7595 static char str[] = "zqbcxlsjphmkwonu ydafe rig";
|
|
|
7596
|
|
|
7597 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
|
7598 /* see note about islower() above */
|
|
|
7599 if (!islower(c))
|
|
|
7600 #else
|
|
|
7601 if (c < 'a' || c > 'z')
|
|
|
7602 #endif
|
|
|
7603 return c;
|
|
|
7604 c = str[CharOrdLow(c)];
|
|
|
7605 break;
|
|
|
7606 }
|
|
|
7607 }
|
|
|
7608
|
|
|
7609 return (int)(CharOrdLow(c) + p_aleph);
|
|
|
7610 }
|
|
|
7611 }
|
|
|
7612 #endif
|
|
|
7613
|
|
|
7614 static void
|
|
|
7615 ins_reg()
|
|
|
7616 {
|
|
|
7617 int need_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
|
7618 int regname;
|
|
|
7619 int literally = 0;
|
|
844
|
7620 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
7621 int vis_active = VIsual_active;
|
|
|
7622 #endif
|
|
7
|
7623
|
|
|
7624 /*
|
|
|
7625 * If we are going to wait for a character, show a '"'.
|
|
|
7626 */
|
|
|
7627 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET;
|
|
|
7628 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
|
|
|
7629 {
|
|
|
7630 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
661
|
7631 ins_redraw(FALSE);
|
|
7
|
7632
|
|
|
7633 edit_putchar('"', TRUE);
|
|
|
7634 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
7635 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_R);
|
|
|
7636 #endif
|
|
|
7637 }
|
|
|
7638
|
|
|
7639 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
7640 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
|
|
|
7641 #endif
|
|
|
7642
|
|
|
7643 /*
|
|
|
7644 * Don't map the register name. This also prevents the mode message to be
|
|
|
7645 * deleted when ESC is hit.
|
|
|
7646 */
|
|
|
7647 ++no_mapping;
|
|
1389
|
7648 regname = plain_vgetc();
|
|
7
|
7649 #ifdef FEAT_LANGMAP
|
|
|
7650 LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE);
|
|
|
7651 #endif
|
|
|
7652 if (regname == Ctrl_R || regname == Ctrl_O || regname == Ctrl_P)
|
|
|
7653 {
|
|
|
7654 /* Get a third key for literal register insertion */
|
|
|
7655 literally = regname;
|
|
|
7656 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
7657 add_to_showcmd_c(literally);
|
|
|
7658 #endif
|
|
1389
|
7659 regname = plain_vgetc();
|
|
7
|
7660 #ifdef FEAT_LANGMAP
|
|
|
7661 LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE);
|
|
|
7662 #endif
|
|
|
7663 }
|
|
|
7664 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
7665
|
|
|
7666 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
7667 /*
|
|
|
7668 * Don't call u_sync() while getting the expression,
|
|
|
7669 * evaluating it or giving an error message for it!
|
|
|
7670 */
|
|
|
7671 ++no_u_sync;
|
|
|
7672 if (regname == '=')
|
|
|
7673 {
|
|
133
|
7674 # ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
7
|
7675 int im_on = im_get_status();
|
|
133
|
7676 # endif
|
|
7
|
7677 regname = get_expr_register();
|
|
133
|
7678 # ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
7
|
7679 /* Restore the Input Method. */
|
|
|
7680 if (im_on)
|
|
|
7681 im_set_active(TRUE);
|
|
133
|
7682 # endif
|
|
7
|
7683 }
|
|
140
|
7684 if (regname == NUL || !valid_yank_reg(regname, FALSE))
|
|
|
7685 {
|
|
|
7686 vim_beep();
|
|
7
|
7687 need_redraw = TRUE; /* remove the '"' */
|
|
140
|
7688 }
|
|
7
|
7689 else
|
|
|
7690 {
|
|
|
7691 #endif
|
|
|
7692 if (literally == Ctrl_O || literally == Ctrl_P)
|
|
|
7693 {
|
|
|
7694 /* Append the command to the redo buffer. */
|
|
|
7695 AppendCharToRedobuff(Ctrl_R);
|
|
|
7696 AppendCharToRedobuff(literally);
|
|
|
7697 AppendCharToRedobuff(regname);
|
|
|
7698
|
|
|
7699 do_put(regname, BACKWARD, 1L,
|
|
|
7700 (literally == Ctrl_P ? PUT_FIXINDENT : 0) | PUT_CURSEND);
|
|
|
7701 }
|
|
|
7702 else if (insert_reg(regname, literally) == FAIL)
|
|
|
7703 {
|
|
|
7704 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7705 need_redraw = TRUE; /* remove the '"' */
|
|
|
7706 }
|
|
133
|
7707 else if (stop_insert_mode)
|
|
|
7708 /* When the '=' register was used and a function was invoked that
|
|
|
7709 * did ":stopinsert" then stuff_empty() returns FALSE but we won't
|
|
|
7710 * insert anything, need to remove the '"' */
|
|
|
7711 need_redraw = TRUE;
|
|
|
7712
|
|
7
|
7713 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
7714 }
|
|
|
7715 --no_u_sync;
|
|
|
7716 #endif
|
|
|
7717 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
7718 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
7719 #endif
|
|
|
7720
|
|
|
7721 /* If the inserted register is empty, we need to remove the '"' */
|
|
|
7722 if (need_redraw || stuff_empty())
|
|
|
7723 edit_unputchar();
|
|
844
|
7724
|
|
|
7725 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
7726 /* Disallow starting Visual mode here, would get a weird mode. */
|
|
|
7727 if (!vis_active && VIsual_active)
|
|
|
7728 end_visual_mode();
|
|
|
7729 #endif
|
|
7
|
7730 }
|
|
|
7731
|
|
|
7732 /*
|
|
|
7733 * CTRL-G commands in Insert mode.
|
|
|
7734 */
|
|
|
7735 static void
|
|
|
7736 ins_ctrl_g()
|
|
|
7737 {
|
|
|
7738 int c;
|
|
|
7739
|
|
|
7740 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
7741 /* Right after CTRL-X the cursor will be after the ruler. */
|
|
|
7742 setcursor();
|
|
|
7743 #endif
|
|
|
7744
|
|
|
7745 /*
|
|
|
7746 * Don't map the second key. This also prevents the mode message to be
|
|
|
7747 * deleted when ESC is hit.
|
|
|
7748 */
|
|
|
7749 ++no_mapping;
|
|
1389
|
7750 c = plain_vgetc();
|
|
7
|
7751 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
7752 switch (c)
|
|
|
7753 {
|
|
|
7754 /* CTRL-G k and CTRL-G <Up>: cursor up to Insstart.col */
|
|
|
7755 case K_UP:
|
|
|
7756 case Ctrl_K:
|
|
|
7757 case 'k': ins_up(TRUE);
|
|
|
7758 break;
|
|
|
7759
|
|
|
7760 /* CTRL-G j and CTRL-G <Down>: cursor down to Insstart.col */
|
|
|
7761 case K_DOWN:
|
|
|
7762 case Ctrl_J:
|
|
|
7763 case 'j': ins_down(TRUE);
|
|
|
7764 break;
|
|
|
7765
|
|
|
7766 /* CTRL-G u: start new undoable edit */
|
|
825
|
7767 case 'u': u_sync(TRUE);
|
|
7
|
7768 ins_need_undo = TRUE;
|
|
626
|
7769
|
|
|
7770 /* Need to reset Insstart, esp. because a BS that joins
|
|
1219
|
7771 * a line to the previous one must save for undo. */
|
|
626
|
7772 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
7
|
7773 break;
|
|
|
7774
|
|
|
7775 /* Unknown CTRL-G command, reserved for future expansion. */
|
|
|
7776 default: vim_beep();
|
|
|
7777 }
|
|
|
7778 }
|
|
|
7779
|
|
|
7780 /*
|
|
449
|
7781 * CTRL-^ in Insert mode.
|
|
|
7782 */
|
|
|
7783 static void
|
|
|
7784 ins_ctrl_hat()
|
|
|
7785 {
|
|
782
|
7786 if (map_to_exists_mode((char_u *)"", LANGMAP, FALSE))
|
|
449
|
7787 {
|
|
|
7788 /* ":lmap" mappings exists, Toggle use of ":lmap" mappings. */
|
|
|
7789 if (State & LANGMAP)
|
|
|
7790 {
|
|
|
7791 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE;
|
|
|
7792 State &= ~LANGMAP;
|
|
|
7793 }
|
|
|
7794 else
|
|
|
7795 {
|
|
|
7796 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_LMAP;
|
|
|
7797 State |= LANGMAP;
|
|
|
7798 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
|
7799 im_set_active(FALSE);
|
|
|
7800 #endif
|
|
|
7801 }
|
|
|
7802 }
|
|
|
7803 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
|
7804 else
|
|
|
7805 {
|
|
|
7806 /* There are no ":lmap" mappings, toggle IM */
|
|
|
7807 if (im_get_status())
|
|
|
7808 {
|
|
|
7809 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE;
|
|
|
7810 im_set_active(FALSE);
|
|
|
7811 }
|
|
|
7812 else
|
|
|
7813 {
|
|
|
7814 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_IM;
|
|
|
7815 State &= ~LANGMAP;
|
|
|
7816 im_set_active(TRUE);
|
|
|
7817 }
|
|
|
7818 }
|
|
|
7819 #endif
|
|
|
7820 set_iminsert_global();
|
|
|
7821 showmode();
|
|
|
7822 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7823 /* may show different cursor shape or color */
|
|
|
7824 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
7825 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
7826 #endif
|
|
|
7827 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_KEYMAP)
|
|
|
7828 /* Show/unshow value of 'keymap' in status lines. */
|
|
|
7829 status_redraw_curbuf();
|
|
|
7830 #endif
|
|
|
7831 }
|
|
|
7832
|
|
|
7833 /*
|
|
7
|
7834 * Handle ESC in insert mode.
|
|
|
7835 * Returns TRUE when leaving insert mode, FALSE when going to repeat the
|
|
|
7836 * insert.
|
|
|
7837 */
|
|
|
7838 static int
|
|
477
|
7839 ins_esc(count, cmdchar, nomove)
|
|
7
|
7840 long *count;
|
|
|
7841 int cmdchar;
|
|
477
|
7842 int nomove; /* don't move cursor */
|
|
7
|
7843 {
|
|
|
7844 int temp;
|
|
|
7845 static int disabled_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
|
7846
|
|
744
|
7847 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
|
|
449
|
7848 check_spell_redraw();
|
|
|
7849 #endif
|
|
7
|
7850 #if defined(FEAT_HANGULIN)
|
|
|
7851 # if defined(ESC_CHG_TO_ENG_MODE)
|
|
|
7852 hangul_input_state_set(0);
|
|
|
7853 # endif
|
|
|
7854 if (composing_hangul)
|
|
|
7855 {
|
|
|
7856 push_raw_key(composing_hangul_buffer, 2);
|
|
|
7857 composing_hangul = 0;
|
|
|
7858 }
|
|
|
7859 #endif
|
|
|
7860
|
|
|
7861 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7862 if (disabled_redraw)
|
|
|
7863 {
|
|
|
7864 --RedrawingDisabled;
|
|
|
7865 disabled_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
|
7866 }
|
|
|
7867 if (!arrow_used)
|
|
|
7868 {
|
|
|
7869 /*
|
|
|
7870 * Don't append the ESC for "r<CR>" and "grx".
|
|
75
|
7871 * When 'insertmode' is set only CTRL-L stops Insert mode. Needed for
|
|
|
7872 * when "count" is non-zero.
|
|
7
|
7873 */
|
|
|
7874 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v')
|
|
75
|
7875 AppendToRedobuff(p_im ? (char_u *)"\014" : ESC_STR);
|
|
7
|
7876
|
|
|
7877 /*
|
|
|
7878 * Repeating insert may take a long time. Check for
|
|
|
7879 * interrupt now and then.
|
|
|
7880 */
|
|
|
7881 if (*count > 0)
|
|
|
7882 {
|
|
|
7883 line_breakcheck();
|
|
|
7884 if (got_int)
|
|
|
7885 *count = 0;
|
|
|
7886 }
|
|
|
7887
|
|
|
7888 if (--*count > 0) /* repeat what was typed */
|
|
|
7889 {
|
|
164
|
7890 /* Vi repeats the insert without replacing characters. */
|
|
|
7891 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_REPLCNT) != NULL)
|
|
|
7892 State &= ~REPLACE_FLAG;
|
|
|
7893
|
|
7
|
7894 (void)start_redo_ins();
|
|
|
7895 if (cmdchar == 'r' || cmdchar == 'v')
|
|
|
7896 stuffReadbuff(ESC_STR); /* no ESC in redo buffer */
|
|
|
7897 ++RedrawingDisabled;
|
|
|
7898 disabled_redraw = TRUE;
|
|
|
7899 return FALSE; /* repeat the insert */
|
|
|
7900 }
|
|
|
7901 stop_insert(&curwin->w_cursor, TRUE);
|
|
|
7902 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7903 }
|
|
|
7904
|
|
|
7905 /* When an autoindent was removed, curswant stays after the
|
|
|
7906 * indent */
|
|
|
7907 if (restart_edit == NUL && (colnr_T)temp == curwin->w_cursor.col)
|
|
|
7908 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
7909
|
|
|
7910 /* Remember the last Insert position in the '^ mark. */
|
|
|
7911 if (!cmdmod.keepjumps)
|
|
|
7912 curbuf->b_last_insert = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7913
|
|
|
7914 /*
|
|
|
7915 * The cursor should end up on the last inserted character.
|
|
477
|
7916 * Don't do it for CTRL-O, unless past the end of the line.
|
|
7
|
7917 */
|
|
477
|
7918 if (!nomove
|
|
|
7919 && (curwin->w_cursor.col != 0
|
|
7
|
7920 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
7921 || curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0
|
|
|
7922 #endif
|
|
477
|
7923 )
|
|
|
7924 && (restart_edit == NUL
|
|
|
7925 || (gchar_cursor() == NUL
|
|
7
|
7926 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
477
|
7927 && !VIsual_active
|
|
|
7928 #endif
|
|
|
7929 ))
|
|
7
|
7930 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7931 && !revins_on
|
|
|
7932 #endif
|
|
|
7933 )
|
|
|
7934 {
|
|
|
7935 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
7936 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0 || ve_flags == VE_ALL)
|
|
|
7937 {
|
|
|
7938 oneleft();
|
|
|
7939 if (restart_edit != NUL)
|
|
|
7940 ++curwin->w_cursor.coladd;
|
|
|
7941 }
|
|
|
7942 else
|
|
|
7943 #endif
|
|
|
7944 {
|
|
|
7945 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7946 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
7947 /* Correct cursor for multi-byte character. */
|
|
|
7948 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
7949 mb_adjust_cursor();
|
|
|
7950 #endif
|
|
|
7951 }
|
|
|
7952 }
|
|
|
7953
|
|
|
7954 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
|
7955 /* Disable IM to allow typing English directly for Normal mode commands.
|
|
|
7956 * When ":lmap" is enabled don't change 'iminsert' (IM can be enabled as
|
|
|
7957 * well). */
|
|
|
7958 if (!(State & LANGMAP))
|
|
|
7959 im_save_status(&curbuf->b_p_iminsert);
|
|
|
7960 im_set_active(FALSE);
|
|
|
7961 #endif
|
|
|
7962
|
|
|
7963 State = NORMAL;
|
|
|
7964 /* need to position cursor again (e.g. when on a TAB ) */
|
|
|
7965 changed_cline_bef_curs();
|
|
|
7966
|
|
|
7967 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
7968 setmouse();
|
|
|
7969 #endif
|
|
|
7970 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE
|
|
|
7971 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */
|
|
|
7972 #endif
|
|
|
7973
|
|
|
7974 /*
|
|
|
7975 * When recording or for CTRL-O, need to display the new mode.
|
|
|
7976 * Otherwise remove the mode message.
|
|
|
7977 */
|
|
|
7978 if (Recording || restart_edit != NUL)
|
|
|
7979 showmode();
|
|
|
7980 else if (p_smd)
|
|
|
7981 MSG("");
|
|
|
7982
|
|
|
7983 return TRUE; /* exit Insert mode */
|
|
|
7984 }
|
|
|
7985
|
|
|
7986 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7987 /*
|
|
|
7988 * Toggle language: hkmap and revins_on.
|
|
|
7989 * Move to end of reverse inserted text.
|
|
|
7990 */
|
|
|
7991 static void
|
|
|
7992 ins_ctrl_()
|
|
|
7993 {
|
|
|
7994 if (revins_on && revins_chars && revins_scol >= 0)
|
|
|
7995 {
|
|
|
7996 while (gchar_cursor() != NUL && revins_chars--)
|
|
|
7997 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7998 }
|
|
|
7999 p_ri = !p_ri;
|
|
|
8000 revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri);
|
|
|
8001 if (revins_on)
|
|
|
8002 {
|
|
|
8003 revins_scol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
8004 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
8005 revins_chars = 0;
|
|
|
8006 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
8007 }
|
|
|
8008 else
|
|
|
8009 revins_scol = -1;
|
|
|
8010 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
8011 if (p_altkeymap)
|
|
|
8012 {
|
|
|
8013 /*
|
|
|
8014 * to be consistent also for redo command, using '.'
|
|
|
8015 * set arrow_used to true and stop it - causing to redo
|
|
|
8016 * characters entered in one mode (normal/reverse insert).
|
|
|
8017 */
|
|
|
8018 arrow_used = TRUE;
|
|
|
8019 (void)stop_arrow();
|
|
|
8020 p_fkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri;
|
|
|
8021 if (p_fkmap && p_ri)
|
|
|
8022 State = INSERT;
|
|
|
8023 }
|
|
|
8024 else
|
|
|
8025 #endif
|
|
|
8026 p_hkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri; /* be consistent! */
|
|
|
8027 showmode();
|
|
|
8028 }
|
|
|
8029 #endif
|
|
|
8030
|
|
|
8031 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
8032 /*
|
|
|
8033 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection.
|
|
|
8034 * Returns TRUE when a CTRL-O and other keys stuffed.
|
|
|
8035 */
|
|
|
8036 static int
|
|
|
8037 ins_start_select(c)
|
|
|
8038 int c;
|
|
|
8039 {
|
|
|
8040 if (km_startsel)
|
|
|
8041 switch (c)
|
|
|
8042 {
|
|
|
8043 case K_KHOME:
|
|
|
8044 case K_KEND:
|
|
|
8045 case K_PAGEUP:
|
|
|
8046 case K_KPAGEUP:
|
|
|
8047 case K_PAGEDOWN:
|
|
|
8048 case K_KPAGEDOWN:
|
|
|
8049 # ifdef MACOS
|
|
|
8050 case K_LEFT:
|
|
|
8051 case K_RIGHT:
|
|
|
8052 case K_UP:
|
|
|
8053 case K_DOWN:
|
|
|
8054 case K_END:
|
|
|
8055 case K_HOME:
|
|
|
8056 # endif
|
|
|
8057 if (!(mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT))
|
|
|
8058 break;
|
|
|
8059 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
8060 case K_S_LEFT:
|
|
|
8061 case K_S_RIGHT:
|
|
|
8062 case K_S_UP:
|
|
|
8063 case K_S_DOWN:
|
|
|
8064 case K_S_END:
|
|
|
8065 case K_S_HOME:
|
|
|
8066 /* Start selection right away, the cursor can move with
|
|
|
8067 * CTRL-O when beyond the end of the line. */
|
|
|
8068 start_selection();
|
|
|
8069
|
|
|
8070 /* Execute the key in (insert) Select mode. */
|
|
|
8071 stuffcharReadbuff(Ctrl_O);
|
|
|
8072 if (mod_mask)
|
|
|
8073 {
|
|
|
8074 char_u buf[4];
|
|
|
8075
|
|
|
8076 buf[0] = K_SPECIAL;
|
|
|
8077 buf[1] = KS_MODIFIER;
|
|
|
8078 buf[2] = mod_mask;
|
|
|
8079 buf[3] = NUL;
|
|
|
8080 stuffReadbuff(buf);
|
|
|
8081 }
|
|
|
8082 stuffcharReadbuff(c);
|
|
|
8083 return TRUE;
|
|
|
8084 }
|
|
|
8085 return FALSE;
|
|
|
8086 }
|
|
|
8087 #endif
|
|
|
8088
|
|
|
8089 /*
|
|
449
|
8090 * <Insert> key in Insert mode: toggle insert/remplace mode.
|
|
|
8091 */
|
|
|
8092 static void
|
|
|
8093 ins_insert(replaceState)
|
|
|
8094 int replaceState;
|
|
|
8095 {
|
|
|
8096 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
8097 if (p_fkmap && p_ri)
|
|
|
8098 {
|
|
|
8099 beep_flush();
|
|
|
8100 EMSG(farsi_text_3); /* encoded in Farsi */
|
|
|
8101 return;
|
|
|
8102 }
|
|
|
8103 #endif
|
|
|
8104
|
|
|
8105 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
532
|
8106 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
449
|
8107 set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE,
|
|
|
8108 (char_u *)((State & REPLACE_FLAG) ? "i" :
|
|
667
|
8109 # ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
8110 replaceState == VREPLACE ? "v" :
|
|
|
8111 # endif
|
|
|
8112 "r"), 1);
|
|
532
|
8113 # endif
|
|
449
|
8114 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTCHANGE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
|
8115 #endif
|
|
|
8116 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8117 State = INSERT | (State & LANGMAP);
|
|
|
8118 else
|
|
|
8119 State = replaceState | (State & LANGMAP);
|
|
|
8120 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_INS);
|
|
|
8121 showmode();
|
|
|
8122 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE
|
|
|
8123 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */
|
|
|
8124 #endif
|
|
|
8125 }
|
|
|
8126
|
|
|
8127 /*
|
|
|
8128 * Pressed CTRL-O in Insert mode.
|
|
|
8129 */
|
|
|
8130 static void
|
|
|
8131 ins_ctrl_o()
|
|
|
8132 {
|
|
|
8133 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
8134 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8135 restart_edit = 'V';
|
|
|
8136 else
|
|
|
8137 #endif
|
|
|
8138 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8139 restart_edit = 'R';
|
|
|
8140 else
|
|
|
8141 restart_edit = 'I';
|
|
|
8142 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
8143 if (virtual_active())
|
|
|
8144 ins_at_eol = FALSE; /* cursor always keeps its column */
|
|
|
8145 else
|
|
|
8146 #endif
|
|
|
8147 ins_at_eol = (gchar_cursor() == NUL);
|
|
|
8148 }
|
|
|
8149
|
|
|
8150 /*
|
|
7
|
8151 * If the cursor is on an indent, ^T/^D insert/delete one
|
|
|
8152 * shiftwidth. Otherwise ^T/^D behave like a "<<" or ">>".
|
|
|
8153 * Always round the indent to 'shiftwith', this is compatible
|
|
|
8154 * with vi. But vi only supports ^T and ^D after an
|
|
|
8155 * autoindent, we support it everywhere.
|
|
|
8156 */
|
|
|
8157 static void
|
|
|
8158 ins_shift(c, lastc)
|
|
|
8159 int c;
|
|
|
8160 int lastc;
|
|
|
8161 {
|
|
|
8162 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
8163 return;
|
|
|
8164 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
8165
|
|
|
8166 /*
|
|
|
8167 * 0^D and ^^D: remove all indent.
|
|
|
8168 */
|
|
1330
|
8169 if (c == Ctrl_D && (lastc == '0' || lastc == '^')
|
|
|
8170 && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
|
|
7
|
8171 {
|
|
|
8172 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
8173 (void)del_char(FALSE); /* delete the '^' or '0' */
|
|
|
8174 /* In Replace mode, restore the characters that '^' or '0' replaced. */
|
|
|
8175 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8176 replace_pop_ins();
|
|
|
8177 if (lastc == '^')
|
|
|
8178 old_indent = get_indent(); /* remember curr. indent */
|
|
1516
|
8179 change_indent(INDENT_SET, 0, TRUE, 0, TRUE);
|
|
7
|
8180 }
|
|
|
8181 else
|
|
1516
|
8182 change_indent(c == Ctrl_D ? INDENT_DEC : INDENT_INC, 0, TRUE, 0, TRUE);
|
|
7
|
8183
|
|
|
8184 if (did_ai && *skipwhite(ml_get_curline()) != NUL)
|
|
|
8185 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
8186 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
8187 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
8188 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
8189 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
8190 #endif
|
|
|
8191 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
8192 can_cindent = FALSE; /* no cindenting after ^D or ^T */
|
|
|
8193 #endif
|
|
|
8194 }
|
|
|
8195
|
|
|
8196 static void
|
|
|
8197 ins_del()
|
|
|
8198 {
|
|
|
8199 int temp;
|
|
|
8200
|
|
|
8201 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
8202 return;
|
|
|
8203 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL) /* delete newline */
|
|
|
8204 {
|
|
|
8205 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
8206 if (!can_bs(BS_EOL) /* only if "eol" included */
|
|
|
8207 || u_save((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1),
|
|
|
8208 (linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 2)) == FAIL
|
|
|
8209 || do_join(FALSE) == FAIL)
|
|
|
8210 vim_beep();
|
|
|
8211 else
|
|
|
8212 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp;
|
|
|
8213 }
|
|
|
8214 else if (del_char(FALSE) == FAIL) /* delete char under cursor */
|
|
|
8215 vim_beep();
|
|
|
8216 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
8217 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
8218 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
8219 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
8220 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
8221 #endif
|
|
|
8222 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_DEL);
|
|
|
8223 }
|
|
|
8224
|
|
1460
|
8225 static void ins_bs_one __ARGS((colnr_T *vcolp));
|
|
|
8226
|
|
|
8227 /*
|
|
|
8228 * Delete one character for ins_bs().
|
|
|
8229 */
|
|
|
8230 static void
|
|
|
8231 ins_bs_one(vcolp)
|
|
|
8232 colnr_T *vcolp;
|
|
|
8233 {
|
|
|
8234 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
8235 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, vcolp, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
8236 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8237 {
|
|
|
8238 /* Don't delete characters before the insert point when in
|
|
|
8239 * Replace mode */
|
|
|
8240 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
8241 || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col)
|
|
|
8242 replace_do_bs();
|
|
|
8243 }
|
|
|
8244 else
|
|
|
8245 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
8246 }
|
|
|
8247
|
|
7
|
8248 /*
|
|
|
8249 * Handle Backspace, delete-word and delete-line in Insert mode.
|
|
|
8250 * Return TRUE when backspace was actually used.
|
|
|
8251 */
|
|
|
8252 static int
|
|
|
8253 ins_bs(c, mode, inserted_space_p)
|
|
|
8254 int c;
|
|
|
8255 int mode;
|
|
|
8256 int *inserted_space_p;
|
|
|
8257 {
|
|
|
8258 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
8259 int cc;
|
|
|
8260 int temp = 0; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
8261 colnr_T mincol;
|
|
|
8262 int did_backspace = FALSE;
|
|
|
8263 int in_indent;
|
|
|
8264 int oldState;
|
|
|
8265 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
714
|
8266 int cpc[MAX_MCO]; /* composing characters */
|
|
7
|
8267 #endif
|
|
|
8268
|
|
|
8269 /*
|
|
|
8270 * can't delete anything in an empty file
|
|
|
8271 * can't backup past first character in buffer
|
|
|
8272 * can't backup past starting point unless 'backspace' > 1
|
|
|
8273 * can backup to a previous line if 'backspace' == 0
|
|
|
8274 */
|
|
|
8275 if ( bufempty()
|
|
|
8276 || (
|
|
|
8277 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
8278 !revins_on &&
|
|
|
8279 #endif
|
|
|
8280 ((curwin->w_cursor.lnum == 1 && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
8281 || (!can_bs(BS_START)
|
|
|
8282 && (arrow_used
|
|
|
8283 || (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
8284 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= Insstart.col)))
|
|
|
8285 || (!can_bs(BS_INDENT) && !arrow_used && ai_col > 0
|
|
|
8286 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= ai_col)
|
|
|
8287 || (!can_bs(BS_EOL) && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0))))
|
|
|
8288 {
|
|
|
8289 vim_beep();
|
|
|
8290 return FALSE;
|
|
|
8291 }
|
|
|
8292
|
|
|
8293 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
8294 return FALSE;
|
|
|
8295 in_indent = inindent(0);
|
|
|
8296 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
8297 if (in_indent)
|
|
|
8298 can_cindent = FALSE;
|
|
|
8299 #endif
|
|
|
8300 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
8301 end_comment_pending = NUL; /* After BS, don't auto-end comment */
|
|
|
8302 #endif
|
|
|
8303 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
8304 if (revins_on) /* put cursor after last inserted char */
|
|
|
8305 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
8306 #endif
|
|
|
8307
|
|
|
8308 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
8309 /* Virtualedit:
|
|
|
8310 * BACKSPACE_CHAR eats a virtual space
|
|
|
8311 * BACKSPACE_WORD eats all coladd
|
|
|
8312 * BACKSPACE_LINE eats all coladd and keeps going
|
|
|
8313 */
|
|
|
8314 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0)
|
|
|
8315 {
|
|
|
8316 if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR)
|
|
|
8317 {
|
|
|
8318 --curwin->w_cursor.coladd;
|
|
|
8319 return TRUE;
|
|
|
8320 }
|
|
|
8321 if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD)
|
|
|
8322 {
|
|
|
8323 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
8324 return TRUE;
|
|
|
8325 }
|
|
|
8326 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
8327 }
|
|
|
8328 #endif
|
|
|
8329
|
|
|
8330 /*
|
|
|
8331 * delete newline!
|
|
|
8332 */
|
|
|
8333 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
8334 {
|
|
|
8335 lnum = Insstart.lnum;
|
|
|
8336 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
8337 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
8338 || revins_on
|
|
|
8339 #endif
|
|
|
8340 )
|
|
|
8341 {
|
|
|
8342 if (u_save((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 2),
|
|
|
8343 (linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1)) == FAIL)
|
|
|
8344 return FALSE;
|
|
|
8345 --Insstart.lnum;
|
|
|
8346 Insstart.col = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
8347 }
|
|
|
8348 /*
|
|
|
8349 * In replace mode:
|
|
|
8350 * cc < 0: NL was inserted, delete it
|
|
|
8351 * cc >= 0: NL was replaced, put original characters back
|
|
|
8352 */
|
|
|
8353 cc = -1;
|
|
|
8354 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8355 cc = replace_pop(); /* returns -1 if NL was inserted */
|
|
|
8356 /*
|
|
|
8357 * In replace mode, in the line we started replacing, we only move the
|
|
|
8358 * cursor.
|
|
|
8359 */
|
|
|
8360 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) && curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= lnum)
|
|
|
8361 {
|
|
|
8362 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
8363 }
|
|
|
8364 else
|
|
|
8365 {
|
|
|
8366 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
8367 if (!(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8368 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum > orig_line_count)
|
|
|
8369 #endif
|
|
|
8370 {
|
|
|
8371 temp = gchar_cursor(); /* remember current char */
|
|
|
8372 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
278
|
8373
|
|
|
8374 /* When "aw" is in 'formatoptions' we must delete the space at
|
|
|
8375 * the end of the line, otherwise the line will be broken
|
|
|
8376 * again when auto-formatting. */
|
|
|
8377 if (has_format_option(FO_AUTO)
|
|
|
8378 && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR))
|
|
|
8379 {
|
|
|
8380 char_u *ptr = ml_get_buf(curbuf, curwin->w_cursor.lnum,
|
|
|
8381 TRUE);
|
|
|
8382 int len;
|
|
|
8383
|
|
835
|
8384 len = (int)STRLEN(ptr);
|
|
278
|
8385 if (len > 0 && ptr[len - 1] == ' ')
|
|
|
8386 ptr[len - 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
8387 }
|
|
|
8388
|
|
7
|
8389 (void)do_join(FALSE);
|
|
|
8390 if (temp == NUL && gchar_cursor() != NUL)
|
|
|
8391 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
8392 }
|
|
|
8393 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
8394 else
|
|
|
8395 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
8396 #endif
|
|
|
8397
|
|
|
8398 /*
|
|
|
8399 * In REPLACE mode we have to put back the text that was replaced
|
|
|
8400 * by the NL. On the replace stack is first a NUL-terminated
|
|
|
8401 * sequence of characters that were deleted and then the
|
|
|
8402 * characters that NL replaced.
|
|
|
8403 */
|
|
|
8404 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8405 {
|
|
|
8406 /*
|
|
|
8407 * Do the next ins_char() in NORMAL state, to
|
|
|
8408 * prevent ins_char() from replacing characters and
|
|
|
8409 * avoiding showmatch().
|
|
|
8410 */
|
|
|
8411 oldState = State;
|
|
|
8412 State = NORMAL;
|
|
|
8413 /*
|
|
|
8414 * restore characters (blanks) deleted after cursor
|
|
|
8415 */
|
|
|
8416 while (cc > 0)
|
|
|
8417 {
|
|
|
8418 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
8419 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
8420 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc);
|
|
|
8421 #else
|
|
|
8422 ins_char(cc);
|
|
|
8423 #endif
|
|
|
8424 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp;
|
|
|
8425 cc = replace_pop();
|
|
|
8426 }
|
|
|
8427 /* restore the characters that NL replaced */
|
|
|
8428 replace_pop_ins();
|
|
|
8429 State = oldState;
|
|
|
8430 }
|
|
|
8431 }
|
|
|
8432 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
8433 }
|
|
|
8434 else
|
|
|
8435 {
|
|
|
8436 /*
|
|
|
8437 * Delete character(s) before the cursor.
|
|
|
8438 */
|
|
|
8439 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
8440 if (revins_on) /* put cursor on last inserted char */
|
|
|
8441 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
8442 #endif
|
|
|
8443 mincol = 0;
|
|
|
8444 /* keep indent */
|
|
1085
|
8445 if (mode == BACKSPACE_LINE
|
|
|
8446 && (curbuf->b_p_ai
|
|
|
8447 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
8448 || cindent_on()
|
|
|
8449 #endif
|
|
|
8450 )
|
|
7
|
8451 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
8452 && !revins_on
|
|
|
8453 #endif
|
|
|
8454 )
|
|
|
8455 {
|
|
|
8456 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
8457 beginline(BL_WHITE);
|
|
|
8458 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)temp)
|
|
|
8459 mincol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
8460 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp;
|
|
|
8461 }
|
|
|
8462
|
|
|
8463 /*
|
|
|
8464 * Handle deleting one 'shiftwidth' or 'softtabstop'.
|
|
|
8465 */
|
|
|
8466 if ( mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR
|
|
|
8467 && ((p_sta && in_indent)
|
|
648
|
8468 || (curbuf->b_p_sts != 0
|
|
1497
|
8469 && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0
|
|
7
|
8470 && (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == TAB
|
|
|
8471 || (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == ' '
|
|
|
8472 && (!*inserted_space_p
|
|
|
8473 || arrow_used))))))
|
|
|
8474 {
|
|
|
8475 int ts;
|
|
|
8476 colnr_T vcol;
|
|
|
8477 colnr_T want_vcol;
|
|
1460
|
8478 colnr_T start_vcol;
|
|
7
|
8479
|
|
|
8480 *inserted_space_p = FALSE;
|
|
648
|
8481 if (p_sta && in_indent)
|
|
7
|
8482 ts = curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
8483 else
|
|
|
8484 ts = curbuf->b_p_sts;
|
|
|
8485 /* Compute the virtual column where we want to be. Since
|
|
|
8486 * 'showbreak' may get in the way, need to get the last column of
|
|
|
8487 * the previous character. */
|
|
|
8488 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
1460
|
8489 start_vcol = vcol;
|
|
7
|
8490 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
8491 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, NULL, &want_vcol);
|
|
|
8492 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
8493 want_vcol = (want_vcol / ts) * ts;
|
|
|
8494
|
|
|
8495 /* delete characters until we are at or before want_vcol */
|
|
|
8496 while (vcol > want_vcol
|
|
|
8497 && (cc = *(ml_get_cursor() - 1), vim_iswhite(cc)))
|
|
1460
|
8498 ins_bs_one(&vcol);
|
|
7
|
8499
|
|
|
8500 /* insert extra spaces until we are at want_vcol */
|
|
|
8501 while (vcol < want_vcol)
|
|
|
8502 {
|
|
|
8503 /* Remember the first char we inserted */
|
|
|
8504 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
8505 && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart.col)
|
|
|
8506 Insstart.col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
8507
|
|
|
8508 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
8509 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8510 ins_char(' ');
|
|
|
8511 else
|
|
|
8512 #endif
|
|
|
8513 {
|
|
|
8514 ins_str((char_u *)" ");
|
|
1460
|
8515 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG))
|
|
|
8516 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
7
|
8517 }
|
|
|
8518 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
8519 }
|
|
1460
|
8520
|
|
|
8521 /* If we are now back where we started delete one character. Can
|
|
|
8522 * happen when using 'sts' and 'linebreak'. */
|
|
|
8523 if (vcol >= start_vcol)
|
|
|
8524 ins_bs_one(&vcol);
|
|
7
|
8525 }
|
|
|
8526
|
|
|
8527 /*
|
|
|
8528 * Delete upto starting point, start of line or previous word.
|
|
|
8529 */
|
|
|
8530 else do
|
|
|
8531 {
|
|
|
8532 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
8533 if (!revins_on) /* put cursor on char to be deleted */
|
|
|
8534 #endif
|
|
|
8535 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
8536
|
|
|
8537 /* start of word? */
|
|
|
8538 if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD && !vim_isspace(gchar_cursor()))
|
|
|
8539 {
|
|
|
8540 mode = BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE;
|
|
|
8541 temp = vim_iswordc(gchar_cursor());
|
|
|
8542 }
|
|
|
8543 /* end of word? */
|
|
|
8544 else if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE
|
|
|
8545 && (vim_isspace(cc = gchar_cursor())
|
|
|
8546 || vim_iswordc(cc) != temp))
|
|
|
8547 {
|
|
|
8548 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
8549 if (!revins_on)
|
|
|
8550 #endif
|
|
|
8551 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
8552 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
8553 else if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8554 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
8555 #endif
|
|
|
8556 break;
|
|
|
8557 }
|
|
|
8558 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8559 replace_do_bs();
|
|
|
8560 else
|
|
|
8561 {
|
|
|
8562 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
8563 if (enc_utf8 && p_deco)
|
|
714
|
8564 (void)utfc_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor(), cpc);
|
|
7
|
8565 #endif
|
|
|
8566 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
8567 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
8568 /*
|
|
714
|
8569 * If there are combining characters and 'delcombine' is set
|
|
|
8570 * move the cursor back. Don't back up before the base
|
|
7
|
8571 * character.
|
|
|
8572 */
|
|
714
|
8573 if (enc_utf8 && p_deco && cpc[0] != NUL)
|
|
7
|
8574 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
8575 #endif
|
|
|
8576 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
8577 if (revins_chars)
|
|
|
8578 {
|
|
|
8579 revins_chars--;
|
|
|
8580 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
8581 }
|
|
|
8582 if (revins_on && gchar_cursor() == NUL)
|
|
|
8583 break;
|
|
|
8584 #endif
|
|
|
8585 }
|
|
|
8586 /* Just a single backspace?: */
|
|
|
8587 if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR)
|
|
|
8588 break;
|
|
|
8589 } while (
|
|
|
8590 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
8591 revins_on ||
|
|
|
8592 #endif
|
|
|
8593 (curwin->w_cursor.col > mincol
|
|
|
8594 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
8595 || curwin->w_cursor.col != Insstart.col)));
|
|
|
8596 did_backspace = TRUE;
|
|
|
8597 }
|
|
|
8598 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
8599 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
8600 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
8601 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
8602 #endif
|
|
|
8603 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= 1)
|
|
|
8604 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
8605 /*
|
|
|
8606 * It's a little strange to put backspaces into the redo
|
|
|
8607 * buffer, but it makes auto-indent a lot easier to deal
|
|
|
8608 * with.
|
|
|
8609 */
|
|
|
8610 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
8611
|
|
|
8612 /* If deleted before the insertion point, adjust it */
|
|
|
8613 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
8614 && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart.col)
|
|
|
8615 Insstart.col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
8616
|
|
|
8617 /* vi behaviour: the cursor moves backward but the character that
|
|
|
8618 * was there remains visible
|
|
|
8619 * Vim behaviour: the cursor moves backward and the character that
|
|
|
8620 * was there is erased from the screen.
|
|
|
8621 * We can emulate the vi behaviour by pretending there is a dollar
|
|
|
8622 * displayed even when there isn't.
|
|
|
8623 * --pkv Sun Jan 19 01:56:40 EST 2003 */
|
|
|
8624 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_BACKSPACE) != NULL && dollar_vcol == 0)
|
|
|
8625 dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol;
|
|
|
8626
|
|
1514
|
8627 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
8628 /* When deleting a char the cursor line must never be in a closed fold.
|
|
|
8629 * E.g., when 'foldmethod' is indent and deleting the first non-white
|
|
|
8630 * char before a Tab. */
|
|
|
8631 if (did_backspace)
|
|
|
8632 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
8633 #endif
|
|
|
8634
|
|
7
|
8635 return did_backspace;
|
|
|
8636 }
|
|
|
8637
|
|
|
8638 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
8639 static void
|
|
|
8640 ins_mouse(c)
|
|
|
8641 int c;
|
|
|
8642 {
|
|
|
8643 pos_T tpos;
|
|
840
|
8644 win_T *old_curwin = curwin;
|
|
7
|
8645
|
|
|
8646 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
8647 /* When GUI is active, also move/paste when 'mouse' is empty */
|
|
|
8648 if (!gui.in_use)
|
|
|
8649 # endif
|
|
|
8650 if (!mouse_has(MOUSE_INSERT))
|
|
|
8651 return;
|
|
|
8652
|
|
|
8653 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
8654 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8655 if (do_mouse(NULL, c, BACKWARD, 1L, 0))
|
|
|
8656 {
|
|
840
|
8657 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
8658 win_T *new_curwin = curwin;
|
|
|
8659
|
|
|
8660 if (curwin != old_curwin && win_valid(old_curwin))
|
|
|
8661 {
|
|
|
8662 /* Mouse took us to another window. We need to go back to the
|
|
|
8663 * previous one to stop insert there properly. */
|
|
|
8664 curwin = old_curwin;
|
|
|
8665 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer;
|
|
|
8666 }
|
|
|
8667 #endif
|
|
|
8668 start_arrow(curwin == old_curwin ? &tpos : NULL);
|
|
|
8669 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
8670 if (curwin != new_curwin && win_valid(new_curwin))
|
|
|
8671 {
|
|
|
8672 curwin = new_curwin;
|
|
|
8673 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer;
|
|
|
8674 }
|
|
|
8675 #endif
|
|
7
|
8676 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
8677 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
8678 # endif
|
|
|
8679 }
|
|
|
8680
|
|
|
8681 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
8682 /* redraw status lines (in case another window became active) */
|
|
|
8683 redraw_statuslines();
|
|
|
8684 #endif
|
|
|
8685 }
|
|
|
8686
|
|
|
8687 static void
|
|
|
8688 ins_mousescroll(up)
|
|
|
8689 int up;
|
|
|
8690 {
|
|
|
8691 pos_T tpos;
|
|
1434
|
8692 # if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
|
|
|
8693 win_T *old_curwin = curwin;
|
|
|
8694 # endif
|
|
|
8695 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
8696 int did_scroll = FALSE;
|
|
7
|
8697 # endif
|
|
|
8698
|
|
|
8699 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8700
|
|
|
8701 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
|
|
|
8702 /* Currently the mouse coordinates are only known in the GUI. */
|
|
|
8703 if (gui.in_use && mouse_row >= 0 && mouse_col >= 0)
|
|
|
8704 {
|
|
|
8705 int row, col;
|
|
|
8706
|
|
|
8707 row = mouse_row;
|
|
|
8708 col = mouse_col;
|
|
|
8709
|
|
|
8710 /* find the window at the pointer coordinates */
|
|
|
8711 curwin = mouse_find_win(&row, &col);
|
|
|
8712 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer;
|
|
|
8713 }
|
|
|
8714 if (curwin == old_curwin)
|
|
|
8715 # endif
|
|
|
8716 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
8717
|
|
1434
|
8718 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
8719 /* Don't scroll the window in which completion is being done. */
|
|
|
8720 if (!pum_visible()
|
|
|
8721 # if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
|
|
|
8722 || curwin != old_curwin
|
|
|
8723 # endif
|
|
|
8724 )
|
|
|
8725 # endif
|
|
|
8726 {
|
|
|
8727 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT | MOD_MASK_CTRL))
|
|
|
8728 scroll_redraw(up, (long)(curwin->w_botline - curwin->w_topline));
|
|
|
8729 else
|
|
|
8730 scroll_redraw(up, 3L);
|
|
|
8731 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
8732 did_scroll = TRUE;
|
|
|
8733 # endif
|
|
|
8734 }
|
|
7
|
8735
|
|
|
8736 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
|
|
|
8737 curwin->w_redr_status = TRUE;
|
|
|
8738
|
|
|
8739 curwin = old_curwin;
|
|
|
8740 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer;
|
|
|
8741 # endif
|
|
|
8742
|
|
1434
|
8743 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
8744 /* The popup menu may overlay the window, need to redraw it.
|
|
|
8745 * TODO: Would be more efficient to only redraw the windows that are
|
|
|
8746 * overlapped by the popup menu. */
|
|
|
8747 if (pum_visible() && did_scroll)
|
|
|
8748 {
|
|
|
8749 redraw_all_later(NOT_VALID);
|
|
|
8750 ins_compl_show_pum();
|
|
|
8751 }
|
|
|
8752 # endif
|
|
|
8753
|
|
7
|
8754 if (!equalpos(curwin->w_cursor, tpos))
|
|
|
8755 {
|
|
|
8756 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
8757 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
8758 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
8759 # endif
|
|
|
8760 }
|
|
|
8761 }
|
|
|
8762 #endif
|
|
|
8763
|
|
692
|
8764 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
724
|
8765 static void
|
|
692
|
8766 ins_tabline(c)
|
|
|
8767 int c;
|
|
|
8768 {
|
|
|
8769 /* We will be leaving the current window, unless closing another tab. */
|
|
|
8770 if (c != K_TABMENU || current_tabmenu != TABLINE_MENU_CLOSE
|
|
|
8771 || (current_tab != 0 && current_tab != tabpage_index(curtab)))
|
|
|
8772 {
|
|
|
8773 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
8774 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
8775 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
8776 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
8777 # endif
|
|
|
8778 }
|
|
|
8779
|
|
|
8780 if (c == K_TABLINE)
|
|
|
8781 goto_tabpage(current_tab);
|
|
|
8782 else
|
|
846
|
8783 {
|
|
692
|
8784 handle_tabmenu();
|
|
846
|
8785 redraw_statuslines(); /* will redraw the tabline when needed */
|
|
|
8786 }
|
|
692
|
8787 }
|
|
|
8788 #endif
|
|
|
8789
|
|
|
8790 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
7
|
8791 void
|
|
|
8792 ins_scroll()
|
|
|
8793 {
|
|
|
8794 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
8795
|
|
|
8796 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
8797 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8798 if (gui_do_scroll())
|
|
|
8799 {
|
|
|
8800 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
8801 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
8802 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
8803 # endif
|
|
|
8804 }
|
|
|
8805 }
|
|
|
8806
|
|
|
8807 void
|
|
|
8808 ins_horscroll()
|
|
|
8809 {
|
|
|
8810 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
8811
|
|
|
8812 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
8813 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8814 if (gui_do_horiz_scroll())
|
|
|
8815 {
|
|
|
8816 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
8817 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
8818 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
8819 # endif
|
|
|
8820 }
|
|
|
8821 }
|
|
|
8822 #endif
|
|
|
8823
|
|
|
8824 static void
|
|
|
8825 ins_left()
|
|
|
8826 {
|
|
|
8827 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
8828
|
|
|
8829 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
8830 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
8831 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
8832 #endif
|
|
|
8833 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
8834 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8835 if (oneleft() == OK)
|
|
|
8836 {
|
|
941
|
8837 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK)
|
|
|
8838 /* Only call start_arrow() when not busy with preediting, it will
|
|
|
8839 * break undo. K_LEFT is inserted in im_correct_cursor(). */
|
|
|
8840 if (!im_is_preediting())
|
|
|
8841 #endif
|
|
|
8842 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
7
|
8843 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
8844 /* If exit reversed string, position is fixed */
|
|
|
8845 if (revins_scol != -1 && (int)curwin->w_cursor.col >= revins_scol)
|
|
|
8846 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
8847 revins_chars++;
|
|
|
8848 #endif
|
|
|
8849 }
|
|
|
8850
|
|
|
8851 /*
|
|
|
8852 * if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode may go to
|
|
|
8853 * previous line
|
|
|
8854 */
|
|
|
8855 else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, '[') != NULL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
|
8856 {
|
|
|
8857 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
8858 --(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
|
|
|
8859 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
|
|
|
8860 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; /* so we stay at the end */
|
|
|
8861 }
|
|
|
8862 else
|
|
|
8863 vim_beep();
|
|
|
8864 }
|
|
|
8865
|
|
|
8866 static void
|
|
|
8867 ins_home(c)
|
|
|
8868 int c;
|
|
|
8869 {
|
|
|
8870 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
8871
|
|
|
8872 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
8873 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
8874 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
8875 #endif
|
|
|
8876 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
8877 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8878 if (c == K_C_HOME)
|
|
|
8879 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = 1;
|
|
|
8880 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
8881 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
8882 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
8883 #endif
|
|
|
8884 curwin->w_curswant = 0;
|
|
|
8885 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
8886 }
|
|
|
8887
|
|
|
8888 static void
|
|
|
8889 ins_end(c)
|
|
|
8890 int c;
|
|
|
8891 {
|
|
|
8892 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
8893
|
|
|
8894 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
8895 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
8896 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
8897 #endif
|
|
|
8898 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
8899 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8900 if (c == K_C_END)
|
|
|
8901 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
8902 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
|
|
|
8903 curwin->w_curswant = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
8904
|
|
|
8905 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
8906 }
|
|
|
8907
|
|
|
8908 static void
|
|
|
8909 ins_s_left()
|
|
|
8910 {
|
|
|
8911 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
8912 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
8913 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
8914 #endif
|
|
|
8915 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
8916 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1 || curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
|
|
|
8917 {
|
|
|
8918 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
8919 (void)bck_word(1L, FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
|
8920 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
8921 }
|
|
|
8922 else
|
|
|
8923 vim_beep();
|
|
|
8924 }
|
|
|
8925
|
|
|
8926 static void
|
|
|
8927 ins_right()
|
|
|
8928 {
|
|
|
8929 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
8930 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
8931 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
8932 #endif
|
|
|
8933 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
8934 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL || virtual_active()
|
|
|
8935 )
|
|
|
8936 {
|
|
|
8937 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
8938 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
8939 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
8940 if (virtual_active())
|
|
|
8941 oneright();
|
|
|
8942 else
|
|
|
8943 #endif
|
|
|
8944 {
|
|
|
8945 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
8946 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
474
|
8947 curwin->w_cursor.col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
7
|
8948 else
|
|
|
8949 #endif
|
|
|
8950 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
8951 }
|
|
|
8952
|
|
|
8953 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
8954 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
8955 if (revins_chars)
|
|
|
8956 revins_chars--;
|
|
|
8957 #endif
|
|
|
8958 }
|
|
|
8959 /* if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode, may move the
|
|
|
8960 * cursor to the next line */
|
|
|
8961 else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, ']') != NULL
|
|
|
8962 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
8963 {
|
|
|
8964 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
8965 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
8966 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
8967 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
8968 }
|
|
|
8969 else
|
|
|
8970 vim_beep();
|
|
|
8971 }
|
|
|
8972
|
|
|
8973 static void
|
|
|
8974 ins_s_right()
|
|
|
8975 {
|
|
|
8976 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
8977 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
8978 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
8979 #endif
|
|
|
8980 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
8981 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
|
|
|
8982 || gchar_cursor() != NUL)
|
|
|
8983 {
|
|
|
8984 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
8985 (void)fwd_word(1L, FALSE, 0);
|
|
|
8986 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
8987 }
|
|
|
8988 else
|
|
|
8989 vim_beep();
|
|
|
8990 }
|
|
|
8991
|
|
|
8992 static void
|
|
|
8993 ins_up(startcol)
|
|
|
8994 int startcol; /* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */
|
|
|
8995 {
|
|
|
8996 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
8997 linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline;
|
|
|
8998 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
8999 int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill;
|
|
|
9000 #endif
|
|
|
9001
|
|
|
9002 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
9003 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
9004 if (cursor_up(1L, TRUE) == OK)
|
|
|
9005 {
|
|
|
9006 if (startcol)
|
|
|
9007 coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart));
|
|
|
9008 if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline
|
|
|
9009 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
9010 || old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill
|
|
|
9011 #endif
|
|
|
9012 )
|
|
|
9013 redraw_later(VALID);
|
|
|
9014 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
9015 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
9016 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
9017 #endif
|
|
|
9018 }
|
|
|
9019 else
|
|
|
9020 vim_beep();
|
|
|
9021 }
|
|
|
9022
|
|
|
9023 static void
|
|
|
9024 ins_pageup()
|
|
|
9025 {
|
|
|
9026 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
9027
|
|
|
9028 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
828
|
9029
|
|
|
9030 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
9031 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CTRL)
|
|
|
9032 {
|
|
|
9033 /* <C-PageUp>: tab page back */
|
|
1013
|
9034 if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL)
|
|
|
9035 {
|
|
|
9036 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
9037 goto_tabpage(-1);
|
|
|
9038 }
|
|
828
|
9039 return;
|
|
|
9040 }
|
|
|
9041 #endif
|
|
|
9042
|
|
7
|
9043 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
9044 if (onepage(BACKWARD, 1L) == OK)
|
|
|
9045 {
|
|
|
9046 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
9047 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
9048 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
9049 #endif
|
|
|
9050 }
|
|
|
9051 else
|
|
|
9052 vim_beep();
|
|
|
9053 }
|
|
|
9054
|
|
|
9055 static void
|
|
|
9056 ins_down(startcol)
|
|
|
9057 int startcol; /* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */
|
|
|
9058 {
|
|
|
9059 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
9060 linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline;
|
|
|
9061 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
9062 int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill;
|
|
|
9063 #endif
|
|
|
9064
|
|
|
9065 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
9066 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
9067 if (cursor_down(1L, TRUE) == OK)
|
|
|
9068 {
|
|
|
9069 if (startcol)
|
|
|
9070 coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart));
|
|
|
9071 if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline
|
|
|
9072 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
9073 || old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill
|
|
|
9074 #endif
|
|
|
9075 )
|
|
|
9076 redraw_later(VALID);
|
|
|
9077 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
9078 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
9079 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
9080 #endif
|
|
|
9081 }
|
|
|
9082 else
|
|
|
9083 vim_beep();
|
|
|
9084 }
|
|
|
9085
|
|
|
9086 static void
|
|
|
9087 ins_pagedown()
|
|
|
9088 {
|
|
|
9089 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
9090
|
|
|
9091 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
828
|
9092
|
|
|
9093 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
9094 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CTRL)
|
|
|
9095 {
|
|
|
9096 /* <C-PageDown>: tab page forward */
|
|
1013
|
9097 if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL)
|
|
|
9098 {
|
|
|
9099 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
9100 goto_tabpage(0);
|
|
|
9101 }
|
|
828
|
9102 return;
|
|
|
9103 }
|
|
|
9104 #endif
|
|
|
9105
|
|
7
|
9106 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
9107 if (onepage(FORWARD, 1L) == OK)
|
|
|
9108 {
|
|
|
9109 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
9110 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
9111 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
9112 #endif
|
|
|
9113 }
|
|
|
9114 else
|
|
|
9115 vim_beep();
|
|
|
9116 }
|
|
|
9117
|
|
|
9118 #ifdef FEAT_DND
|
|
|
9119 static void
|
|
|
9120 ins_drop()
|
|
|
9121 {
|
|
|
9122 do_put('~', BACKWARD, 1L, PUT_CURSEND);
|
|
|
9123 }
|
|
|
9124 #endif
|
|
|
9125
|
|
|
9126 /*
|
|
|
9127 * Handle TAB in Insert or Replace mode.
|
|
|
9128 * Return TRUE when the TAB needs to be inserted like a normal character.
|
|
|
9129 */
|
|
|
9130 static int
|
|
|
9131 ins_tab()
|
|
|
9132 {
|
|
|
9133 int ind;
|
|
|
9134 int i;
|
|
|
9135 int temp;
|
|
|
9136
|
|
|
9137 if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum)
|
|
|
9138 Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
|
|
|
9139 if (echeck_abbr(TAB + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
9140 return FALSE;
|
|
|
9141
|
|
|
9142 ind = inindent(0);
|
|
|
9143 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
9144 if (ind)
|
|
|
9145 can_cindent = FALSE;
|
|
|
9146 #endif
|
|
|
9147
|
|
|
9148 /*
|
|
|
9149 * When nothing special, insert TAB like a normal character
|
|
|
9150 */
|
|
|
9151 if (!curbuf->b_p_et
|
|
|
9152 && !(p_sta && ind && curbuf->b_p_ts != curbuf->b_p_sw)
|
|
|
9153 && curbuf->b_p_sts == 0)
|
|
|
9154 return TRUE;
|
|
|
9155
|
|
|
9156 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
9157 return TRUE;
|
|
|
9158
|
|
|
9159 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
9160 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
9161 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
9162 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
9163 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
9164 #endif
|
|
|
9165 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"\t");
|
|
|
9166
|
|
|
9167 if (p_sta && ind) /* insert tab in indent, use 'shiftwidth' */
|
|
|
9168 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
9169 else if (curbuf->b_p_sts > 0) /* use 'softtabstop' when set */
|
|
|
9170 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_sts;
|
|
|
9171 else /* otherwise use 'tabstop' */
|
|
|
9172 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts;
|
|
|
9173 temp -= get_nolist_virtcol() % temp;
|
|
|
9174
|
|
|
9175 /*
|
|
|
9176 * Insert the first space with ins_char(). It will delete one char in
|
|
|
9177 * replace mode. Insert the rest with ins_str(); it will not delete any
|
|
|
9178 * chars. For VREPLACE mode, we use ins_char() for all characters.
|
|
|
9179 */
|
|
|
9180 ins_char(' ');
|
|
|
9181 while (--temp > 0)
|
|
|
9182 {
|
|
|
9183 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
9184 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
9185 ins_char(' ');
|
|
|
9186 else
|
|
|
9187 #endif
|
|
|
9188 {
|
|
|
9189 ins_str((char_u *)" ");
|
|
|
9190 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) /* no char replaced */
|
|
|
9191 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
|
9192 }
|
|
|
9193 }
|
|
|
9194
|
|
|
9195 /*
|
|
|
9196 * When 'expandtab' not set: Replace spaces by TABs where possible.
|
|
|
9197 */
|
|
|
9198 if (!curbuf->b_p_et && (curbuf->b_p_sts || (p_sta && ind)))
|
|
|
9199 {
|
|
|
9200 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
9201 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
9202 char_u *saved_line = NULL; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
9203 pos_T pos;
|
|
|
9204 #endif
|
|
|
9205 pos_T fpos;
|
|
|
9206 pos_T *cursor;
|
|
|
9207 colnr_T want_vcol, vcol;
|
|
|
9208 int change_col = -1;
|
|
|
9209 int save_list = curwin->w_p_list;
|
|
|
9210
|
|
|
9211 /*
|
|
|
9212 * Get the current line. For VREPLACE mode, don't make real changes
|
|
|
9213 * yet, just work on a copy of the line.
|
|
|
9214 */
|
|
|
9215 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
9216 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
9217 {
|
|
|
9218 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
9219 cursor = &pos;
|
|
|
9220 saved_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
9221 if (saved_line == NULL)
|
|
|
9222 return FALSE;
|
|
|
9223 ptr = saved_line + pos.col;
|
|
|
9224 }
|
|
|
9225 else
|
|
|
9226 #endif
|
|
|
9227 {
|
|
|
9228 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
9229 cursor = &curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
9230 }
|
|
|
9231
|
|
|
9232 /* When 'L' is not in 'cpoptions' a tab always takes up 'ts' spaces. */
|
|
|
9233 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL)
|
|
|
9234 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE;
|
|
|
9235
|
|
|
9236 /* Find first white before the cursor */
|
|
|
9237 fpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
9238 while (fpos.col > 0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[-1]))
|
|
|
9239 {
|
|
|
9240 --fpos.col;
|
|
|
9241 --ptr;
|
|
|
9242 }
|
|
|
9243
|
|
|
9244 /* In Replace mode, don't change characters before the insert point. */
|
|
|
9245 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
9246 && fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
9247 && fpos.col < Insstart.col)
|
|
|
9248 {
|
|
|
9249 ptr += Insstart.col - fpos.col;
|
|
|
9250 fpos.col = Insstart.col;
|
|
|
9251 }
|
|
|
9252
|
|
|
9253 /* compute virtual column numbers of first white and cursor */
|
|
|
9254 getvcol(curwin, &fpos, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
9255 getvcol(curwin, cursor, &want_vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
9256
|
|
|
9257 /* Use as many TABs as possible. Beware of 'showbreak' and
|
|
|
9258 * 'linebreak' adding extra virtual columns. */
|
|
|
9259 while (vim_iswhite(*ptr))
|
|
|
9260 {
|
|
|
9261 i = lbr_chartabsize((char_u *)"\t", vcol);
|
|
|
9262 if (vcol + i > want_vcol)
|
|
|
9263 break;
|
|
|
9264 if (*ptr != TAB)
|
|
|
9265 {
|
|
|
9266 *ptr = TAB;
|
|
|
9267 if (change_col < 0)
|
|
|
9268 {
|
|
|
9269 change_col = fpos.col; /* Column of first change */
|
|
|
9270 /* May have to adjust Insstart */
|
|
|
9271 if (fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum && fpos.col < Insstart.col)
|
|
|
9272 Insstart.col = fpos.col;
|
|
|
9273 }
|
|
|
9274 }
|
|
|
9275 ++fpos.col;
|
|
|
9276 ++ptr;
|
|
|
9277 vcol += i;
|
|
|
9278 }
|
|
|
9279
|
|
|
9280 if (change_col >= 0)
|
|
|
9281 {
|
|
|
9282 int repl_off = 0;
|
|
|
9283
|
|
|
9284 /* Skip over the spaces we need. */
|
|
|
9285 while (vcol < want_vcol && *ptr == ' ')
|
|
|
9286 {
|
|
|
9287 vcol += lbr_chartabsize(ptr, vcol);
|
|
|
9288 ++ptr;
|
|
|
9289 ++repl_off;
|
|
|
9290 }
|
|
|
9291 if (vcol > want_vcol)
|
|
|
9292 {
|
|
|
9293 /* Must have a char with 'showbreak' just before it. */
|
|
|
9294 --ptr;
|
|
|
9295 --repl_off;
|
|
|
9296 }
|
|
|
9297 fpos.col += repl_off;
|
|
|
9298
|
|
|
9299 /* Delete following spaces. */
|
|
|
9300 i = cursor->col - fpos.col;
|
|
|
9301 if (i > 0)
|
|
|
9302 {
|
|
|
9303 mch_memmove(ptr, ptr + i, STRLEN(ptr + i) + 1);
|
|
|
9304 /* correct replace stack. */
|
|
|
9305 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
9306 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
9307 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
9308 #endif
|
|
|
9309 )
|
|
|
9310 for (temp = i; --temp >= 0; )
|
|
|
9311 replace_join(repl_off);
|
|
|
9312 }
|
|
33
|
9313 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
|
|
|
9314 if (usingNetbeans)
|
|
|
9315 {
|
|
|
9316 netbeans_removed(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col,
|
|
|
9317 (long)(i + 1));
|
|
|
9318 netbeans_inserted(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col,
|
|
|
9319 (char_u *)"\t", 1);
|
|
|
9320 }
|
|
|
9321 #endif
|
|
7
|
9322 cursor->col -= i;
|
|
|
9323
|
|
|
9324 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
9325 /*
|
|
|
9326 * In VREPLACE mode, we haven't changed anything yet. Do it now by
|
|
|
9327 * backspacing over the changed spacing and then inserting the new
|
|
|
9328 * spacing.
|
|
|
9329 */
|
|
|
9330 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
9331 {
|
|
|
9332 /* Backspace from real cursor to change_col */
|
|
|
9333 backspace_until_column(change_col);
|
|
|
9334
|
|
|
9335 /* Insert each char in saved_line from changed_col to
|
|
|
9336 * ptr-cursor */
|
|
|
9337 ins_bytes_len(saved_line + change_col,
|
|
|
9338 cursor->col - change_col);
|
|
|
9339 }
|
|
|
9340 #endif
|
|
|
9341 }
|
|
|
9342
|
|
|
9343 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
9344 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
9345 vim_free(saved_line);
|
|
|
9346 #endif
|
|
|
9347 curwin->w_p_list = save_list;
|
|
|
9348 }
|
|
|
9349
|
|
|
9350 return FALSE;
|
|
|
9351 }
|
|
|
9352
|
|
|
9353 /*
|
|
|
9354 * Handle CR or NL in insert mode.
|
|
|
9355 * Return TRUE when out of memory or can't undo.
|
|
|
9356 */
|
|
|
9357 static int
|
|
|
9358 ins_eol(c)
|
|
|
9359 int c;
|
|
|
9360 {
|
|
|
9361 int i;
|
|
|
9362
|
|
|
9363 if (echeck_abbr(c + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
9364 return FALSE;
|
|
|
9365 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
9366 return TRUE;
|
|
|
9367 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
9368
|
|
|
9369 /*
|
|
|
9370 * Strange Vi behaviour: In Replace mode, typing a NL will not delete the
|
|
|
9371 * character under the cursor. Only push a NUL on the replace stack,
|
|
|
9372 * nothing to put back when the NL is deleted.
|
|
|
9373 */
|
|
|
9374 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
9375 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
9376 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
9377 #endif
|
|
|
9378 )
|
|
|
9379 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
|
9380
|
|
|
9381 /*
|
|
|
9382 * In VREPLACE mode, a NL replaces the rest of the line, and starts
|
|
|
9383 * replacing the next line, so we push all of the characters left on the
|
|
|
9384 * line onto the replace stack. This is not done here though, it is done
|
|
|
9385 * in open_line().
|
|
|
9386 */
|
|
|
9387
|
|
844
|
9388 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
9389 /* Put cursor on NUL if on the last char and coladd is 1 (happens after
|
|
|
9390 * CTRL-O). */
|
|
|
9391 if (virtual_active() && curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0)
|
|
|
9392 coladvance(getviscol());
|
|
|
9393 #endif
|
|
|
9394
|
|
7
|
9395 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
9396 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
9397 if (p_altkeymap && p_fkmap)
|
|
|
9398 fkmap(NL);
|
|
|
9399 # endif
|
|
|
9400 /* NL in reverse insert will always start in the end of
|
|
|
9401 * current line. */
|
|
|
9402 if (revins_on)
|
|
|
9403 curwin->w_cursor.col += (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
|
9404 #endif
|
|
|
9405
|
|
|
9406 AppendToRedobuff(NL_STR);
|
|
|
9407 i = open_line(FORWARD,
|
|
|
9408 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
9409 has_format_option(FO_RET_COMS) ? OPENLINE_DO_COM :
|
|
|
9410 #endif
|
|
|
9411 0, old_indent);
|
|
|
9412 old_indent = 0;
|
|
|
9413 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
9414 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
9415 #endif
|
|
1032
|
9416 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
9417 /* When inserting a line the cursor line must never be in a closed fold. */
|
|
|
9418 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
9419 #endif
|
|
7
|
9420
|
|
|
9421 return (!i);
|
|
|
9422 }
|
|
|
9423
|
|
|
9424 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
9425 /*
|
|
|
9426 * Handle digraph in insert mode.
|
|
|
9427 * Returns character still to be inserted, or NUL when nothing remaining to be
|
|
|
9428 * done.
|
|
|
9429 */
|
|
|
9430 static int
|
|
|
9431 ins_digraph()
|
|
|
9432 {
|
|
|
9433 int c;
|
|
|
9434 int cc;
|
|
|
9435
|
|
|
9436 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET;
|
|
|
9437 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
|
|
|
9438 {
|
|
|
9439 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
661
|
9440 ins_redraw(FALSE);
|
|
7
|
9441
|
|
|
9442 edit_putchar('?', TRUE);
|
|
|
9443 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
9444 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_K);
|
|
|
9445 #endif
|
|
|
9446 }
|
|
|
9447
|
|
|
9448 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
9449 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
|
|
|
9450 #endif
|
|
|
9451
|
|
|
9452 /* don't map the digraph chars. This also prevents the
|
|
|
9453 * mode message to be deleted when ESC is hit */
|
|
|
9454 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
9455 ++allow_keys;
|
|
1389
|
9456 c = plain_vgetc();
|
|
7
|
9457 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
9458 --allow_keys;
|
|
|
9459 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || mod_mask) /* special key */
|
|
|
9460 {
|
|
|
9461 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
9462 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
9463 #endif
|
|
|
9464 insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
9465 return NUL;
|
|
|
9466 }
|
|
|
9467 if (c != ESC)
|
|
|
9468 {
|
|
|
9469 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
|
|
|
9470 {
|
|
|
9471 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
661
|
9472 ins_redraw(FALSE);
|
|
7
|
9473
|
|
|
9474 if (char2cells(c) == 1)
|
|
|
9475 {
|
|
|
9476 /* first remove the '?', otherwise it's restored when typing
|
|
|
9477 * an ESC next */
|
|
|
9478 edit_unputchar();
|
|
661
|
9479 ins_redraw(FALSE);
|
|
7
|
9480 edit_putchar(c, TRUE);
|
|
|
9481 }
|
|
|
9482 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
9483 add_to_showcmd_c(c);
|
|
|
9484 #endif
|
|
|
9485 }
|
|
|
9486 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
9487 ++allow_keys;
|
|
1389
|
9488 cc = plain_vgetc();
|
|
7
|
9489 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
9490 --allow_keys;
|
|
|
9491 if (cc != ESC)
|
|
|
9492 {
|
|
|
9493 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR);
|
|
|
9494 c = getdigraph(c, cc, TRUE);
|
|
|
9495 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
9496 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
9497 #endif
|
|
|
9498 return c;
|
|
|
9499 }
|
|
|
9500 }
|
|
|
9501 edit_unputchar();
|
|
|
9502 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
9503 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
9504 #endif
|
|
|
9505 return NUL;
|
|
|
9506 }
|
|
|
9507 #endif
|
|
|
9508
|
|
|
9509 /*
|
|
|
9510 * Handle CTRL-E and CTRL-Y in Insert mode: copy char from other line.
|
|
|
9511 * Returns the char to be inserted, or NUL if none found.
|
|
|
9512 */
|
|
|
9513 static int
|
|
|
9514 ins_copychar(lnum)
|
|
|
9515 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
9516 {
|
|
|
9517 int c;
|
|
|
9518 int temp;
|
|
|
9519 char_u *ptr, *prev_ptr;
|
|
|
9520
|
|
|
9521 if (lnum < 1 || lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
9522 {
|
|
|
9523 vim_beep();
|
|
|
9524 return NUL;
|
|
|
9525 }
|
|
|
9526
|
|
|
9527 /* try to advance to the cursor column */
|
|
|
9528 temp = 0;
|
|
|
9529 ptr = ml_get(lnum);
|
|
|
9530 prev_ptr = ptr;
|
|
|
9531 validate_virtcol();
|
|
|
9532 while ((colnr_T)temp < curwin->w_virtcol && *ptr != NUL)
|
|
|
9533 {
|
|
|
9534 prev_ptr = ptr;
|
|
|
9535 temp += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&ptr, (colnr_T)temp);
|
|
|
9536 }
|
|
|
9537 if ((colnr_T)temp > curwin->w_virtcol)
|
|
|
9538 ptr = prev_ptr;
|
|
|
9539
|
|
|
9540 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
9541 c = (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr);
|
|
|
9542 #else
|
|
|
9543 c = *ptr;
|
|
|
9544 #endif
|
|
|
9545 if (c == NUL)
|
|
|
9546 vim_beep();
|
|
|
9547 return c;
|
|
|
9548 }
|
|
|
9549
|
|
449
|
9550 /*
|
|
|
9551 * CTRL-Y or CTRL-E typed in Insert mode.
|
|
|
9552 */
|
|
|
9553 static int
|
|
|
9554 ins_ctrl_ey(tc)
|
|
|
9555 int tc;
|
|
|
9556 {
|
|
|
9557 int c = tc;
|
|
|
9558
|
|
|
9559 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
9560 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL)
|
|
|
9561 {
|
|
|
9562 if (c == Ctrl_Y)
|
|
|
9563 scrolldown_clamp();
|
|
|
9564 else
|
|
|
9565 scrollup_clamp();
|
|
|
9566 redraw_later(VALID);
|
|
|
9567 }
|
|
|
9568 else
|
|
|
9569 #endif
|
|
|
9570 {
|
|
|
9571 c = ins_copychar(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + (c == Ctrl_Y ? -1 : 1));
|
|
|
9572 if (c != NUL)
|
|
|
9573 {
|
|
|
9574 long tw_save;
|
|
|
9575
|
|
|
9576 /* The character must be taken literally, insert like it
|
|
|
9577 * was typed after a CTRL-V, and pretend 'textwidth'
|
|
|
9578 * wasn't set. Digits, 'o' and 'x' are special after a
|
|
|
9579 * CTRL-V, don't use it for these. */
|
|
|
9580 if (c < 256 && !isalnum(c))
|
|
|
9581 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); /* CTRL-V */
|
|
|
9582 tw_save = curbuf->b_p_tw;
|
|
|
9583 curbuf->b_p_tw = -1;
|
|
|
9584 insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
9585 curbuf->b_p_tw = tw_save;
|
|
|
9586 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
9587 revins_chars++;
|
|
|
9588 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
9589 #endif
|
|
|
9590 c = Ctrl_V; /* pretend CTRL-V is last character */
|
|
|
9591 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
9592 }
|
|
|
9593 }
|
|
|
9594 return c;
|
|
|
9595 }
|
|
|
9596
|
|
7
|
9597 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
9598 /*
|
|
|
9599 * Try to do some very smart auto-indenting.
|
|
|
9600 * Used when inserting a "normal" character.
|
|
|
9601 */
|
|
|
9602 static void
|
|
|
9603 ins_try_si(c)
|
|
|
9604 int c;
|
|
|
9605 {
|
|
|
9606 pos_T *pos, old_pos;
|
|
|
9607 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
9608 int i;
|
|
|
9609 int temp;
|
|
|
9610
|
|
|
9611 /*
|
|
|
9612 * do some very smart indenting when entering '{' or '}'
|
|
|
9613 */
|
|
|
9614 if (((did_si || can_si_back) && c == '{') || (can_si && c == '}'))
|
|
|
9615 {
|
|
|
9616 /*
|
|
|
9617 * for '}' set indent equal to indent of line containing matching '{'
|
|
|
9618 */
|
|
|
9619 if (c == '}' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '{')) != NULL)
|
|
|
9620 {
|
|
|
9621 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
9622 /*
|
|
|
9623 * If the matching '{' has a ')' immediately before it (ignoring
|
|
|
9624 * white-space), then line up with the start of the line
|
|
|
9625 * containing the matching '(' if there is one. This handles the
|
|
|
9626 * case where an "if (..\n..) {" statement continues over multiple
|
|
|
9627 * lines -- webb
|
|
|
9628 */
|
|
|
9629 ptr = ml_get(pos->lnum);
|
|
|
9630 i = pos->col;
|
|
|
9631 if (i > 0) /* skip blanks before '{' */
|
|
|
9632 while (--i > 0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[i]))
|
|
|
9633 ;
|
|
|
9634 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
|
|
|
9635 curwin->w_cursor.col = i;
|
|
|
9636 if (ptr[i] == ')' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) != NULL)
|
|
|
9637 curwin->w_cursor = *pos;
|
|
|
9638 i = get_indent();
|
|
|
9639 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos;
|
|
|
9640 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
9641 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
1516
|
9642 change_indent(INDENT_SET, i, FALSE, NUL, TRUE);
|
|
7
|
9643 else
|
|
|
9644 #endif
|
|
|
9645 (void)set_indent(i, SIN_CHANGED);
|
|
|
9646 }
|
|
|
9647 else if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
|
|
|
9648 {
|
|
|
9649 /*
|
|
|
9650 * when inserting '{' after "O" reduce indent, but not
|
|
|
9651 * more than indent of previous line
|
|
|
9652 */
|
|
|
9653 temp = TRUE;
|
|
|
9654 if (c == '{' && can_si_back && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
|
9655 {
|
|
|
9656 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
9657 i = get_indent();
|
|
|
9658 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
|
9659 {
|
|
|
9660 ptr = skipwhite(ml_get(--(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)));
|
|
|
9661
|
|
|
9662 /* ignore empty lines and lines starting with '#'. */
|
|
|
9663 if (*ptr != '#' && *ptr != NUL)
|
|
|
9664 break;
|
|
|
9665 }
|
|
|
9666 if (get_indent() >= i)
|
|
|
9667 temp = FALSE;
|
|
|
9668 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos;
|
|
|
9669 }
|
|
|
9670 if (temp)
|
|
1516
|
9671 shift_line(TRUE, FALSE, 1, TRUE);
|
|
7
|
9672 }
|
|
|
9673 }
|
|
|
9674
|
|
|
9675 /*
|
|
|
9676 * set indent of '#' always to 0
|
|
|
9677 */
|
|
|
9678 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && can_si && c == '#')
|
|
|
9679 {
|
|
|
9680 /* remember current indent for next line */
|
|
|
9681 old_indent = get_indent();
|
|
|
9682 (void)set_indent(0, SIN_CHANGED);
|
|
|
9683 }
|
|
|
9684
|
|
|
9685 /* Adjust ai_col, the char at this position can be deleted. */
|
|
|
9686 if (ai_col > curwin->w_cursor.col)
|
|
|
9687 ai_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
9688 }
|
|
|
9689 #endif
|
|
|
9690
|
|
|
9691 /*
|
|
|
9692 * Get the value that w_virtcol would have when 'list' is off.
|
|
|
9693 * Unless 'cpo' contains the 'L' flag.
|
|
|
9694 */
|
|
|
9695 static colnr_T
|
|
|
9696 get_nolist_virtcol()
|
|
|
9697 {
|
|
|
9698 if (curwin->w_p_list && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL)
|
|
|
9699 return getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
9700 validate_virtcol();
|
|
|
9701 return curwin->w_virtcol;
|
|
|
9702 }
|
